The G80 is almost unchanged for 2019, save for the addition of a Sport package to the base 3.8 model. Like the mid-range Sport model, the 3.8 Sport package adds copper-colored exterior and interior trim pieces, unique front and rear bumpers, a dark chrome grille, dual exhaust tips, 19-inch wheels, sport pedals, and a sport steering wheel.

Interior, Infotainment, and Cargo?

While the interior styling is hardly groundbreaking, the G80's cabin appointments echo its luxury positioning; even base models are well equipped. A smattering of buttons on the dashboard and center console control climate and infotainment features. Hyundai, er, Genesis hasn't bought into the recent paradigm of burying the controls in the center screen, and that's no bad thing. Outward visibility is good, thanks to large windows and smartly designed body structure elements. Stretching out is easy in the G80's front seat, and the outboard rear seats are also spacious. Headroom in both rows is generous, and the seat cushioning is plush enough for daylong slogs. All G80s come with plenty of connectivity features, and upgrading to the Ultimate package nets you a 9.2-inch touchscreen infotainment display (an 8.0-inch unit is standard). We found the interface relatively intuitive, and users familiar with tablets and smartphones will, too. On-screen icons are spaced nicely on the larger of the two screen sizes, which reduces the likelihood of selecting the wrong menu when making adjustments while driving. Navigation is standard, as are Apple CarPlay and Android Auto. With only one USB port in the car, however, the G80 can have only one device plugged in at a time. Despite its large exterior dimensions, the G80's cargo- hauling capabilities fall behind those of its trimmer rivals. It can handle a couple of sets of golf clubs in the trunk, but bulkier items will pose a challenge: the G80's rear seats don't fold. We fit five of our carry-on suitcases inside the trunk, but the Audi A6, the BMW 5-series, and the Volvo S90 all held six.

Warranty and Maintenance Coverage?

No manufacturer comes close to the G80 when it comes to warranty coverage. Genesis offers what is, hands down, the most comprehensive coverage in its class. Three years of complimentary scheduled maintenance seals the deal. Limited warranty covers 5 years or 60,000 miles Powertrain warranty covers 10 years or 100,000 miles Complimentary scheduled maintenance is covered for 3 years or 36,000 miles

Genesis 2019 Genesis G80 Sport 3.3T All-wheel Drive Sedan User Manual

Name: Genesis 2019 Genesis G80 Sport 3.3T All-wheel Drive Sedan
Brand: Genesis
SKU: 2019 GENESIS G80 SPORT 3.3T
Rating: 100 (1 reviews)

OOWWNNEERR''SS MMAANNUUAALL

OOppeerraattiioonn

MMaaiinntteennaannccee

SSppeecciiffiiccaattiioonnss

All information in this Owner's Manual is current at the time of pub-

lication. However, Genesis Branded Vehicle reserves the right to

make changes at any time so that our policy of continual product

improvement may be carried out.

This manual applies to all Genesis Branded Vehicle models and

includes descriptions and explanations of optional as well as stan-

dard equipment. As a result, you may find material in this manual

that does not apply to your specific vehicle.

Your Genesis Branded Vehicle should not be mod-

ified in any way. Such modifications may adversely

affect the performance, safety or durability of your

Genesis Branded Vehicle and may, in addition, vio-

late conditions of the limited warranties covering

the vehicle. Certain modifications may also be in

violation of regulations established by the U.S.

Department of Transportation and other federal or

state agencies.

Your vehicle is equipped with electronic fuel injec-

tion and other electronic components. It is possible

for an improperly installed/adjusted two-way radio

or cellular telephone to adversely affect electronic

systems. For this reason, we recommend that you

carefully follow the radio manufacturer's instructions

or consult your authorized retailer of Genesis

Branded products for precautionary measures or

special instructions if you choose to install one of

these devices.

CAUTION: MODIFICATIONS TO YOUR

GENESIS BRANDED VEHICLE

TWO-WAY RADIO OR CELLULAR

TELEPHONE INSTALLATION

This manual includes information titled as WARN-

ING, CAUTION and NOTICE.

These titles indicate the following:

✽✽

NOTICE

This indicates that interesting or helpful informa-

tion is being provided.

SAFETY AND VEHICLE DAMAGE

WARNING

This indicates that a condition may result in

harm, serious injury, or death to you or other

persons if the warning is not heeded. Follow

the advice provided with the warning.

WARNING

This indicates that a condition may result in

damage to your vehicle or its equipment if

the caution is not heeded. Follow the advice

provided with the caution.

CAUTION

Your Genesis Branded vehicle may be equipped with technologies and services that use information collect-

ed, generated, recorded or stored by the vehicle. Genesis Branded Vehicle has created a Vehicle Owner

You may read our Vehicle Owner Privacy Policy on the GenesisMotorsUSA.com website at: http://www.gene-

sismotorsusa.com/privacy-policy.html

If you would like to receive a hard copy of our Vehicle Owner Privacy Policy, please contact our Genesis

Customer Care at:

Genesis Customer Care

PO BOX 20650

Fountain Valley, CA 92728

844-340-9741

Genesis Customer Care representatives are available Monday through Friday, between the hours of 5:00 AM

and 7:00 PM PST and Saturday and Sunday between 6:30 AM and 3:00 PM PST (English).

For Genesis Customer Care assistance in Spanish or Korean, representatives are available Monday through

Friday between 6:30 AM and 3:00 PM PST.

GENESIS BRANDED VEHICLE OWNER PRIVACY POLICY

FOREWORD

Thank you for choosing Genesis Branded Vehicle. We are pleased to welcome you to the growing number of discrim-

inating people who drive Genesis Branded Vehicle. The advanced engineering and high-quality construction of each

Genesis Branded Vehicle we build is something of which we're very proud.

Your Owner's Manual will introduce you to the features and operation of your new Genesis Branded Vehicle. It is sug-

gested that you read it carefully because the information it contains can contribute greatly to the satisfaction you

receive from your new car.

The manufacturer also recommends that all service and maintenance on your car be performed by an authorized

retailer of Genesis Branded products. An authorized retailer of Genesis Branded Products is prepared to provide high-

quality service, maintenance and any other assistance that may be required.

GENESIS CUSTOMER CARE

Note : Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Genesis Branded

Vehicle, please leave the manual in the vehicle for their use. Thank you.

in any retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means without the prior written permission of Genesis

Customer Care.

Severe engine and transmission damage may result from the use of poor quality fuels and lubricants that

do not meet Genesis Branded Vehicle specifications.You must always use high quality fuels and lubricants

that meet the specifications listed on Page 8-6 in the Vehicle Specifications section of the Owner's Manual.

CAUTION

1. What are Genesis/Hyundai Parts?

Genesis/Hyundai Parts are the

same parts used by HYUNDAI

Motor Company to manufacture

vehicles. They are designed and

tested for the optimum safety, per-

formance, and reliability to our cus-

tomers.

2. Why should you use Genesis/

Hyundai Parts?

Genesis/Hyundai Parts are engi-

neered and built to meet rigid man-

ufacturing requirements. Damage

caused by using imitation, counter-

feit or used salvage parts is not

covered under the Genesis

Branded New Vehicle Limited

Warranty or any other Genesis

Branded Vehicle warranty.

In addition, any damage to or fail-

ure of Genesis/Hyundai Part

caused by the installation or failure

of an imitation, counterfeit or used

salvage part is not covered by any

Genesis Branded Vehicle Warranty.

3. How can you tell if you are pur-

chasing Genesis/Hyundai Parts?

Look for the Genesis/Hyundai

Parts Logo on the package.

Genesis/Hyundai Parts exported

to the U.S. are packaged with

labels written only in English.

Genesis/Hyundai Parts are only

sold through an authorized retailer

of Genesis Branded products.

GUIDE TO GENESIS/HYUNDAI PARTS

■ Type A

ODH027037

■ Type B

ODH027036

■ Type A

ODH027034

■ Type B

ODH027035

■ Type A

ODH027033

■ Type B

ODH027032

Introduction

We want to help you get the greatest

possible driving pleasure from your

vehicle. Your Owner’s Manual can

assist you in many ways. We strong-

ly recommend that you read the

entire manual. In order to minimize

the chance of death or injury, you

must read the WARNING and CAU-

TION sections in this manual.

Illustrations complement the words

in this manual to best explain how to

enjoy your vehicle. By reading your

manual, you will learn about fea-

tures, important safety information,

and driving tips under various road

conditions.

The general layout of the manual is

provided in the Table of Contents. A

good place to start is the index; it has

an alphabetical listing of all informa-

tion in your manual.

Sections: This manual has eight

chapter plus an index. Each chapters

begins with a brief list of contents so

you can tell at a glance if that chap-

ter has the information you want.

You will find various WARNINGs,

CAUTIONs, and NOTICEs in this

manual. These WARNINGs were pre-

pared to enhance your personal safe-

ty. You should carefully read and fol-

low ALL procedures and recommen-

dations provided in these WARN-

INGS, CAUTIONS and NOTICES.

✽✽

NOTICE

A NOTICE indicates interesting or

helpful information is being provided.

Your new vehicle is designed to

obtain maximum performance with

UNLEADED FUEL, as well as mini-

mize exhaust emissions and spark

plug fouling.

3.3/3.8 engine

Your new vehicle is designed to use

only unleaded fuel having an octane

number ((R+M)/2) of 87 (Research

Octane Number 91) or higher. (Do not

use methanol blended fuels.)

5.0 engine

Your new vehicle is designed to use

only unleaded fuel having an octane

number ((R+M)/2) of 87 (Research

Octane Number 91) or higher. For

improved vehicle performance, premi-

um unleaded fuel with an octane

number ((R+M)/2) of 91 (Research

Octane Number 96) or higher is rec-

ommended. (Do not use methanol

blended fuels.)

HHOOWW TTOO UUSSEE TTHHIISS MMAANNUUAALL

A WARNING indicates a situation

in which harm, serious bodily

injury, or death could result if the

warning is ignored.

WARNING

A CAUTION indicates a situation

in which damage to your vehicle

could result if the caution is

ignored.

CAUTION

FFUUEELL RREEQQUUIIRREEMMEENNTTSS

Introduction

Gasoline containing alcohol or

methanol

Gasohol, a mixture of gasoline and

ethanol (also known as grain alco-

hol) are being marketed along with or

instead of leaded or unleaded gaso-

line. For example, "E15" is a gasohol

comprised of 15% ethanol and 85%

gasoline.

Do not use gasohol containing more

than 15% ethanol, and do not use

gasoline or gasohol containing any

methanol. Either of these fuels may

cause drivability problems and dam-

age to the fuel system, engine con-

trol system and emission control sys-

tem.

Discontinue using gasohol of any

kind if drivability problems occur.

"E85" fuel is an alternative fuel com-

prised of 85 percent ethanol and 15

percent gasoline, and is manufac-

tured exclusively for use in Flexible

Fuel Vehicles. "E85" is not compati-

ble with your vehicle. Use of "E85"

may result in poor engine perform-

ance and damage to your vehicle's

engine and fuel system. Genesis

Branded Vehicle recommends that

customers do not use fuel with an

ethanol content exceeding 15 per-

cent.

✽✽

NOTICE

To prevent damage to your vehicle’s

engine and fuel system:

• Never use gasohol which contains

methanol.

• Never use gasohol containing

more than 15% ethanol.

• Never use leaded fuel or leaded

gasohol.

• Never use "E85" fuel.

Your New Vehicle Limited

Warranty does not cover damage to

the fuel system or any performance

problems caused by the use of

"E85" fuel.

• Do not "top off" after the noz-

zle automatically shuts off

when refueling.

• Tighten the cap until it clicks

one time, otherwise the Check

Engine light will illuminate.

• Always check that the fuel cap

is installed securely to pre-

vent fuel spillage in the event

of an accident.

WARNING

Never add any fuel system

cleaning agents to the fuel tank

other than what has been spec-

ified. (Consult an authorized

retailer of Genesis Branded

products for details.)

CAUTION

Introduction

Other fuels

Using fuels such as;

- Silicone (Si) contained fuel,

- Ferrocene (Fe) contained fuel,

and

- Other metallic additives con-

tained fuels,

may cause vehicle and engine dam-

age or cause plugging, misfiring,

poor acceleration, engine stalling,

catalyst melting, abnormal corrosion,

life cycle reduction, etc.

Also, the Malfunction Indicator Lamp

(MIL) may illuminate.

✽✽

NOTICE

Damage to the fuel system or per-

formance problem caused by the use

of these fuels may not be covered by

your New Vehicle Limited

Warranty.

Gasoline containing MMT

Some gasoline contains harmful

manganese-based fuel additives

such as

MMT (

Methylcyclopentadienyl

Manganese Tricarbonyl

)

Genesis Branded Vehicle does not

recommend the use of gasoline con-

taining MMT.

This type of fuel can reduce vehicle

performance and affect your emis-

sion control system.

The malfunction indicator lamp on

the cluster may come on.

Fuel Additives

Genesis Branded Vehicle recom-

mends that you use good quality

gasolines treated with detergent

additives such as TOP TIER

Detergent Gasoline, which help pre-

vent deposit formation in the engine.

These gasolines will help the engine

run cleaner and enhance performance

of the Emission Control System. For

more information on TOP TIER

Detergent Gasoline, please go to the

website (www

.toptiergas.com).

For customers who do not use TOP

Tier Detergent Gasoline regularly,

and have problems starting or the

engine does not run smoothly, deter-

gent-based fuel additives that you

can purchase separately may be

added to the gasoline. If TOP TIER

Detergent Gasoline is not available,

one bottle of additive added to the

fuel tank according to the mainte-

nance schedule is recommended

(refer to the Maintenance Schedule

in chapter 7).

Additives are available from your

authorized retailer of Genesis

Branded products along with infor-

mation on how to use them. Do not

mix other additives.

Introduction

Operation in foreign countries

If you are going to drive your vehicle

in another country, be sure to:

• Observe all regulations regarding

registration and insurance.

• Determine that acceptable fuel is

available.

No special break-in period is need-

ed. By following a few simple precau-

tions for the first 600 miles (1,000

km) you may add to the perform-

ance, economy and life of your vehi-

cle.

• Do not race the engine.

• While driving, keep your engine

speed (rpm, or revolutions per

minute) between 2,000 rpm and

4,000 rpm.

• Do not maintain a single speed for

long periods of time, either fast or

slow. Varying engine speed is

needed to properly break-in the

engine.

• Avoid hard stops, except in emer-

gencies, to allow the brakes to seat

properly.

VVEEHHIICCLLEE BBRREEAAKK--IINN PPRROOCCEESSSS

Items contained in motor vehi-

cles or emitted from them are

known to the State of California

to cause cancer and birth

defects or reproductive harm.

These include:

• Gasoline and its vapors

• Engine exhaust

• Used engine oil

• Interior passenger compart-

ment components and materi-

als

• Component parts which are

subject to heat and wear

In addition, battery posts, termi-

nals and related accessories

contain lead, lead compounds

and other chemicals known to

the State of California to cause

cancer and reproductive harm.

CALIFORNIA PROPOSI-

TION 65 WARNING

This vehicle is equipped with an

event data recorder (EDR). The

main purpose of an EDR is to

record, in certain crash or near

crash-like situations, such as an

air bag deployment or hitting a

road obstacle, data that will assist

in understanding how a vehicle's

systems performed. The EDR is

designed to record data related to

vehicle dynamics and safety sys-

tems for a short period of time,

typically 30 seconds or less. The

EDR in this vehicle is designed to

record such data as:

• How various systems in your

vehicle were operating;

• Whether or not the driver and

passenger safety belts were

buckled/ fastened;

• How far (if at all) the driver was

depressing the accelerator

and/or brake pedal; and,

• How fast the vehicle was travel-

ing.

These data can help provide a bet-

ter understanding of the circum-

stances in which crashes and

injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data

are recorded by your vehicle only

if a non-trivial crash situation

occurs; no data are recorded by

the EDR under normal driving

conditions and no personal data

(e.g., name, gender, age, and

crash location) are recorded.

However, other parties, such as

law enforcement, could combine

the EDR data with the type of per-

sonally identifying data routinely

acquired during a crash investiga-

tion.

To read data recorded by an EDR,

special equipment is required, and

access to the vehicle or the EDR is

needed. In addition to the vehicle

manufacturer, other parties, such

as law enforcement, that have the

special equipment, can read the

information if they have access to

the vehicle or the EDR.

VVEEHHIICCLLEE DDAATTAA CCOOLLLLEECCTTIIOONN AANNDD EEVVEENNTT DDAATTAA RREECCOORRDDEERRSS

F10

Introduction

Your vehicle at a glance

Safety system of your vehicle

Convenient features of your vehicle

Multimedia System

Driving your vehicle

What to do in an emergency

Maintenance

Specifications, Consumer Information and

Reporting Safety Defects

Index

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Your vehicle at a glance

Exterior overview (I) .............................................1-2

Exterior overview (II) ............................................1-3

Interior overview....................................................1-4

Instrument panel overview (I)..............................1-5

Instrument panel overview (II).............................1-6

Engine compartment .............................................1-7

1-2

EEXXTTEERRIIOORR OOVVEERRVVIIEEWW ((II))

Your vehicle at a glance

1. Hood ..................................................3-44

2. Headlamp ..........................................7-76

3. Front fog light.....................................7-76

4. Tires and wheels ...............................7-43

5. Side view mirrors...............................3-32

6. Panorama sunroof .............................3-39

7. Front windshield wiper blades ...........7-37

8. Windows ............................................3-35

ODH017001

■ Front view

The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

1-3

Your vehicle at a glance

EEXXTTEERRIIOORR OOVVEERRVVIIEEWW ((IIII))

1. Antenna ....................................................4-3

2. Defroster ...............................................3-149

3. Fuel filler lid ............................................3-55

4. Towing hook............................................6-23

5. Rear combination lamp ..........................7-80

6. High mounted stop lamp ........................7-82

7. Rear view monitor.................................3-124

ODH017002

■ Rear view

The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

1-4

Your vehicle at a glance

IINNTTEERRIIOORR OOVVEERRVVIIEEWW

1. Door lock/unlock button ....................3-12

2. Power window switches ....................3-36

3. Power window lock switch ................3-38

4. Central door lock switch ....................3-13

5. Side view mirror control switch..........3-33

6. Side view mirror folding button ..........3-33

7. Fuel filler lid release button ..............3-55

8. Instrument panel illumination

control switch ....................................3-60

9. Trunk release button..........................3-45

10. Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system....5-94

11. Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW)

system ................................................5-57

12. Rear curtain button* ......................3-162

13. ESC OFF button..............................5-48

14. Electronic parking brake switch ......5-36

15. Steering wheel ................................3-19

16. Steering wheel tilt/telescope control ..3-19

17. Seat ..................................................2-4

18. Hood release lever ..........................3-44

19. Brake pedal ....................................5-34

20. Accelerator pedal

* : if equipped

ODH017003N

The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

1-5

Your vehicle at a glance

IINNSSTTRRUUMMEENNTT PPAANNEELL OOVVEERRVVIIEEWW ((II))

1. Light control/Turn signals ..3-107, 3-112

2. Steering wheel audio controls* ........4-4

Bluetooth

wireless technology

hands-free controls*..........................4-5

4. Instrument cluster ..........................3-59

5. Horn ................................................3-21

6. Driver’s front air bag........................2-48

7. Wiper/Washer................................3-121

8. Smart cruise controls......................5-78

9. Engine start/stop button....................5-6

10. Automatic transmission........5-11, 5-19

11. Drive mode integrated control

system ..........................................5-54

12. AUTO HOLD ................................5-41

13. Seat warmers and air ventilation

seats* ............................................2-18

14. Heated steering wheel button ......3-20

15. Parking Distance Warning

(Reverse/Forward) button ..........3-126

16. Surround view monitor* ..............3-125

17. Glove box ....................................3-153

* : if equipped

ODH018004N

The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

• Type A

• Type B

1-6

IINNSSTTRRUUMMEENNTT PPAANNEELL OOVVEERRVVIIEEWW ((IIII))

Your vehicle at a glance

1. Audio remote control buttons................4-4

Bluetooth

wireless technology

hands-free button..................................4-5

3. Smart cruise control with stop & go

button......................................................5-80

4. Smart cruise control vehicle-to-vehicle

distance button ...................................5-85

5. Light control /

Turn signals lever ..................3-107, 3-112

6. Wiper and washer control lever ........3-121

7. LCD display control.............................3-61

ODH017006N

The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

1-7

Your vehicle at a glance

EENNGGIINNEE CCOOMMPPAARRTTMMEENNTT

1. Engine coolant reservoir...................7-28

2. Radiator cap .....................................7-27

3. Brake fluid reservoir..........................7-30

4. Air cleaner.........................................7-33

5. Engine oil dipstick .............................7-24

6. Engine oil filler cap ...........................7-25

7. Windshield washer fluid reservoir.....7-32

8. Fuse box ...........................................7-60

9. Jumper terminal ..................................6-5

ODH018010L/ODH018005L

■■

Gasoline Engine (Lambda 3.8 GDI)

■■

Gasoline Engine (Lambda 3.3 T-GDI)

The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

1. Engine coolant reservoir...................7-28

2. Radiator cap .....................................7-27

3. Brake fluid reservoir..........................7-30

4. Air cleaner.........................................7-33

5. Engine oil dipstick .............................7-24

6. Engine oil filler cap ...........................7-25

7. Windshield washer fluid reservoir.....7-32

8. Fuse box ...........................................7-60

9. Jumper terminal ..................................6-5

ODH018006L

■■

Gasoline Engine (Tau 5.0 GDI)

The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

Your vehicle at a glance

1-8

Safety system of your vehicle

Important safety precautions...............................2-2

Always wear your seat belt............................................2-2

Restrain all children..........................................................2-2

Air bag hazards..................................................................2-2

Driver distraction...............................................................2-2

Control your speed ...........................................................2-3

Keep your vehicle in safe condition.............................2-3

Seats ........................................................................2-4

Safety precautions............................................................2-5

Front seats..........................................................................2-6

Rear seats .........................................................................2-11

Head Restraint .................................................................2-14

Seat warmers and air ventilation seats.....................2-18

Seat belts ..............................................................2-22

Seat belt safety precautions........................................2-22

Seat belt warning light ..................................................2-23

Seat belt restraint system ............................................2-25

Pre-Active Seat belt (PSB)...........................................2-30

Additional seat belt safety precautions ....................2-32

Care of seat belts ...........................................................2-34

Child restraint system (CRS) ..............................2-35

Selecting a child restraint system (CRS)...................2-36

Installing a child restraint system (CRS) ...................2-38

Air bag -

advanced supplemental restraint system.........2-46

Where are the air bags? ...............................................2-48

How does the air bags system operate?..................2-52

What to expect after an air bag inflates..................2-56

Occupant classification system (OCS) .......................2-57

Why didn't my air bag go off in a collision?

(Air bags are not designed to inflate in

every collision.)................................................................2-63

SRS care ............................................................................2-68

Additional safety precautions......................................2-69

Air bag warning labels...................................................2-70

This chapter provides you with important information about how to protect yourself and your passengers.

It explains how to properly use your seats and seat belts, and how your air bags work.

Additionally, this chapter explains how to properly restrain infants and children in your vehicle.

2-2

You will find many safety precautions

and recommendations throughout

this section, and throughout this man-

ual.The safety precautions in this sec-

tion are among the most important.

Always wear your seat belt

A seat belt is your best protection in

all types of accidents. Air bags are

designed to supplement seat belts,

not replace them. So even though

your vehicle is equipped with air bags,

ALWAYS make sure you and your

passengers wear your seat belts, and

wear them properly.

Restrain all children

All children under age 13 should ride

in your vehicle properly restrained in

a rear seat, not the front seat. Infants

and small children should be

restrained in an appropriate child

restraint. Larger children should use

a booster seat with the lap/shoulder

belt until they can use the seat belt

properly without a booster seat.

Air bag hazards

While air bags can save lives, they

can also cause serious or fatal

injuries to occupants who sit too

close to them, or who are not prop-

erly restrained. Infants, young chil-

dren, and shorter adults are at the

greatest risk of being injured by an

inflating air bag. Follow all instruc-

tions and warnings in this manual.

Driver distraction

Driver distraction presents a serious

and potentially deadly danger, espe-

cially for inexperienced drivers. Safety

should be the first concern when

behind the wheel and drivers need to

be aware of the wide array of potential

distractions, such as drowsiness,

reaching for objects, eating, personal

grooming, other passengers, and

using cellular phones.

Drivers can become distracted when

they take their eyes and attention off

the road or their hands off the wheel

to focus on activities other than driv-

ing. To reduce your risk of distraction

or getting into an accident:

• ALWAYS set up your mobile devices

(i.e., MP3 players, phones, naviga-

tion units, etc.) when your vehicle is

parked or safely stopped.

• ONLY use your mobile device

when allowed by laws and when

conditions permit safe use. NEVER

text or email while driving. Most

states have laws prohibiting drivers

from texting. Some states and

cities also prohibit drivers from

using handheld phones.

IIMMPPOORRTTAANNTT SSAAFFEETTYY PPRREECCAAUUTTIIOONNSS

Safety system of your vehicle

2-3

Safety system of your vehicle

• NEVER let the use of a mobile

device distract you from driving.

You have a responsibility to your

passengers and others on the road

to always drive safely, with your

hands on the wheel as well as your

eyes and attention on the road.

Control your speed

Excessive speed is a major factor in

crash injuries and deaths. Generally,

the higher the speed, the greater the

risk, but serious injuries can also

occur at lower speeds. Never drive

faster than is safe for current condi-

tions, regardless of the maximum

speed posted.

Keep your vehicle in safe condi-

tion

Having a tire blowout or a mechani-

cal failure can be extremely haz-

ardous. To reduce the possibility of

such problems, check your tire pres-

sures and condition frequently, and

perform all regularly scheduled

maintenance.

2-4

SSEEAATTSS

Safety system of your vehicle

Driver's seat

(1) Seat sliding forward or rearward/

Seat tilt/height adjustment

(2) Seat cushion length adjustment*

(3) Seatback angle adjustment

(4) Lumbar support adjustment

(5) Seat bolster adjustment*

(6) Driver position memory system*

(7) Head restraint adjustment

(8) Seat warmer/Air ventilation seat*

Front passenger's seat

(9) Seat sliding forward or rearward/

Seat tilt/height adjustment

(10) Seatback angle adjustment

(11) Lumbar support adjustment

(12) Head restraint adjustment

(13) Seat warmer/Air ventilation seat*

Rear seat

(14) Ski through

(15) Armrest

(16) Seat warmer*

(17) Rear curtain control*

(18) Head restraint height adjustment

* : if equipped

ODH037001N

Safety precautions

Adjusting the seats so that you are sit-

ting in a safe, comfortable position

plays an important role in driver and

passenger safety together with the

seat belts and air bags in an accident.

Air bags

You can take steps to reduce the risk

of being injured by an inflating air

bag. Sitting too close to an air bag

greatly increases the risk of injury in

the event the air bag inflates.

The National Highway Traffic Safety

Administration (NHTSA) recommends

that drivers allow at least 10 inches

(25 cm) between the center of the

steering wheel and their chest.

Seat belts

Always fasten your seat belt before

starting any trip.

At all times, passengers should sit

upright and be properly restrained.

Infants and small children must be

restrained in appropriate child restraint

systems. Children who have outgrown

a booster seat and adults must be

restrained using the seat belts.

Do not use a cushion that

reduces friction between the seat

and the passenger. The passen-

ger's hips may slide under the

lap portion of the seat belt during

an accident or a sudden stop.

Serious or fatal internal injuries

could result because the seat

belt cannot operate properly.

WARNING

To reduce the risk of serious

injury or death from an inflating

air bag, take the following pre-

cautions:

• Adjust the driver's seat as far to

the rear as possible while main-

taining the ability to maintain

full control of the vehicle.

• Adjust the front passenger seat

as far to the rear as possible.

• Hold the steering wheel by the

rim with hands at the 9 o'clock

and 3 o'clock positions to mini-

mize the risk of injuries to your

hands and arms.

• NEVER place anything or any-

one between the steering wheel

and the air bag.

• Do not allow the front passen-

ger to place feet or legs on the

dashboard to minimize the risk

of leg injuries.

WARNING

2-5

Safety system of your vehicle

2-6

Safety system of your vehicle

Front seats

Take the following precautions

when adjusting your seat belt:

• NEVER use one seat belt for

more than one occupant.

• Always position the seatback

upright with the lap portion of

the seat belt snug and low

across the hips.

• NEVER allow children or small

infants to ride in a passenger’s

lap.

• Do not route the seat belt

across your neck, across sharp

edges, or reroute the shoulder

strap away from your body.

• Do not allow the seat belt to

become caught or jammed.

WARNING

Take the following precautions

when adjusting your seat:

• NEVER attempt to adjust the

seat while the vehicle is mov-

ing. The seat could respond

with unexpected movement

and may cause loss of vehicle

control resulting in an acci-

dent.

• Do not place anything under

the front seats. Loose objects

in the driver's foot area could

interfere with the operation of

the foot pedals, causing an

accident.

• Do not allow anything to inter-

fere with the normal position

and proper locking of the seat-

back.

• Do not place a cigarette lighter

on the floor or seat. When you

operate the seat, gas may exit

out of the lighter causing a fire.

(Continued)

WARNING

To prevent injury:

• Do not adjust your seat while

wearing your seat belt.

Moving the seat cushion for-

ward may cause strong pres-

sure on your abdomen.

• Do not allow your hands or

fingers to get caught in the

seat mechanisms while the

seat is moving.

(Continued)

• Use extreme caution when

picking small objects trapped

under the seats or between the

seat and the center console.

Your hands might be cut or

injured by the sharp edges of

the seat mechanism.

WARNING

2-7

Safety system of your vehicle

Power adjustment

The front seat can be adjusted by

using the control switches located on

the outside of the seat cushion. Before

driving, adjust the seat to the proper

position so that you can easily control

the steering wheel, foot pedals and

controls on the instrument panel.

Forward and rearward adjustment

To move the seat forward or rearward:

1. Push the control switch forward or

rearward.

2. Release the switch once the seat

reaches the desired position.

To prevent damage to the seats:

• Always stop adjusting the

seats when the seat has been

adjusted as far forward or

rearward as possible.

• Do not adjust the seats longer

than necessary when the

engine is turned off. This may

result in unnecessary battery

drain.

• Do not operate two or more

seats at the same time. This

may result in an electrical mal-

function.

CAUTION

NEVER allow children in the

vehicle unattended. The power

seats are operable when the

engine is turned off.

WARNING

ODH033003

2-8

Seat cushion length adjustment

(for driver's seat, if equipped)

To move the front part of cushion for-

ward:

1. Push the front part of control

switch to move the seat cushion

to the desired length.

2. Release the switch once the seat

cushion reaches the desired

length.

To move the front part of cushion rear-

ward:

1. Push the rear part of control

switch to move the seat cushion to

the desired length.

2. Release the switch once the seat

cushion reaches the desired

length.

Seatback angle

To recline the seatback:

1. Push the control switch forward or

rearward.

2. Release the switch once the seat-

back reaches the desired position.

Safety system of your vehicle

ODH033004 ODH033005

2-9

Safety system of your vehicle

Reclining seatback

Sitting in a reclined position when

the vehicle is in motion can be dan-

gerous. Even when buckled up, the

protections of your restraint system

(seat belts and air bags) is greatly

reduced by reclining your seatback.

Seat belts must be snug against your

hips and chest to work properly.

When the seatback is reclined, the

shoulder belt cannot do its job

because it will not be snug against

your chest. Instead, it will be in front

of you. During an accident, you could

be thrown into the seat belt, causing

neck or other injuries.

The more the seatback is reclined,

the greater chance the passenger’s

hips will slide under the lap belt or

the passenger’s neck will strike the

shoulder belt.

Seat cushion height

To change the height of the seat

cushion:

1. Pull the front portion of the control

switch up to raise or push down to

lower the front part of the seat

cushion. Pull the rear portion of the

control switch up to raise or push

down to lower the seat cushion.

2. Release the switch once the seat

reaches the desired position.

NEVER ride with a reclined seat-

back when the vehicle is moving.

Riding with a reclined seatback

increases your chance of serious

or fatal injuries in the event of a

collision or sudden stop.

Driver and passengers should

ALWAYS sit well back in their

seats, properly belted, and with

the seatbacks upright.

WARNING

ODH033006

2-10

Safety system of your vehicle

Lumbar support

• The lumbar support can be adjust-

ed by pressing the lumbar support

switch.

• Press the front portion of the

switch (1) to increase support or

the rear portion of the switch (2) to

decrease support.

• To move the support position up or

down, press switch (3) or (4).

According to the equipped feature, the

lumbar support does not operate up or

down when the lumbar support is in

the rearmost position.

In this case, to use the system, slight-

ly increase support by pushing the

front portion of the switch (1).

Seat bolster adjustment

(for driver's seat, if equipped)

To change the height of seat bolster:

1. Pull or push the lever.

2. Release the lever once the bolster

reaches the desired position.

ODH033007

ODH033008

2-11

Safety system of your vehicle

Seatback pocket

The seatback pocket is provided on

the back of the front seatbacks.

Rear seats

To prevent the occupant classi-

fication system from malfunc-

tioning:

Do not hang onto the front pas-

senger's seatback.

WARNING

ODH033084L

ODH033083L

■ Type A

■ Type B

NEVER allow children in the car

unattended. The power seats

are operable when the engine is

turned off.

WARNING

To prevent injury:

• Do not adjust your seat while

wearing your seat belt.

Moving the seat cushion for-

ward may cause strong pres-

sure on your abdomen.

• Do not allow your hands or

fingers to get caught in the

seat mechanisms while the

seat is moving.

WARNING

Do not put heavy or sharp

objects in the seatback pockets.

In an accident they could come

loose from the pocket and

injure occupants.

WARNING

2-12

Armrest

The armrest is located in the center

of the rear seat. Pull the armrest

down from the seatback to use it.

Cup holder

To use the cup holder, open the

cover (1).

Carrying long/narrow cargo

Additional cargo space is provided to

accommodate long/narrow cargo

(skis, poles, etc.) not able to fit prop-

erly in the trunk when closed.

1. Pull (1) the armrest down.

2. Pull the cover down while pushing

the release lever down.

Safety system of your vehicle

ODH034110N

ODH034023NODH034024N

2-13

Safety system of your vehicle

• Make sure the engine is off,

the shift lever is in P and the

parking brake is applied

whenever loading or unload-

ing cargo. The Vehicle may

move if the shift lever is inad-

vertently moved to another

position.

• Be careful when loading

cargo through the rear pas-

senger seats to prevent dam-

age to the vehicle interior.

• When cargo is loaded through

the rear passenger seats,

ensure the cargo is properly

secured to prevent it from

moving while driving.

• Unsecured cargo in the pas-

senger compartment can

cause damage to the vehicle

or injury to its occupants.

CAUTION

Cargo

Cargo should always be

secured to prevent it from being

thrown about the vehicle in a

collision and causing injury to

the vehicle occupants. Do not

place objects in the rear seats,

since they cannot be properly

secured and may hit the front

seat occupants in a collision.

WARNING

Cargo loading

Make sure the engine is off, the

automatic transmission is in P

(Park) and the parking brake is

securely applied whenever

loading or unloading cargo.

Failure to take these steps may

allow the vehicle to move if the

shift lever is inadvertently

moved to another position.

WARNING

2-14

Head restraint

The vehicle’s front and rear seats

have adjustable head restraints. The

head restraints provide comfort for

passengers, but more importantly

they are designed to help protect

passengers from whiplash and other

neck and spinal injuries during an

accident, especially in a rear impact

collision.

Safety system of your vehicle

To reduce the risk of serious

injury or death in an accident,

take the following precautions

when adjusting your head

restraints:

• Always properly adjust the

head restraints for all passen-

gers BEFORE starting the

vehicle.

• NEVER let anyone ride in a seat

with the head restraint

removed or reversed.

(Continued)

WARNING

To prevent damage, NEVER hit

or pull on the head restraints.

CAUTION

(Continued)

•

Adjust the head restraints so

the middle of the head

restraints is at the same

height as the height of the top

of the eyes.

• NEVER adjust the head

restraint position of the dri-

ver's seat when the vehicle is

in motion.

• Adjust the head restraint as

close to the passenger's head

as possible. Do not use a seat

cushion that holds the body

away from the seatback.

• Make sure the head restraint

locks into position after

adjusting it.

OLF034072N

2-15

Safety system of your vehicle

Front seat head restraint

The driver's and front passenger's

seats are equipped with adjustable

head restraints for the passengers

safety and comfort.

Forward and rearward adjustment

The head restraint may be adjusted

forward to 3 different positions by

pulling the head restraint forward to

the desired detent. To adjust the

head restraint to it's furthest rear-

wards position, pull it fully forward to

the farthest position and release it.

Adjusting the height up and down

To raise the head restraint:

1. Pull it up to the desired position (1).

To lower the head restraint:

1. Push and hold the release button

(2) on the head restraint support.

2. Lower the head restraint to the

desired position (3).

ODH033105L

ODH033009 ODH033010

2-16

Safety system of your vehicle

Removal/Reinstall

To remove the head restraint:

1. Recline the seatback (2) with using

the seatback angle switch (1).

2. Raise head restraint as far as it

can go.

3. Press the head restraint release

button (3) while pulling the head

restraint up (4).

To reinstall the head restraint :

1. Recline the seatback.

2. Put the head restraint poles (2) into

the holes while pressing the

release button (1).

3. Adjust the head restraint to the

appropriate height.

4. Recline the seatback (4) with using

the seatback angle switch (3).

NEVER allow anyone to travel in

a seat with the head restraint

removed.

WARNING

ODH033011 ODH033012

Always make sure the head

restraint locks into position

after reinstalling and adjusting

it properly.

WARNING

OLF034015

If you recline the seatback

towards the front with the head

restraint and seat cushion

raised, the head restraint may

come in contact with the sunvi-

sor or other parts of the vehicle.

CAUTION

2-17

Safety system of your vehicle

Rear seat head restraints

The rear seats are equipped with

head restraints in all the seating

positions for the passenger's safety

and comfort.

Adjusting the height up and down

To raise the head restraint:

1. Pull it up to the desired position (1).

To lower the head restraint:

1. Push and hold the release button

(2) on the head restraint support.

2. Lower the head restraint to the

desired position (3).

Folding the center head restraint

To fold the center head restraint:

Fold the center head restraint while

pushing the button.

To unfold the center head restraint:

Lift the center head restraint.

ODH033021

ODH033102L

ODH033103L

ODH034111

2-18

Seat warmers and air ventila-

tion seats

Seat warmers (if equipped)

Seat warmers are provided to warm

the seats during cold weather.

Safety system of your vehicle

The seat warmers can cause a

serious burn, even at low tem-

peratures and especially if used

for long periods of time.

Passengers must be able to feel

if the seat is becoming too warm

so they can turn it off, if needed.

People who cannot detect tem-

perature change or pain to the

skin should use extreme cau-

tion, especially the following

types of passengers:

• Infants, children, elderly or

disabled persons, or hospital

outpatients.

• People with sensitive skin or

who burn easily.

(Continued)

• Fatigued individuals.

• Intoxicated individuals.

• People taking medication that

can cause drowsiness or

sleepiness.

WARNING

NEVER place anything on the

seat that insulates against heat

when the seat warmer is in oper-

ation, such as a blanket or seat

cushion. This may cause the

seat warmer to overheat, caus-

ing a burn or damage to the seat.

WARNING

To prevent damage to the seat

warmers and seats:

• Never use a solvent such as

paint thinner, benzene, alco-

hol or gasoline to clean the

seats.

• Do not place heavy or sharp

objects on seats equipped

with seat warmers.

• Do not change the seat cover.

It may damage the seat

warmer.

CAUTION

2-19

Safety system of your vehicle

While the engine is running, push the

switch to warm the seat.

During mild weather or under condi-

tions where the operation of the seat

warmer is not needed, keep the

switches in the OFF position.

• Manual temperature control

Each time you push the switch, the

temperature setting of the seat is

changed as follows :

• Automatic temperature control

The seat warmer starts to auto-

matically control the seat tempera-

ture in order to prevent low-tem-

perature burns after being manual-

ly turned ON.

• When pressing the switch for more

than 1.5 seconds with the seat

warmer operating, the seat warmer

will turn OFF.

ODH034028N

ODH037016N

ODH038015N

■ Front ■ Rear (if equipped)

■ Front

• Type A

• Type B

OFF HIGH ( )

LOW ( ) MIDDLE ( )

→

OFF HIGH ( )

LOW ( ) MIDDLE ( )

→

30 MIN

60 MIN

2-20

✽✽

NOTICE

With the seat warmer switch in the

ON position, the heating system in the

seat automatically controls the seat

temperature by designed temperature.

Air ventilation seats

(if equipped)

The air ventilation seats are provided

to cool the front seats by blowing air

through small vent holes on the sur-

face of the seat cushions and seat-

backs.

When the operation of the air ventila-

tion seats are not needed, keep the

switches in the OFF position.

While the engine is running, push the

switch to cool the driver's seat or the

front passenger's seat.

• Each time you push the switch, the

airflow changes as follows:

• The air ventilation seats default to

the OFF position whenever the

ignition switch is turned to the ON

position.

Safety system of your vehicle

ODH037017N

ODH038018N

■ Front

• Type A

• Type B

OFF HIGH ( )

LOW ( ) MIDDLE ( )

→

2-21

Safety system of your vehicle

To prevent damage to the air

ventilation seat:

• Use the air ventilation seat

ONLY when the climate con-

trol system is on. Using the air

ventilation seat for prolonged

periods of time with the cli-

mate control system off could

cause the air ventilation seat

to malfunction.

• Never use a solvent such as

paint thinner, benzene, alco-

hol or gasoline to clean the

seats.

• Avoid spilling liquids on the

surface of the front seats and

seatbacks; this may cause the

air vent holes to become

blocked and not work proper-

ly.

(Continued)

• Do not place materials such

as plastic bags or newspa-

pers under the seats. They

may block the air intake caus-

ing the air vents not to work

properly.

• Do not change the seat cov-

ers. It may damage the air ven-

tilation seats.

• If the air vents do not operate,

restart the vehicle. If there is

no change, have your vehicle

inspected by an authorized

retailer of Genesis Branded

products.

CAUTION

2-22

Safety system of your vehicle

This section describes how to use the

seat belts properly. It also describes

some of the things not to do when

using seat belts.

Seat belt safety precautions

Always fasten your seat belt and

make sure all passengers have fas-

tened their seat belts before starting

any trip. Air bags are designed to

supplement the seat belt as an addi-

tional safety device, but they are not a

substitute. Most states require all

occupants of a vehicle to wear seat

belts.

SSEEAATT BBEELLTTSS

Seat belts must be used by ALL

passengers whenever the vehi-

cle is moving. Take the following

precautions when adjusting and

wearing seat belts:

• ALWAYS properly restrain

children under age 13 in the

rear seats.

• NEVER allow children to ride

in the front passenger seat. If

a child age 13 or older must be

seated in the front seat, move

the seat as far back as possi-

ble and properly restrain them

in the seat.

• NEVER allow an infant or child

to be carried on an occupant’s

lap.

• NEVER ride with the seatback

reclined when the vehicle is

moving.

• Do not allow children to share

a seat or seat belt.

• Do not wear the shoulder belt

under your arm or behind your

back.

(Continued)

WARNING

(Continued)

• Do not use the seat belt if it is

twisted. A twisted seat belt

will not protect you properly

in an accident.

• Do not use a seat belt if the

webbing or hardware is dam-

aged.

• Do not latch the seat belt into

the buckles of other seats.

• NEVER unfasten the seat belt

while driving. This may cause

loss of vehicle control result-

ing in an accident.

• Make sure there is nothing in

the buckle interfering with the

seat belt latch mechanism.

This may prevent the seat belt

from fastening securely.

• No modifications or additions

should be made by the user

which will either prevent the

seat belt adjusting devices

from operating to remove

slack, or prevent the seat belt

assembly from being adjusted

to remove slack.

2-23

Safety system of your vehicle

Seat belt warning light

(for driver's seat)

The driver's seat belt warning light

and chime will come on according to

the following table when the Engine

Start/Stop button is in the ON posi-

tion.

: The Warning Pattern repeats 11 times

with an interval of 24 seconds. If the

driver's seat belt is buckled, the light

will stop within 6 seconds and chime

will stop immediately.

: The light will stop within 6 seconds

and chime will stop immediately.

Damaged seat belts and seat

belt assemblies will not operate

properly. Always replace:

• Frayed, contaminated, or dam-

aged webbing

• Damaged hardware

• The entire seat belt assembly

after it has been worn in an

accident, even if damage to

webbing or assembly is not

apparent

WARNING

OLMB033022

Conditions Warning Pattern

Seat Belt

Vehicle

Speed

Light (Blink) Chime

Unbuckled 6 seconds

Buckled 6 seconds None

Buckled →

Unbuckled

Below 3 mph

(5 km/h)

6 seconds None

3 mph~

6 mph

6 seconds

Above 6 mph

(10 km/h)

6 sec. ON / 24 sec. OFF

(11 times)

Unbuckled

Above 6 mph

(10 km/h)

↓

Below 3 mph

(5 km/h)

6 seconds *

↓

Stop *

2-24

Seat belt warning

(for front passenger's seat)

The front passenger's seat belt

warning light will activate to the fol-

lowing table when the Engine Start/

Stop button is in "ON" position.

: The seat belt warning light will go off if the

vehicle speed decreases below 3 mph (5

km/h). If the vehicle speed increases

above 3 mph (5 km/h), the warning light

will blink again.

• You can find the front passenger's

seat belt warning light on the cen-

ter fascia panel.

• Although the front passenger seat

is not occupied, the seat belt warn-

ing light will blink for 6 seconds.

• The seat belt warning light can

blink when a briefcase or purse is

placed on the front passenger

seat.

Safety system of your vehicle

ODH037109N

Conditions

Warning

Pattern

Seat Belt

Vehicle

Speed

Light-Blink

Unbuckled 6 seconds

Unbuckled

Above 6mph

(10 km/h)

Continuously

Buckled 6 seconds

Buckled →

Unbuckled

Above 6mph

(10 km/h)

Continuously *

Below 6mph

(10 km/h)

None

Riding in an improper position

adversely affects the front pas-

senger's seat belt warning sys-

tem. It is important for the driver

to instruct the passenger as to

the proper seating instructions

as contained in this manual.

WARNING

2-25

Safety system of your vehicle

Seat belt restraint system

Seat Belt-Driver's 3-point sys-

tem with emergency locking

retractor

To fasten your seat belt:

Pull the seat belt out of the retractor

and insert the metal tab (1) into the

buckle (2). There will be an audible

"click" when the tab locks into the

buckle.

You should place the lap belt (1) por-

tion across your hips and the shoul-

der belt (2) portion across your

chest.

The seat belt automatically adjusts to

the proper length after the lap belt

portion is adjusted manually so that it

fits snugly around your hips. If you

lean forward in a slow, easy motion,

the belt will extend and move with

you. If there is a sudden stop or

impact, the belt will lock into position.

It will also lock if you try to lean for-

ward too quickly.

✽✽

NOTICE

If you are not able to smoothly pull

enough of the seat belt out from the

retractor, firmly pull the seat belt out

and release it. After release, you will

be able to pull the belt out smoothly.

Height adjustment

You can adjust the height of the

shoulder belt anchor to one of the

four different positions for maximum

comfort and safety.

The shoulder portion should be

adjusted so it lies across your chest

and midway over your shoulder near-

est the door, not over your neck.

OLMB033087

ODH033053

2-26

Safety system of your vehicle

To adjust the height of the seat belt

anchor, lower or raise the height

adjuster into an appropriate position.

To raise the height adjuster, pull it up

(1). To lower it, push it down (3) while

pressing the height adjuster button

(2).

Release the button to lock the

anchor into position. Try sliding the

height adjuster to make sure that it

has locked into position.

(Continued)

• Position one arm under the

shoulder belt and the other over

the belt, as shown in the illus-

tration.

• Always position the shoulder

belt anchor into the locked

position at the appropriate

height.

• Never position the shoulder

belt across your neck or face.

OLMB033025

Improperly positioned seat belts

may increase the risk of serious

injury in an accident. Take the fol-

lowing precautions when adjust-

ing the seat belt:

• Position the lap portion of the

seat belt as low as possible

across your hips, not on your

waist, so that it fits snugly.

(Continued)

WARNING

ODH033086

■ Front seat

2-27

Safety system of your vehicle

When using the rear center seat belt,

the buckle with the "CENTER" mark

must be used.

Seat Belt – Passenger's 3-point

system with convertible locking

retractor

This type of seat belt combines the

features of both an emergency lock-

ing retractor seat belt and an auto-

matic locking retractor seat belt.

Convertible retractor type seat belts

are installed in the rear seat positions

to help accommodate the installation

of child restraint systems. Although a

convertible retractor is also installed in

the front passenger seat position,

NEVER place any infant/child

restraint system in the front seat of

the vehicle.

To fasten your seat belt:

Pull the seat belt out of the retractor

and insert the metal tab into the buck-

le. There will be an audible "click"

when the tab locks into the buckle.

When not securing a child restraint,

the seat belt operates in the same way

as the driver's seat belt (Emergency

Locking Retractor Type). It automati-

cally adjusts to the proper length only

after the lap belt portion of the seat

belt is adjusted manually so that it fits

snugly across your hips.

When the seat belt is fully extended

from the retractor to allow the instal-

lation of a child restraint system, the

seat belt operation changes to allow

the belt to retract, but not to extend

(Automatic Locking Retractor Type).

Refer to "Using a Child Restraint

System" in this chapter.

✽✽

NOTICE

Although the seat belt retractor pro-

vides the same level of protection for

seated passengers in either emer-

gency or automatic locking modes,

the emergency locking mode allows

seated passengers to move freely in

their seat while keeping some tension

on the belt. During a collision or sud-

den stop, the retractor automatically

locks the belt to help restrain your

body. To deactivate the automatic

locking mode, allow the unbuckled

seat belt to fully retract.

ODH033082

2-28

Safety system of your vehicle

To release your seat belt:

Press the release button (1) in the

locking buckle.

When it is released, the belt should

automatically draw back into the

retractor. If this does not happen,

check the belt to be sure it is not twist-

ed, then try again.

Pre-tensioner seat belt

(Driver and front passenger)

Retractor pre-tensioner

Your vehicle is equipped with driver's

and front passenger's Pre-Tensioner

Seat Belts. The purpose of the pre-

tensioner is to make sure the seat

belts fit tightly against the occupant's

body in certain frontal collisions. The

pre-tensioner seat belts may be acti-

vated in certain crashes where the

frontal collision is severe enough, or

together with the air bags.

If the system senses excessive ten-

sion on the driver's or passenger's

seat belt when the pre-tensioner acti-

vates, the load limiter inside the pre-

tensioner will release some of the

pressure on the affected seat belt.

When the vehicle stops suddenly, or

if the occupant tries to lean forward

too quickly, the seat belt retractor will

lock into position. In certain frontal

collisions, the pre-tensioner will acti-

vate and pull the seat belt into tighter

contact against the occupant's body.

EFD system

(Driver and front passenger)

The purpose of the EFD (Emergency

Fastening Device) system is to make

sure the lap belt fit tightly against the

occupant's lower body in certain frontal

collisions. The EFD (Emergency

Fastening Device) may be activated in

crashes where the frontal collision is

severe enough.

OLMB033039

ODH033057

2-29

Safety system of your vehicle

The Pre-Tensioner Seat Belt System

consists mainly of the following com-

ponents. Their locations are shown in

the illustration above:

1. SRS air bag warning light

2. Retractor pre-tensioner assembly

3. SRS control module

4. Emergency fastening device (EFD)

1LDE3100/Q

Do not touch the pre-tensioner

seat belt (Retractor pre-tension-

er seat belt and emergency fas-

tening device) assemblies for

several minutes after they have

been activated. When the pre-

tensioner seat belt (Retractor

pre-tensioner seat belt and

emergency fastening device)

mechanism deploy during a col-

lision, the pre-tensioner

becomes hot and can burn you.

WARNING

Body work on the front area of

the vehicle may damage the pre-

tensioner seat belt (Retractor

pre-tensioner seat belt and

emergency fastening device)

system. Therefore, we recom-

mend that the system be serv-

iced by an authorized retailer of

Genesis Branded products.

CAUTION

Pre-Tensioner Seat Belts

(Retractor pre-tensioner seat belt

and emergency fastening device)

that malfunction may not protect

you properly during an accident.

Take the following precautions:

• Always wear your seat belt and

sit properly in your seat.

• Do not use the seat belt if it is

loose or twisted. A loose or

twisted seat belt will not protect

you properly in an accident.

• Do not place anything near the

buckle. This may adversely

affect the buckle and cause it

to function improperly.

• Always replace your pre-ten-

sioners after activation or an

accident.

• NEVER inspect, service, repair

or replace the pre-tensioners

yourself. This must be done by

an authorized retailer of

Genesis Branded products.

• Do not hit the seat belt assem-

blies.

WARNING

2-30

Safety system of your vehicle

✽✽

NOTICE

The sensor that activates the SRS

air bag is connected with the

pre–tensioner seat belts. The SRS

air bag warning light on the instru-

ment panel will illuminate for

approximately 6 seconds after the

Engine Start/Stop button is pressed

to the ON position, and then it

should turn off.

If the pre-tensioner is not working

properly, the warning light will illu-

minate even if the SRS air bag is not

malfunctioning. If the warning light

does not illuminate, stays illuminat-

ed or illuminates when the vehicle is

being driven, have an authorized

retailer of Genesis Branded prod-

ucts inspect the pre-tensioner seat

belts and SRS air bags as soon as

possible.

✽✽

NOTICE

• Both the driver's and front pas-

senger's pre-tensioner seat belts

may be activated in certain frontal

or side collisions or rollovers.

• The pre-tensioners will not be acti-

vated if the seat belts are not worn

at the time of the collision.

• When the pre-tensioner seat belts

are activated, a loud noise may be

heard and fine dust, which may

appear to be smoke, may be visible

in the passenger compartment.

These are normal operating condi-

tions and are not hazardous.

• Although it is non-toxic, the fine

dust may cause skin irritation and

should not be breathed for pro-

longed periods. Wash all exposed

skin areas thoroughly after an

accident in which the pre-tension-

er seat belts were activated.

Pre-Active Seat belt (PSB)

(if equipped)

The purpose of the Pre-Active Seat

Belt is to tighten the seat belt when a

collision is sensed, driving emer-

gency braking, or when a loss of

control is sensed.

ODH033059

2-31

Safety system of your vehicle

The pre-active seat belt warning will

turn on if there is a problem with your

pre-active seat belt.

Have the system checked by an

authorized retailer of Genesis

Branded products if :

The warning message comes on

while the vehicle is in motion. if the

PSB warning message disappeared,

the warning indicator (master symbol)

turns on.

In order to maximize the safety of the

passenger, the pre-active seat belt

system operates as below.

• Full retraction

The seat belt is tightened when:

- Emergency braking situation

occurs

- Losing control of the vehicle

- The vehicle senses the collision

situation by sensor (If equipped)

• Dynamic support

- Slippery frozen road

- The passenger leans to one side

by sudden braking or rapid turning.

• Slack removal

Other functions are tightening a

loose seat belt after vehicle speed

is over 9.3 mph (15 km/h) and

winding a loose seat belt after

unfastening the seat belt.

• Belt parking

When releasing the seat belt, if the

seat belt loosens, the motor will

wind up a loose seat belt to tight.

ODH038115N

The pre-active seat belt is a

supplementary system. The pre-

active seat belt activates only

when the passenger is wearing

his/her seat belt.

If the seat belt is released, the

belt parking function will acti-

vate. For more detailed refer to

the belt parking function.

CAUTION

2-32

Safety system of your vehicle

Additional seat belt safety pre-

cautions

Seat belt use during pregnancy

The seat belt should always be used

during pregnancy. The best way to

protect your unborn child is to protect

yourself by always wearing the seat

belt.

Pregnant women should always wear

a lap-shoulder seat belt. Place the

shoulder belt across your chest, rout-

ed between your breasts and away

from your neck. Place the lap belt

below the belt line so that it fits snugly

and as low as possible across the

hips, not across the abdomen.

Seat belt use and children

Infant and small children

All 50 states have child restraint laws

which require children to travel in

approved child restraint devices,

including booster seats. The age at

which seat belts can be used instead

of child restraints differs among

states, so you should be aware of the

specific requirements in your state,

and where you are travelling. Infant

and child restraints must be properly

placed and installed in a rear seat.

For more information refer to the

"Child Restraint Systems" in this

chapter.

Small children are best protected

from injury in an accident when prop-

erly restrained in the rear seat by a

child restraint system that meets the

requirements of the Federal Motor

Vehicle Safety Standards. Before

buying any child restraint system,

make sure that it has a label certify-

ing that it meets Federal Motor

Vehicle Safety Standard 213. The

restraint must be appropriate for your

child's height and weight. Check the

label on the child restraint for this

information. Refer to "Child Restraint

Systems" in this chapter.

ALWAYS properly restrain

infants and small children in a

child restraint appropriate for

the child's height and weight.

To reduce the risk of serious

injury or death to a child and

other passengers, NEVER hold a

child in your lap or arms when

the vehicle is moving. The violent

forces created during an acci-

dent will tear the child from your

arms and throw the child against

the interior of the vehicle.

WARNING

To reduce the risk of serious

injury or death to an unborn

child during an accident, preg-

nant women should NEVER

place the lap portion of the seat

belt above or over the area of

the abdomen where the unborn

child is located.

WARNING

2-33

Safety system of your vehicle

Larger children

Children under age 13 and who are

too large for a booster seat must

always occupy the rear seat and use

the available lap/shoulder belts. A

seat belt should lie across the upper

thighs and be snug across the shoul-

der and chest to restrain the child

safely. Check belt fit periodically. A

child's squirming could put the belt

out of position. Always have the

LATCH system inspected by your

authorized retailer of Genesis

Branded products after an accident.

An accident can damage the LATCH

system and may not properly secure

the child restraint.

If a larger child over age 13 must be

seated in the front seat, the child

must be securely restrained by the

available lap/shoulder belt and the

seat should be placed in the rear-

most position.

If the shoulder belt portion slightly

touches the child’s neck or face, try

placing the child closer to the center

of the vehicle. If the shoulder belt still

touches their face or neck, they need

to be returned to an appropriate

booster seat in the rear seat.

Transporting an injured person

A seat belt should be used when an

injured person is being transported.

Consult a physician for specific rec-

ommendations.

One person per belt

Two people (including children) should

never attempt to use a single seat belt.

This could increase the severity of

injuries in case of an accident.

Do not lie down

Sitting in a reclined position when

the vehicle is in motion can be dan-

gerous. Even when buckled up, the

protections of your restraint system

(seat belts and air bags) is greatly

reduced by reclining your seatback.

To reduce the chance of injuries in

the event of an accident and to

achieve the maximum effectiveness

of the restraint system, all passen-

gers should be sitting up and the

front and rear seats should be in an

upright position when the car is mov-

ing. A seat belt cannot provide prop-

er protection if the person is lying

down in the rear seat or if the front or

rear seats are in a reclined position.

• Always make sure children

are wearing their seat belts

and that they are properly

adjusted before driving.

• NEVER allow the shoulder

belt to contact the child's

neck or face.

• Do not allow more than one

child to use a single seat belt.

WARNING

2-34

Safety system of your vehicle

Care of seat belts

Seat belt systems should never be

disassembled or modified. In addi-

tion, care should be taken to assure

that seat belts and belt hardware are

not damaged by seat hinges, doors

or other abuse.

Periodic inspection

All seat belts should be inspected

periodically for wear or damage of

any kind. Any damaged parts should

be replaced as soon as possible by

an authorized retailer of Genesis

Branded products.

Keep belts clean and dry

Seat belts should be kept clean and

dry. If belts become dirty, they can be

cleaned by using a mild soap solu-

tion and warm water. Bleach, dye,

strong detergents or abrasives

should not be used because they

may damage and weaken the fabric.

When to replace seat belts

The entire seat belt assembly or

assemblies should be replaced if the

vehicle has been involved in an acci-

dent. This should be done even if no

damage is visible. Additional ques-

tions concerning seat belt operation

should be directed to an authorized

retailer of Genesis Branded prod-

ucts.

• NEVER ride with a reclined

seatback when the vehicle is

moving.

• Riding with a reclined seatback

increases your chance of seri-

ous or fatal injuries in the event

of a collision or sudden stop.

• Drivers and passengers should

always sit well back in their

seats, properly belted, and with

the seatbacks upright.

WARNING

2-35

Safety system of your vehicle

Children under age 13 must always

ride in the rear seats and must

always be properly restrained to min-

imize the risk of injury in an accident,

sudden stop or sudden maneuver.

According to accident statistics, chil-

dren are safer when properly

restrained in the rear seats than in

the front seat. Even with air bags,

children can be seriously injured

or killed. Children too large for a

child restraint must use the seat belts

provided.

All 50 states have child restraint laws

which require children to travel in

approved child restraint devices. The

laws governing the age or

height/weight restrictions at which

seat belts can be used instead of

child restraints differs among states,

so you should be aware of the spe-

cific requirements in your state, and

where you are travelling.

Child restraint systems must be

properly placed and installed in the

rear seat. You must use a commer-

cially available child restraint system

that meets the requirements of the

Federal Motor Vehicle Safety

Standards (FMVSS).

Child restraint systems are generally

designed to be secured in a vehicle

seat by lap belt portion of a

lap/shoulder belt, or by a LATCH sys-

tem in the rear seats of the vehicle.

CCHHIILLDD RREESSTTRRAAIINNTT SSYYSSTTEEMM ((CCRRSS))

Always properly restrain chil-

dren in the rear seats of the

vehicle.

Children of all ages are safer

when restrained in the rear seat.

A child riding in the front pas-

senger seat can be forcefully

struck by an inflating air bag

resulting in SERIOUS INJURY

or DEATH.

WARNING

2-36

Safety system of your vehicle

Child restraint system (CRS)

Infants and younger children must be

restrained in an appropriate rear-fac-

ing or forward-facing CRS that has

first been properly secured to the

rear seat of the vehicle. Read and

comply with the instructions for

installation and use provided by the

manufacturer of the child restraint.

Selecting a Child Restraint

System (CRS)

When selecting a CRS for your child,

always:

• Make sure the CRS has a label

certifying that it meets applicable

Federal Motor Vehicle Safety

Standards (FMVSS 213).

• Select a child restraint based on

your child's height and weight. The

required label or the instructions

for use typically provide this infor-

mation.

• Select a child restraint that fits the

vehicle seating position where it

will be used.

• Read and comply with the warn-

ings and instructions for installation

and use provided with the child

restraint system.

(Continued)

• Always follow the child

restraint system manufactur-

er's instructions for installa-

tion and use.

• Always properly restrain your

child in the child restraint.

• Do not use an infant carrier or

a child safety seat that

"hooks" over a seatback, it

may not provide adequate

protection in an accident.

• After an accident, have an

authorized retailer of Genesis

Branded products check the

child restraint system, seat

belts, tether anchors and

lower anchors.

An improperly secured child

restraint can increase the risk

of SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH

in an accident. Always take the

following precautions when

using a child restraint system:

• NEVER install a child or infant

restraint in the front passen-

ger’s seat.

• Always properly secure the

child restraint to a rear seat of

the vehicle.

(Continued)

WARNING

2-37

Safety system of your vehicle

Child restraint system types

There are three main types of child

restraint systems: rear-facing seats,

forward-facing seats, and booster

seats. They are classified according

to the child's age, height and weight.

Rear-facing child seats

A rear-facing child seat provides

restraint with the seating surface

against the back of the child. The har-

ness system holds the child in place,

and in an accident, acts to keep the

child positioned in the seat and

reduce the stress to the neck and

spinal cord.

All children under age one must

always ride in a rear-facing infant child

restraint.

Convertible and 3-in-1 child seats typ-

ically have higher height and weight

limits for the rear-facing position,

allowing you to keep your child rear-

facing for a longer period of time.

Continue to use a rear-facing child

seat for as long as your child will fit

within the height and weight limits

allowed by the child seat manufactur-

er. It's the best way to keep them

safe. Once your child has outgrown

the rear-facing child restraint, your

child is ready for a forward-facing

child restraint with a harness.

OLMB033041

NEVER install a child or infant

restraint in the front passen-

ger's seat.

Placing a rear-facing child

restraint in the front seat can

result in SERIOUS INJURY or

DEATH if the child restraint is

struck by an inflating air bag.

WARNING

2-38

Safety system of your vehicle

Forward-facing child restraints

A forward-facing child seat provides

restraint for the child’s body with a

harness. Keep children in a forward-

facing child seat with a harness until

they reach the top height or weight

limit allowed by your child restraint’s

manufacturer.

Once your child outgrows the forward-

facing child restraint, your child is

ready for a booster seat.

Booster seats

A booster seat is a restraint designed

to improve the fit of the vehicle’s seat

belt system. A booster seat positions

the seat belt so that it fits properly

over the lap of your child. Keep your

child in a booster seat until they are

big enough to sit in the seat without a

booster and still have the seat belt fit

properly.

For a seat belt to fit properly, the lap

belt must lie snugly across the upper

thighs, not the stomach. The shoulder

belt should lie snug across the shoul-

der and chest and not across the neck

or face. Children under age 13 must

always ride in the rear seats and must

always be properly restrained to mini-

mize the risk of injury.

Installing a Child Restraint

System (CRS)

Before installing your child

restraint system always:

• Read and follow the instruc-

tions provided by the manu-

facturer of the child restraint.

• Read and follow the instruc-

tions regarding child restraint

systems in this manual.

Failure to follow all warnings

and instructions could increase

the risk of the SERIOUS INJURY

or DEATH if an accident occurs.

WARNING

If the vehicle head restraint pre-

vents proper installation of a

child seat (as described in the

child seat system manual), the

head restraint of the respective

seating position shall be read-

justed or entirely removed.

WARNING

ODH037062

2-39

Safety system of your vehicle

After selecting a proper child seat for

your child, check to make sure it fits

properly in your vehicle. Follow the

instructions provided by the manu-

facturer when installing the child

seat. Note these general steps when

installing the seat to your vehicle:

•

Properly secure the child restraint

to the vehicle.

All child restraints

must be secured to the vehicle with

the lap part of a lap/shoulder belt or

with the LATCH system.

• Make sure the child restraint is

firmly secured. After installing a

child restraint to the vehicle, push

and pull the seat forward and from

side-to-side to verify that it is

securely attached to the seat. A

child restraint secured with a seat

belt should be installed as firmly as

possible. However, some side-to-

side movement can be expected.

• Secure the child in the child

restraint. Make sure the child is

properly strapped in the child

restraint according to the manufac-

turer instructions.

Lower Anchors and Tether for

Children (LATCH) System

The LATCH system holds a child

restraint during driving and in an acci-

dent. This system is designed to

make installation of the child restraint

easier and reduce the possibility of

improperly installing your child

restraint. The LATCH system uses

anchors in the vehicle and attach-

ments on the child restraint. The

LATCH system eliminates the need

to use seat belts to secure the child

restraint to the rear seats.

Lower anchors are metal bars built

into the vehicle. There are two lower

anchors for each LATCH seating

position that will accommodate a

child restraint with lower attachments.

To use the LATCH system in your

vehicle, you must have a child

restraint with LATCH attachments.

The child seat manufacturer will pro-

vide you with instructions on how to

use the child seat with its attachments

for the LATCH lower anchors.

A child restraint in a closed

vehicle can become very hot. To

prevent burns, check the seat-

ing surface and buckles before

placing your child in the child

restraint.

WARNING

2-40

Safety system of your vehicle

LATCH anchors have been provided

in the left and right outboard rear

seating positions. Their locations are

shown in the illustration. There are

no LATCH anchors provided for the

center rear seating position.

The lower anchor position indicator

symbols are located on the left and

right rear seat backs to identify the

position of the lower anchors in your

vehicle (see arrows in illustration).

The LATCH anchors are located

between the seatback and the seat

cushion of the rear seat left and right

outboard seating positions.

Do not attempt to install a child

restraint system using LATCH

anchors in the rear center seat-

ing position.There are no LATCH

anchors provided for this seat.

Using the outboard seat anchors

can damage the anchors which

may break or fail in a collision

resulting in serious injury or

death.

WARNING

ODH033067

ODH033068

ISOFIX Lower

Anchor Position

Indicator

ISOFIX Lower Anchor

2-41

Safety system of your vehicle

Securing a child restraint with

the LATCH anchors system

To install a LATCH-compatible child

restraint in either of the rear outboard

seating positions:

1. Move the seat belt buckle away

from the lower anchors.

2. Move any other objects away from

the anchors that could prevent a

secure connection between the

child restraint and the lower

anchors.

3. Place the child restraint on the

vehicle seat, then attach the seat

to the lower anchors according to

the instructions provided by the

child restraint manufacturer.

4. Follow the child restraint instruc-

tions for properly adjusting and

tightening the lower attachments

on the child restraint to the lower

anchors.

✽✽

NOTICE

The recommended weight for the

LATCH system is under 65 lbs (30

kg).

How to calculate the child restraint

weight :

Child restraint weight =

65 lbs (30 kg) - Child weight

Take the following precautions

when using the LATCH system:

• Read and follow all installation

instructions provided with

your child restraint system.

• To prevent the child from

reaching and taking hold of

unretracted seat belts, buckle

all unused rear seat belts and

retract the seat belt webbing

behind the child. Children can

be strangled if a shoulder belt

becomes wrapped around

their neck and the seat belt

tightens.

• NEVER attach more than one

child restraint to a single

anchor. This could cause the

anchor or attachment to come

loose or break.

• Always have the LATCH sys-

tem inspected by your author-

ized retailer of Genesis

Branded products after an

accident. An accident can

damage the LATCH system

and may not properly secure

the child restraint.

WARNING

2-42

Safety system of your vehicle

Securing a child restraint seat

with "Tether Anchor" system

First secure the child restraint with

the LATCH lower anchors or the seat

belt. If the child restraint manufactur-

er recommends that the top tether

strap be attached, attach and tighten

the top tether strap to the top tether

strap anchor.

Child restraint hook holders are

located on the package tray.

To install the tether anchor:

1. Route the child restraint tether

strap over the child restraint seat-

back. Route the tether strap under

the head restraint and between

the head restraint posts, or route

the tether strap over the top of the

vehicle seatback. Make sure the

strap is not twisted.

2. Connect the tether strap hook to

the tether anchor, then tighten the

tether strap according to the child

seat manufacturer’s instructions to

firmly secure the child restraint to

the seat.

Take the following precautions

when installing the tether strap:

• Read and follow all installation

instructions provided with

your child restraint system.

• NEVER attach more than one

child restraint to a single teth-

er anchor. This could cause

the anchor or attachment to

come loose or break.

• Do not attach the tether strap

to anything other than the cor-

rect tether anchor. It may not

work properly if attached to

something else.

• Do not use the tether anchors

for adult seat belts or harness-

es, or for attaching other items

or equipment to the vehicle.

WARNING

ODH037066

ODH037065

2-43

Safety system of your vehicle

3. Check that the child restraint is

securely attached to the seat by

pushing and pulling the seat for-

ward and from side-to-side.

Securing a child restraint with

a lap belt or lap/shoulder belt

When not using the LATCH system,

all child restraints must be secured to

a vehicle rear seat with the lap part

of a lap/shoulder belt.

Automatic lock mode

Since all passenger seat belts move

freely under normal conditions and

only lock under extreme or emer-

gency conditions (emergency locking

mode), you must manually pull the

seat belt all the way out to shift the

retractor to the "Automatic Locking"

mode to secure a child restraint.

The "Automatic Locking" mode will

help prevent the normal movement

of the child in the vehicle from caus-

ing the seat belt to loosen and com-

promise the child restraint system. To

secure a child restraint system, use

the following procedure.

To install a child restraint system on

the rear seats, do the following:

1. Place the child restraint system on

a rear seat and route the lap/

shoulder belt around or through

the child restraint, following the

restraint manufacturer's instruc-

tions.

Be sure the seat belt webbing is

not twisted.

✽✽

NOTICE

When using the rear center seat belt,

you should also refer to the "3-point

Rear Center Seat Belt" section in

this chapter.

ALWAYS place a rear-facing

child restraint in the rear seat of

the vehicle.

Placing a rear-facing child

restraint in the front seat can

result in serious injury or death

if the child restraint is struck by

an inflating air bag.

WARNING

OLMB033044

2-44

Safety system of your vehicle

2. Fasten the lap/shoulder belt latch

into the buckle. Listen for the dis-

tinct "click" sound.

✽✽

NOTICE

Position the release button so that it

is easy to access in case of an emer-

gency.

3. Pull the shoulder portion of the

seat belt all the way out. When the

shoulder portion of the seat belt is

fully extended, it will shift the

retractor to the "Automatic

Locking" (child restraint) mode.

4. Slowly allow the shoulder portion

of the seat belt to retract and listen

for an audible "clicking" or "ratch-

eting" sound. This indicates that

the retractor is in the "Automatic

Locking" mode. If no distinct sound

is heard, repeat steps 3 and 4.

OLMB033045

OLMB033097 OLMB033098

2-45

Safety system of your vehicle

5. Remove as much slack from the

belt as possible by pushing down

on the child restraint system while

feeding the shoulder belt back into

the retractor.

6. Push and pull on the child restraint

system to confirm that the seat

belt is holding it firmly in place. If it

is not, release the seat belt and

repeat steps 2 through 6.

7. Double check that the retractor is

in the "Automatic Locking" mode

by attempting to pull more of the

seat belt out of the retractor. If you

cannot, the retractor is in the

"Automatic Locking" mode.

If your CRS manufacturer instructs or

recommends you to use a tether

anchor with the lap/shoulder belt,

refer to the previous pages for more

information.

✽✽

NOTICE

When the seat belt is allowed to

retract to its fully stowed position, the

retractor will automatically switch

from the "Automatic Locking" mode

to the emergency lock mode for nor-

mal adult usage.

To remove the child restraint, press

the release button on the buckle and

then pull the lap/shoulder belt out of

the restraint and allow the seat belt

to retract fully.

If the retractor is not in the

"Automatic Locking" mode, the

child restraint can move when

your vehicle turns or stops sud-

denly. A child can be seriously

injured or killed if the child

restraint is not properly anchored

in the car, including manually

pulling the seat belt all the way

out to shift the rectractor to the

"Automatic Locking" mode.

WARNING

2-46

Safety system of your vehicle

(1) Driver's front air bag

(2) Passenger's front air bag

(3) Side air bag

(4) Curtain air bag

(5) Driver's knee air bag

AAIIRR BBAAGG -- AADDVVAANNCCEEDD SSUUPPPPLLEEMMEENNTTAALL RREESSTTRRAAIINNTT SSYYSSTTEEMM

ODH033069

The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

2-47

Safety system of your vehicle

This vehicle is equipped with an

Advanced Supplemental Air Bag

System for the driver's seat and front

passenger's seats.

The front air bags are designed to

supplement the three-point seat

belts. For these air bags to provide

protection, the seat belts must be

worn at all times when driving.

You can be severely injured or killed

in an accident if you are not wearing

a seat belt. Air bags are designed to

supplement seat belts, but do not

replace them. Also, air bags are not

designed to deploy in every collision.

In some accidents, the seat belts are

the only restraint protecting you.

AIR BAG SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

ALWAYS use seat belts and child restraints - every trip, every time,

everyone! Even with air bags, you can be seriously injured or killed in

a collision if you are improperly belted or not wearing your seat belt

when the air bag inflates.

NEVER place a child in any child restraint or booster seat in the front

passenger seat. An inflating air bag could forcefully strike the infant

or child causing serious or fatal injuries.

ABC - Always Buckle Children under age 13 in the back seat. It is the

safest place for children of any age to ride. If a child age 13 or older

must be seated in the front seat, he or she must be properly belted

and the seat should be moved as far back as possible.

All occupants should sit upright with the seatback in an upright posi-

tion, centered on the seat cushion with their seat belt on, legs com-

fortably extended and their feet on the floor until the vehicle is parked

and the engine is turned off. If an occupant is out of position during

an accident, the rapidly deploying air bag may forcefully contact the

occupant causing serious or fatal injuries.

You and your passengers should never sit or lean unnecessarily

close to the air bags or lean against the door or center console.

Move your seat as far back as possible from front air bags, while still

maintaining control of the vehicle. NHTSA recommends that drivers

allow at least 10 inches (25 cm) between the center of the steering

wheel and the chest.

WARNING

2-48

Safety system of your vehicle

Where are the air bags?

Driver's and passenger’s front

air bags

Your vehicle is equipped with a

Advanced Supplemental Restraint

System (SRS) and lap/shoulder belts

at both the driver and passenger

seating positions.

The SRS consists of air bags which

are located in the center of the steer-

ing wheel and the passenger's side

front panel pad above the glove box.

The air bags are labeled with the let-

ters "AIR BAG" embossed on the

pad covers.

The purpose of the SRS is to provide

the vehicle's driver and front passen-

gers with additional protection than

that offered by the seat belt system

alone. The SRS uses sensors to

gather information about the driver's

seat position, the driver's and front

passenger's seat belt usage and

impact severity.

To reduce the risk of serious

injury or death from an inflating

front air bags, take the following

precautions:

• Seat belts must be worn at all

times to help keep occupants

positioned properly.

• Move your seat as far back as

possible from front air bags,

while still maintaining control

of the vehicle.

• Never lean against the door or

center console.

(Continued)

WARNING

ODH033030

ODH033031

ODH033032

■ Driver's knee air bag

■ Driver’s front air bag

■ Passenger’s front air bag

2-49

Safety system of your vehicle

Side air bags

Your vehicle is equipped with a side

air bag in each front and outboard

rear seat. The purpose of the air bag

is to provide the vehicle's driver

and/or the front and outboard rear

passenger with additional protection

than that offered by the seat belt

alone.

The side air bags are designed to

deploy only during certain side impact

collisions, depending on the crash

severity, angle, speed and point of

impact.

The side air bags do not only deploy

on the side of the impact but also on

the opposite side.

For vehicles equipped with a rollover

sensor the side and curtain air bags

on both sides of the vehicle may

deploy if a rollover or possible

rollover is detected.

The side air bags are not designed to

deploy in all side impact or rollover

situations.

(Continued)

• Do not allow the front passen-

ger to place their feet or legs on

the dashboard.

• No objects (such as crash pad

cover, cellular phone holder,

cup holder, perfume or stick-

ers) should be placed over or

near the air bag modules on

the steering wheel, instrument

panel, windshield glass, and

the front passenger's panel

above the glove box. Such

objects could cause harm if

the vehicle is in a crash

severe enough to cause the

air bags to deploy.

• Do not attach any objects on

front windshield and inside

mirror.

ODH033033

ODH037088L

2-50

Safety system of your vehicle

To reduce the risk of serious

injury or death from an inflating

side air bag, take the following

precautions:

• Seat belts must be worn at all

times to help keep occupants

positioned properly.

• Do not allow passengers to

lean their heads or bodies

onto doors, put their arms on

the doors, stretch their arms

out of the window, or place

objects between the doors

and seats.

• Hold the steering wheel at the

9 o'clock and 3 o'clock posi-

tions, to minimize the risk of

injuries to your hands and

arms.

• Do not use any accessory

seat covers.This could reduce

or prevent the effectiveness

of the system.

(Continued)

WARNING

(Continued)

• Do not hang other objects

except clothes on the clothes

hanger. In an accident it may

cause vehicle damage or per-

sonal injury especially when

airbag is inflated.

• Do not place any objects over

the air bag or between the air

bag and yourself. Also, do not

attach any objects around the

area the air bag inflates such

as the door, side door glass,

front and rear pillar.

• Do not place any objects

between the door and the

seat. They may become dan-

gerous projectiles if the side

air bag inflates.

• Do not install any accessories

on the side or near the side air

bags.

• Do not put any objects

between the side air bag label

and seat cushion. It could

cause harm if the vehicle is in

a crash severe enough to

cause the air bags to deploy.

(Continued)

• Do not cause impact to the

doors when the Engine Start/

Stop button is in the ON posi-

tion or this may cause the

side air bags to inflate.

• If the seat or seat cover is

damaged, have the vehicle

checked and repaired by an

authorized retailer of Genesis

Branded products.

2-51

Safety system of your vehicle

Curtain air bags

Curtain air bags are located along

both sides of the roof rails above the

front and rear doors.

They are designed to help protect

the heads of the front seat occupants

and the rear outboard seat occu-

pants in certain side impact colli-

sions.

The curtain air bags are designed to

deploy only during certain side

impact collisions, depending on the

crash severity, angle, speed and

impact.

The curtain air bags do not only

deploy on the side of the impact but

also on the opposite side.

For vehicles equipped with a rollover

sensor the side and curtain air bags

on both sides of the vehicle may

deploy if a rollover or possible

rollover is detected.

The curtain air bags are not designed

to deploy in all side impact or rollover

situations.

To reduce the risk of serious

injury or death from an inflating

curtain air bag, take the follow-

ing precautions:

• All seat occupants must wear

seat belts at all times to help

keep occupants positioned

properly.

• Properly secure child

restraints as far away from the

door as possible.

• Do not place any objects over

the air bag. Also, do not attach

any objects around the area

the air bag inflates such as the

door, side door glass, front

and rear pillar, roof side rail.

• Do not hang other objects

except clothes, especially

hard or breakable objects. In

an accident, it may cause

vehicle damage or personal

injury.

(Continued)

WARNING

ODH037087L

ODH037089L

2-52

Safety system of your vehicle

How does the air bags system

operate?

The SRS consists of the following

components:

1. Driver's front air bag module

2. Passenger's front air bag module

3. Side air bag modules

4. Curtain air bag modules

5. Retractor pre-tensioner assemblies

6. Air bag warning light

7. SRS control module (SRSCM)/

Rollover sensor

8. Front impact sensors

9. Side impact sensors

10. Driver's knee air bag module

11. Driver's and front passenger's

seat belt buckle sensors

12. Emergency fastening device

13. Occupant classification system

The SRSCM (Supplemental

Restraint System Control Module)

continually monitors all SRS compo-

nents while the Engine Start/Stop

button is in the ON position to deter-

mine if a crash impact is severe

enough to require air bag deploy-

ment or pre-tensioner seat belt

deployment.

(Continued)

• Do not allow passengers to

lean their heads or bodies onto

doors, put their arms on the

doors, stretch their arms out of

the window, or place objects

between the doors and seats.

• Do not open or repair the side

curtain air bags.

ODH033104L/Q

2-53

Safety system of your vehicle

SRS warning light

The SRS (Supplement Restraint

System) air bag warning light on the

instrument panel displays the air bag

symbol depicted in the illustration.

The system checks the air bag elec-

trical system for malfunctions. The

light indicates that there is a potential

problem with your air bag system,

which could include your side and

curtain air bags used for rollover pro-

tection.

During a moderate to severe frontal

collision, sensors will detect the vehi-

cle’s rapid deceleration. If the rate of

deceleration is high enough, the con-

trol unit will inflate the front air bags.

The front air bags help protect the

driver and front passenger by

responding to frontal impacts in

which seat belts alone cannot provide

adequate restraint. When needed,

the side air bags help provide protec-

tion in the event of a side impact or

rollover by supporting the side upper

body area.

• Air bags are activated (able to

inflate if necessary) only when the

Engine Start/Stop button is in the

ON position.

• Air bags inflate in the event of a

severe frontal or side collision to

help protect the occupants from

serious physical injury.

• There is no single speed at which

the air bags will inflate. Generally,

air bags are designed to inflate

based upon the severity of a colli-

sion and its direction. These two

factors determine whether the sen-

sors produce an electronic deploy-

ment/inflation signal.

If your SRS malfunctions, the air

bag may not inflate properly dur-

ing an accident increasing the

risk of serious injury or death.

If any of the following condi-

tions occur, your SRS is mal-

functioning:

• The light does not turn on for

approximately six seconds

when the Engine Start/Stop

button is in the ON position.

• The light stays on after illumi-

nating for approximately six

seconds.

• The light comes on while the

vehicle is in motion.

• The light blinks when the

engine is running.

Have an authorized retailer of

Genesis Branded products

inspect the SRS as soon as pos-

sible if any of these conditions

occur.

WARNING

2-54

Safety system of your vehicle

• Air bag deployment depends on a

number of factors including vehicle

speed, angles of impact and the

density and stiffness of the vehi-

cles or objects which your vehicle

impacts during a collision. The

determining factors are not limited

to those mentioned above.

• The front air bags will completely

inflate and deflate in an instant. It is

virtually impossible for you to see

the air bags inflate during an acci-

dent. It is much more likely that you

will simply see the deflated air

bags hanging out of their storage

compartments after the collision.

• In addition to inflating in serious

side collisions, vehicles equipped

with a rollover sensor, side and

curtain air bags will inflate if the

sensing system detects a rollover.

When a rollover is detected, side

and curtain air bags will remain

inflated longer to help provide pro-

tection from ejection, especially

when used in conjunction with the

seat belts.

• To help provide protection, the air

bags must inflate rapidly. The

speed of air bag inflation is a con-

sequence of extremely short time

in which to inflate the air bag

between the occupant and the

vehicle structures before the occu-

pant impacts those structures. This

speed of inflation reduces the risk

of serious or life-threatening

injuries and is thus a necessary

part of air bag design.

However, the rapid air bag inflation

can also cause injuries which can

include facial abrasions, bruises

and broken bones because the

inflation speed also causes the air

bags to expand with a great deal of

force.

• There are even circumstances

under which contact with the air

bag can cause fatal injuries, espe-

cially if the occupant is positioned

excessively close to the air bag.

You can take steps to reduce the risk

of being injured by an inflating air

bag. The greatest risk is sitting too

close to the air bag. An air bag needs

about 10 inches (25 cm) of space to

inflate. NHTSA recommends that

drivers allow at least 10 inches

(25 cm) between the center of the

steering wheel and the chest.

2-55

Safety system of your vehicle

When the SRSCM detects a suffi-

ciently severe impact to the front of

the vehicle, it will automatically

deploy the front air bags.

Upon deployment, tear seams mold-

ed directly into the pad covers will

separate under pressure from the

expansion of the air bags. Further

opening of the covers allows full

inflation of the air bags.

A fully inflated air bag, in combina-

tion with a properly worn seat belt,

slows the driver's or the passenger's

forward motion, reducing the risk of

head and chest injury.

OLMB033055

■ Driver’s front air bag (2)

OLMB033054

■ Driver’s front air bag (1)

To reduce the risk of serious

injury or death from an inflating

air bag, take the following pre-

cautions:

• NEVER place a child restraint

in the front passenger seat.

Always properly restrain chil-

dren under age 13 in the rear

seats of the vehicle.

• Adjust the front passenger's

and driver's seats as far to the

rear as possible while allow-

ing you to maintain full con-

trol of the vehicle.

• Hold the steering wheel with

hands at the 9 o'clock and 3

o'clock positions.

• Never place anything or any-

one between the air bag and

the seat occupant.

• Do not allow the front passen-

ger to place their feet or legs

on the dashboard.

WARNING

2-56

Safety system of your vehicle

After complete inflation, the air bag

immediately starts deflating,

enabling the driver to maintain for-

ward visibility and the ability to steer

or operate other controls.

What to expect after an air bag

inflates

After a frontal or side air bag inflates,

it will deflate very quickly. Air bag

inflation will not prevent the driver

from seeing out of the windshield or

being able to steer. Curtain air bags

may remain partially inflated for

some time after they deploy.

After an air bag inflates, take

the following precautions:

• Open your windows and

doors as soon as possible

after impact to reduce pro-

longed exposure to the smoke

and powder released by the

inflating air bag.

• Do not touch the air bag stor-

age area's internal compo-

nents immediately after an air

bag has inflated. The parts

that come into contact with an

inflating air bag may be very

hot.

(Continued)

WARNING

OLMB033056

■ Driver’s front air bag (3)

OLMB033057

■ Passenger’s front air bag

To prevent objects from becom-

ing dangerous projectiles when

the passenger's air bag inflates:

• Do not install or place any

objects (drink holder, CD

holder, stickers, etc.) on the

front passenger's panel above

the glove box where the pas-

senger's air bag is located.

• Do not install a container of

liquid air freshener near the

instrument cluster or on the

instrument panel surface.

WARNING

2-57

Safety system of your vehicle

Noise and smoke from inflating

air bag

When the air bags inflate, they make

a loud noise and they leave smoke

and powder in the air inside of the

vehicle. This is normal and is a result

of the ignition of the air bag inflator.

After the air bag inflates, you may

feel substantial discomfort in breath-

ing because of the contact of your

chest with both the seat belt and the

air bag, as well as from breathing the

smoke and powder. The powder may

aggravate asthma for some people. If

you experience breathing problems

after an air bag deployment, seek

medical attention immediately.

Though the smoke and powder are

nontoxic, they may cause irritation to

the skin, eyes, nose, throat, etc. If

this is the case, wash and rinse with

cold water immediately and seek

medical attention if the symptoms

persist.

Occupant Classification

System (OCS)

Your vehicle is equipped with an

Occupant Classification System

(OCS) in the front passenger's seat.

The OCS is designed to detect the

presence of a properly-seated front

passenger and determine if the pas-

senger's front air bag should be

enabled (may inflate) or not. The dri-

ver's front air bag is not affected or

controlled by the OCS.

ODH037108N

(Continued)

• Always wash exposed skin

areas thoroughly with cold

water and mild soap.

• Always have an authorized

retailer of Genesis Branded

products replace the air bag

immediately after deployment.

Air bags are designed to be

used only once.

2-58

Safety system of your vehicle

Main components of the

Occupant Classification System

• A detection device located within

the front passenger seat cushion.

• Electronic system to determine

whether the passenger air bag

systems should be activated or

deactivated.

• An indicator light located on the

instrument panel which illuminates

the words "PASS AIR BAG OFF"

indicating the front passenger air

bag system is deactivated.

• The instrument panel air bag indi-

cator light is interconnected with

the OCS.

Front passenger seat adult occu-

pants who are properly seated and

wearing the seat belt properly,

should not cause the passenger air

bag to be automatically turned OFF.

However, if the occupant does not sit

in the seat properly (for example, by

not sitting upright, by sitting on the

edge of the seat, or by otherwise

being out of position), this could

cause the sensor to turn the air bag

OFF.

You will find the "PASS AIR BAG

OFF" indicator on the center facia

panel. This system detects the condi-

tions 1-4 in the following table and

activates or deactivates the front

passenger air bag based on these

conditions.

Always be sure that you and all vehi-

cle occupants are seated properly

and wearing the seat belt properly for

the most effective protection by the

air bag and the seat belt.

The OCS may not function properly if

the passenger takes actions which

can affect the classification system.

These include:

• Failing to sit in an upright position.

• Leaning against the door or center

console.

• Sitting towards the sides of the

front of the seat.

• Putting their legs on the dashboard

or resting them on other locations

which reduce the passenger

weight on the front seat.

• Wearing the seat belt improperly.

• Reclining the seatback.

• Wearing a thick cloth like ski wear

or hip protection wear.

• Put on the seat an additional thick

cushion.

2-59

Safety system of your vehicle

Condition and operation in the front passenger Occupant Classification System

Condition detected by the

occupant classification system

Indicator/Warning light Devices

"PASS

AIR BAG OFF"

indicator light

SRS

warning light

Front passenger

air bag

1. Adult *

Off Off Activated

2. Infant *

or child restraint

system with 12 months old *

On Off Deactivated

3. Unoccupied On Off Deactivated

4. Malfunction in the system Off On Activated

The system judges a person of adult size as an adult. When a smaller adult sits in

the front passenger seat, the system may recognize him/her as a child depending

on his/her physique and posture.

Do not allow children to ride in the front passenger seat. When a larger child who

has outgrown a child restraint system sits in the front passenger seat, the system

may recognize him/her as an adult depending upon his/her physique or sitting posi-

tion.

Never install a child restraint system on the front passenger seat.

The PASSENGER AIR BAG "OFF" indicator may turn on or off when a child above

12 months to 12 years old (with or without child restraint system) sits in the front

passenger seat. This is a normal condition.

2-60

Safety system of your vehicle

Riding in an improper position or placing weight on the front passenger's seat when it is unoccupied by a

passenger adversely affects the OCS. To reduce the risk of serious injury or death:

WARNING

OVQ036013NB

OLMB033100

OLMB033101

OLMB033103

OLMB033102

OLMB033104

• NEVER put a heavy load or

an active electronic device

in the front seat or seat-

back pocket, or hang any

items on the front passen-

ger seat.

• NEVER place your feet on

the front passenger seat-

back.

• NEVER sit with your hips

shifted towards the front

of the seat.

• NEVER ride with the seat-

back reclined when the

vehicle is moving.

• NEVER place your feet or

legs on the dashboard.

• NEVER lean on the door or

center console or sit on

one side of the front pas-

senger seat.

(Continued)

2-61

Safety system of your vehicle

ODH035900K

ODH035901K

ODH035902K

ODH035903K

• Do not sit on the passen-

ger seat wearing heavily

padded clothes such as

ski wear and hip protector.

• Do not use car seat

accessories such as thick

blankets and cushions

which cover up the car

seat surface.

• Do not place electronic

devices such as laptops,

DVD player, or conductive

materials such as water

bottles on the passenger

seat.

• Do not use electronic

devices such as laptops

and satellite radios which

use inverter chargers.

• If large quantity of liquid

has been spilled on the

passenger seat, the air

bag warning light may

illuminate or malfunction.

Therefore, make sure the

seat has been completely

dried before driving the

vehicle.

• Do not place sharp objects on the front passenger seat.These may damage the occupant detection sys-

tem, if they puncture the seat cushion.

• Do not place any items under the front passenger seat.

• When changing or replacing the seat or seat cover, use original items only. The OCS has been devel-

oped based on using original Genesis Branded products car seats only. Altering or changing the

authentic parts may result in system malfunction and increase risk of injury when in collision. Any of

the above could interfere with the proper operation of the OCS sensor thereby increasing the risk of an

injury in an accident.

(Continued)

2-62

Safety system of your vehicle

Proper seated position for OCS

If the "PASS AIR BAG OFF" indicator

is on when an adult is seated in the

front passenger seat, press the

Engine Start/Stop button to the OFF

position and ask the passenger to sit

properly (sitting upright with the seat

back in an upright position, centered

on the seat cushion with their seat

belt on, legs comfortably extended

and their feet on the floor). Restart

the engine and have the person

remain in that position. This will allow

the system to detect the person and

to enable the passenger air bag. If

the "PASS AIR BAG OFF" indicator

is still on, ask the passenger to move

to the rear seat.

✽✽

NOTICE

The "PASS AIR BAG OFF" indica-

tor illuminates for approximately 4

seconds after the Engine Start/Stop

button is in the ON position or after

the engine is started. If the front

passenger seat is occupied, the OCS

will then classify the front passenger

after several more seconds.

Do Not Install a Child Restraint

in the Front Passenger's Seat

Even though your vehicle is

equipped with the OCS, never install

a child restraint in the front passen-

ger's seat. An inflating air bag can

forcefully strike a child or child

restraint resulting in serious or fatal

injury.

B990A01O

Never allow an adult passenger

to ride in the front passenger

seat when the "PASS AIR BAG

OFF" indicator is illuminated.

During a collision, the air bag

will not inflate if the indicator is

illuminated. Have your passen-

ger move to the rear seat.

WARNING

1JBH3051

2-63

Safety system of your vehicle

Why Didn't My Air Bag Go Off

in a Collision? (Air bags are

not designed to inflate in

every collision.)

There are certain types of accidents

in which the air bag would not be

expected to provide additional protec-

tion. These include rear impacts, sec-

ond or third collisions in multiple

impact accidents, as well as low

speed impacts. Damage to the vehicle

indicates a collision energy absorp-

tion, and is not an indicator of whether

or not an air bag should have inflated.

Air bag collision sensors

• NEVER place a rear-facing or

front-facing child restraint in

the front passenger's seat of

the vehicle.

• An inflating frontal air bag

could forcefully strike a child

resulting in serious injury or

death.

• Always properly restrain chil-

dren in an appropriate child

restraint in the rear seat of the

vehicle.

WARNING

To reduce the risk of an air bag

deploying unexpectedly and

causing serious injury or death:

• Do not hit or allow any objects

to impact the locations where

air bags or sensors are

installed.

(Continued)

• Do not perform maintenance

on or around the air bag sen-

sors. If the location or angle of

the sensors is altered, the air

bags may deploy when they

should not or may not deploy

when they should.

• Do not install bumper guards

or replace the bumper with a

non-Genesis/Hyundai Part.

This may adversely affect the

collision and air bag deploy-

ment performance.

• Press the Engine Start/Stop

button to the OFF or ACC

position when the vehicle is

being towed to prevent inad-

vertent air bag deployment.

• Have all air bag repairs con-

ducted by an authorized

retailer of Genesis Branded

products.

WARNING

2-64

Safety system of your vehicle

(1) SRS control module/

Rollover sensor (if equipped)

(2) Front impact sensor

(3) Side impact sensor (Front Door)

(4) Side impact sensor (B-Pilla)

(5) Side impact sensor (C-Pilla)

ODH037035/ODH033036/ODH037037/ODH033038/ODH035907/ODH033039

2-65

Safety system of your vehicle

Air bag inflation conditions

Front air bag

Front air bags are designed to inflate

in a frontal collision depending on

the intensity, speed, or angles of

impact of the front collision.

Side impact and curtain air bags

Side impact and curtain air bags are

designed to inflate when an impact is

detected by side collision sensors

depending on the strength, speed, or

angles of impact resulting from a

side impact collision.

Although the driver's and front pas-

senger's air bags are designed to

inflate only in frontal collisions, they

also may inflate in other types of col-

lisions if the front impact sensors

detect a sufficient impact. Side

impact and curtain air bags are

designed to inflate only in side

impact collisions or rollover situa-

tions, but they may inflate in other

collisions if the side impact sensors

detect a sufficient impact.

If the vehicle chassis is impacted by

bumps or objects on unimproved

roads, the air bags may deploy. Drive

carefully on unimproved roads or on

surfaces not designed for vehicle

traffic to prevent unintended air bag

deployment.

ODH037072

ODH037090L

ODH033071

2-66

Safety system of your vehicle

Air bag non-inflation conditions

In certain low-speed collisions the air

bags may not deploy. The air bags

are designed not to deploy in such

cases because they may not provide

benefits beyond the protection of the

seat belts.

Front air bags are not designed to

inflate in rear collisions, because

occupants are moved backward by

the force of the impact. In this case,

inflated air bags would not provide

any additional benefit.

Front air bags may not inflate in side

impact collisions, because occupants

move in the direction of the collision,

and thus in side impacts, front air bag

deployment would not provide addi-

tional occupant protection.

However, side impact and curtain air

bags may inflate depending on the

intensity, vehicle speed and angles

of impact.

ODH037075ODH033074

ODH033073

2-67

Safety system of your vehicle

In an angled collision, the force of

impact may direct the occupants in a

direction where the air bags would

not be able to provide any additional

benefit, and thus the sensors may

not deploy any air bags.

Just before impact, drivers often

brake heavily. Such heavy braking

lowers the front portion of the vehicle

causing it to "ride" under a vehicle

with a higher ground clearance. Air

bags may not inflate in this "under-

ride" situation because deceleration

forces that are detected by sensors

may be significantly reduced by such

"underride" collisions.

Front air bags may not inflate in

rollover accidents because air bag

deployment could not provide protec-

tion to the occupants.

However, side impact and curtain air

bags may inflate when the vehicle is

rolled over by a side impact collision,

if the vehicle is equipped with side air

bags and curtain air bags.

Also, if the vehicle is equipped with a

rollover sensor, side impact and cur-

tain air bags may inflate in a rollover.

ODH033076 ODH033077 OBH038062

2-68

Safety system of your vehicle

Air bags may not inflate if the vehicle

collides with objects such as utility

poles or trees, where the point of

impact is concentrated and the colli-

sion energy is absorbed by the vehi-

cle structure.

SRS care

The SRS is virtually maintenance-

free and there are no parts you can

safely service by yourself. If the SRS

air bag warning light does not illumi-

nate when the Engine Start/Stop but-

ton is in the ON position, or continu-

ously remains on, have your vehicle

immediately inspected by an author-

ized retailer of Genesis Branded

products.

Any work on the SRS system, such

as removing, installing, repairing, or

any work on the steering wheel, the

front passenger's panel, front seats

and roof rails must be performed by

an authorized retailer of Genesis

Branded products. Improper handling

of the SRS system may result in seri-

ous personal injury.

To reduce the risk of serious

injury or death, take the follow-

ing precautions:

• Do not attempt to modify or

disconnect the SRS compo-

nents or wiring, including the

addition of any kind of badges

to the pad covers or modifica-

tions to the body structure.

• Do not place objects over or

near the air bag modules on

the steering wheel, instrument

panel, or the front passen-

ger's panel above the glove

box.

• Clean the air bag pad covers

with a soft cloth moistened

with plain water. Solvents or

cleaners could adversely affect

the air bag covers and proper

deployment of the system.

• Always have inflated air bags

replaced by an authorized

retailer of Genesis Branded

products.

(Continued)

WARNING

ODH037078

2-69

Safety system of your vehicle

Additional safety precautions

Passengers should not move out of

or change seats while the vehicle is

moving. A passenger who is not

wearing a seat belt during a crash or

emergency stop can be thrown

against the inside of the vehicle,

against other occupants, or be ejected

from the vehicle.

Do not use any accessories on seat

belts. Devices claiming to improve

occupant comfort or reposition the

seat belt can reduce the protection

provided by the seat belt and increase

the chance of serious injury in a crash

Do not modify the front seats.

Modification of the front seats could

interfere with the operation of the sup-

plemental restraint system sensing

components or side air bags.

Do not place items under the front

seats. Placing items under the front

seats could interfere with the opera-

tion of the supplemental restraint sys-

tem sensing components and wiring

harnesses.

Do not cause impact to the doors.

Impact to the doors when the Engine

Start/Stop button is in the ON position

may cause the air bags to inflate.

Modifications to accommodate

disabilities. If you require modifica-

tion to your vehicle to accommodate

a disability, contact the Genesis

Customer Care at 844-340-9741.

Adding equipment to or modify-

ing your air bag equipped vehicle

If you modify your vehicle by changing

your vehicle's frame, bumper system,

front end or side sheet metal or ride

height, this may affect the operation of

your vehicle's air bag system.

(Continued)

• If components of the air bag

system must be discarded, or

if the vehicle must be

scrapped, certain safety pre-

cautions must be observed.

Consult an authorized retailer

of Genesis Branded products

for the necessary information.

Failure to follow these precau-

tions could increase the risk

of personal injury.

Air bag warning labels

ODH037204/ODH037041N

Air bag warning labels, required by the U.S. National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA), are attached to

alert the driver and passengers of potential risks of the air bag system. Be sure to read all of the information about the

air bags that are installed on your vehicle in this Owners Manual.

Safety system of your vehicle

2-70

Convenient features of your vehicle

Accessing your vehicle .........................................3-4

Smart key ............................................................................3-4

Immobilizer System ...........................................................3-9

Door locks.............................................................3-11

Operating door locks from outside the vehicle ......3-11

Power Door Latch...........................................................3-12

Operating door locks from inside the vehicle .........3-12

Auto door lock/unlock features..................................3-14

Child-protector rear door locks..................................3-14

Theft-alarm system.............................................3-15

Driver position memory system.........................3-16

Storing positions into memory ....................................3-16

Recalling positions from memory ...............................3-17

Resetting the driver's seat memory system ............3-17

Easy access function .....................................................3-18

Steering wheel......................................................3-19

Electric power steering (EPS)......................................3-19

Tilt steering / Telescope steering...............................3-19

Heated steering wheel...................................................3-20

Horn....................................................................................3-21

Mirrors...................................................................3-22

Inside rearview mirror....................................................3-22

Side view mirrors.............................................................3-32

Reverse parking aid function.......................................3-34

Windows ................................................................3-35

Power windows................................................................3-36

Panorama sunroof ...............................................3-39

Sunshade...........................................................................3-40

Sliding the sunroof .........................................................3-40

Tilting the sunroof..........................................................3-41

Closing the sunroof ........................................................3-41

Resetting the sunroof....................................................3-42

Exterior features .................................................3-44

Hood ...................................................................................3-44

Trunk ..................................................................................3-45

Smart trunk.......................................................................3-52

Fuel filler door.................................................................3-55

Instrument cluster................................................3-59

Instrument Cluster Control............................................3-60

LCD Display Control........................................................3-61

Gauges ...............................................................................3-61

LCD display ...........................................................3-65

LCD Modes........................................................................3-65

User Settings Mode........................................................3-68

Warning Messages..........................................................3-76

Trip computer .......................................................3-88

Warning and indicator lights..............................3-91

Warning lights ..................................................................3-91

Indicator lights .................................................................3-99

Head Up Display (HUD).....................................3-104

Light.....................................................................3-107

Exterior lights ................................................................3-107

Interior lights..................................................................3-115

Welcome system ...........................................................3-119

Wipers and washers ..........................................3-121

Windshield wipers.........................................................3-121

Windshield washers......................................................3-123

Driver assist system ..........................................3-124

Rear view monitor ........................................................3-124

Surround view monitor (SVM) system ....................3-125

Parking distance warning (Reverse/Forward)

system..............................................................................3-126

Automatic climate control system...................3-130

Automatic heating and air conditioning..................3-131

Manual heating and air conditioning.......................3-132

System operation..........................................................3-140

Climate control air filter..............................................3-142

Air conditioner refrigerant and compressor

lubricant ..........................................................................3-143

Air Conditioning refrigerant label.............................3-143

Windshield defrosting and defogging ............3-145

To defog inside windshield.........................................3-145

To defrost outside windshield ...................................3-146

Defogging logic..............................................................3-146

Auto defogging system ...............................................3-147

Rear window defroster ...............................................3-149

Climate control additional features.................3-150

Cluster ionizer................................................................3-150

Smart ventilation...........................................................3-150

Rear climate system ON/OFF ....................................3-151

CO2 control auto air conditioner ..............................3-151

Convenient features of your vehicle

Storage compartment........................................3-152

Center console storage ...............................................3-152

Glove box ........................................................................3-153

Sunglass holder .............................................................3-153

Cellular Phone Holder..................................................3-154

Interior features.................................................3-155

Cup holder.......................................................................3-155

Sunvisor...........................................................................3-156

Power outlet...................................................................3-156

USB Charger...................................................................3-157

Wireless Cellular Phone Charging System..............3-158

Clock.................................................................................3-160

Clothes hanger ..............................................................3-160

Bag hanger.....................................................................3-161

Floor mat anchor(s)......................................................3-161

Rear curtain....................................................................3-162

Side curtain.....................................................................3-163

Luggage net holder ......................................................3-164

3-4

Convenient features of your vehicle

Smart key

1. Door Lock

2. Door Unlock

3. Trunk Open

4. Panic

Your Genesis Branded Vehicle uses

a Smart Key, which you can use to

lock or unlock a door (and trunk) and

even start the engine.

Locking

To lock :

1. Close all doors, engine hood and

trunk.

2. Either press the door handle but-

ton or press the Door Lock button

(1) on the smart key.

3. The hazard warning lights will blink

and the chime will sound once.

Also, the side view mirror will fold,

if the side view mirror folding

switch is in the AUTO position.

4. Make sure the doors are locked by

checking the position of the door

lock button inside the vehicle.

✽✽

NOTICE

The door handle button will only

operate when the smart key is with-

in 28~40 inches (0.7~1 m) from the

outside door handle.

Even though you press the outside

door handle button, the doors will not

lock and the chime will sound for

three seconds if any of the following

occur:

• The Smart Key is in the vehicle.

• The Engine Start/Stop button is in

ACC or ON position.

• Any door except the trunk is open.

AACCCCEESSSSIINNGG YYOOUURR VVEEHHIICCLLEE

ODH043002

Do not leave the Smart Key in

your vehicle with unsupervised

children. Unattended children

could press the Engine Start/

Stop button and may operate

power windows or other con-

trols, or even make the vehicle

move, which could result in

serious injury or death.

WARNING

ODH046443N

3-5

Convenient features of your vehicle

Unlocking

To unlock:

1. Carry the Smart Key.

2. Either press the driver's outside

door handle button or press the

Door Unlock button (2) on the

smart key.

3. The driver's door will unlock. The

hazard warning lights will blink two

times. Also, the side view mirror

will unfold, if the side view mirror

folding switch is in the AUTO posi-

tion.

If you press the driver's outside

door handle button or Door Unlock

button on the smart key again

within four seconds, then all the

doors will unlock.

✽✽

NOTICE

• The door handle button will only

operate when the smart key is with-

in 28~40 inches (0.7~1 m) from the

outside door handle and other peo-

ple can also open the doors.

• If you press the front passenger's

outside door handle, while carrying

the Smart Key, all doors will unlock.

• After unlocking the doors, the

doors will lock automatically after

30 seconds unless a door is opened.

• You can change the system to the

Central Door Unlock mode (unlock

all the doors when you press the

unlock button one time). To change

between Two Stage Unlock mode

and Central Door Unlock mode,

perform the following:

Press the lock button and unlock

button on the smart key at the

same time for 5 seconds or more.

The hazard warning lights will

blink four times.

Trunk opening

To open:

1. Carry the smart key.

2. Either press the trunk handle but-

ton or press and hold the Trunk

Unlock button (3) on the smart key

for more than one second.

3. The hazard warning lights will

blink two times.

Once the trunk is opened and then

closed, the trunk will lock automati-

cally.

✽✽

NOTICE

The trunk handle button will only

operate when the smart key is with-

in 28 inches (0.7 m) from the trunk

handle.

Panic button

Press the Panic button (4) and hold

for more than one second. The horn

sounds and hazard warning lights

blink for about 30 seconds. To cancel

the panic mode, press any button on

the Smart Key.

ODH043002

3-6

Start-up

You can start the engine without

inserting the key.

For more detail, refer to the

Engine Start/Stop button in chap-

ter 5.

✽✽

NOTICE

Always have the smart key with you

when leaving the vehicle. If the

smart key is left near the vehicle, the

vehicle battery may be discharged.

Mechanical key

If the Smart Key does not operate

normally, you can lock or unlock the

door by using the mechanical key.

Press and hold the release button (1)

and remove the mechanical key (2).

Insert the mechanical key into the

key hole on the door.

To reinstall the mechanical key, put

the key into the hole and push it until

a click sound is heard.

Convenient features of your vehicle

To prevent damaging the smart

key:

• Keep the smart key away from

water or any liquid and fire. If

the inside of the smart key

gets damp (due to drinks or

moisture), or is heated, inter-

nal circuit may malfunction,

excluding the car from the

warranty.

• Avoid dropping or throwing

the smart key.

• Protect the smart key from

extreme temperatures.

CAUTION

ODH046444N

3-7

Convenient features of your vehicle

Loss of a smart key

A maximum of three Smart Keys

including Card Type Smart Keys can

be registered to a single vehicle. If

you happen to lose your smart key,

you should immediately take the

vehicle and remaining keys to an

authorized retailer of Genesis

Branded products or tow the vehicle,

if necessary.

Smart key precautions

The smart key will not work if any of

the following occur:

• The smart key is close to a radio

transmitter such as a radio station

or an airport which can interfere

with normal operation of the trans-

mitter.

• The smart key is near a mobile two

way radio system or a cellular

phone.

• Another vehicle's smart key is being

operated close to your vehicle.

When the smart key does not work

correctly, open and close the door

with the mechanical key. If you have

a problem with the smart key, contact

an authorized retailer of Genesis

Branded products.

If the smart key is in close proximity

to your mobile phone, the signal

could be blocked by your mobile

phones normal operational signals.

This is especially important when the

phone is active such as making and

receiving calls, text messaging,

and/or sending/receiving emails.

Avoid placing the smart key and your

mobile phone in the same pants or

jacket pocket and always try to main-

tain an adequate distance between

the two devices.

Keep the smart key away from

electromagnetic materials that

blocks electromagnetic waves

to the key surface.

CAUTION

3-8

✽✽

NOTICE

This device complies with Part 15 of

the FCC rules.

Operation is subject to the following

three conditions:

1. This device may not cause harm-

ful interference, and

2. This device must accept any inter-

ference received, including inter-

ference that may cause undesired

operation.

3. Changes or modifications not

expressly approved by the party

responsible for compliance could

void the user's authority to oper-

ate the device.

Restrictions in Handling Keys

When leaving keys with parking lot

and valet attendants, the following

procedures will ensure your vehicle’s

trunk and glove box compartment

can only be opened with the

mechanical key.

To lock:

1. Remove the mechanical key from

the Smart Key.

2. Unlock the glove box by using the

mechanical key, then open it.

3. Set the Trunk Lid Control button to

the LOCK position (button pressed).

4. Close and lock the glove box using

the mechanical key.

5. Leave the Smart Key with the

attendant and keep the mechani-

cal key with you.

The Smart Key can only be used to

start the engine and operate door

locks.

To unlock:

1. Open the glove box with the

mechanical key.

2. Set the Trunk Lid Control button to

the UNLOCK position (button not

pressed).

In this position the trunk lid will open

with the Trunk Lid button or the

Smart Key.

Convenient features of your vehicle

ODH043007

3-9

Convenient features of your vehicle

Battery replacement

If the Smart Key is not working prop-

erly, try replacing the battery with a

new one.

Battery Type: CR2032

To replace the battery:

1. Pry open the rear cover of the

smart key.

2. Remove the old battery and insert

the new battery.

3. Reinstall the rear cover of the

smart key.

If you suspect your smart key might

have sustained some damage, or

you feel your smart key is not work-

ing correctly, contact an authorized

retailer of Genesis Branded prod-

ucts.

✽✽

NOTICE

An inappropriately disposed

battery can be harmful to

the environment and human

health. Dispose of the bat-

tery according to your local

law(s) or regulations.

Immobilizer System

The immobilizer system protects

your vehicle from theft. If an improp-

erly coded key (or other device) is

used, the engine's fuel system is dis-

abled.

When the Engine Start/Stop button

is in the ON position, the immobilizer

system indicator should come on

briefly, then go off. If the indicator

starts to blink, the system does not

recognize the coding of the Smart

Key.

Press the Engine Start/Stop button

to the OFF position, then press the

Engine Start/Stop button to the ON

position again.

The system may not recognize your

Smart Key's coding if another immo-

bilizer key or other metal object (i.e.,

key chain) is near the Smart Key. The

engine may not start because the

metal may interrupt the transponder

signal from transmitting normally.

If the system repeatedly does not

recognize the coding of the key, con-

tact an authorized retailer of Genesis

Branded products.

ODH046445N

3-10

Convenient features of your vehicle

Do not attempt to alter this system or

add other devices to it. Electrical

problems could result that may make

your vehicle inoperable.

✽✽

NOTICE

This device complies with Part 15 of

the FCC rules.

Operation is subject to the following

three conditions:

1. This device may not cause harm-

ful interference, and

2. This device must accept any inter-

ference received, including inter-

ference that may cause undesired

operation.

3. Changes or modifications not

expressly approved by the party

responsible for compliance could

void the user's authority to oper-

ate the device.

In order to prevent theft of your

vehicle, do not leave spare keys

anywhere in your vehicle. Your

immobilizer password is a cus-

tomer unique password and

should be kept confidential.

WARNING

The transponder in your key is

an important part of the immo-

bilizer system. It is designed to

give years of trouble-free serv-

ice, however you should avoid

exposure to moisture, static

electricity and rough handling.

Immobilizer system malfunc-

tion could occur.

CAUTION

3-11

Convenient features of your vehicle

Operating door locks from

outside the vehicle

Mechanical key

First, remove the cover (1~2), and

then turn the key toward the rear of

the vehicle to unlock and toward the

front of the vehicle to lock (3).

If you lock the driver's door with a

mechanical key, all vehicle doors will

lock. If you unlock the driver's door

with a mechanical key, the driver's

door will unlock.

Once the doors are unlocked, they

may be opened by pulling the door

handle.

When closing the door, push the

door by hand. Make sure that doors

are closed securely.

Smart key

To lock the doors, press the button on

the outside door handle while carry-

ing the smart key with you or press

the door lock button on the smart key.

Press the button on the driver's out-

side door handle while carrying the

smart key with you or press the

unlock button on the smart key, the

driver's door will unlock. If you press

the button on the front passenger's

outside door, all doors will unlock.

Once the doors are unlocked, they

may be opened by pulling the door

handle.

When closing the door, push the

door by hand. Make sure that doors

are closed securely.

✽✽

NOTICE

• In cold and wet climates, door lock

and door mechanisms may not

work properly due to freezing con-

ditions.

• If the door is locked/unlocked

multiple times in rapid succession

with either the vehicle key or door

lock switch, the system may stop

operating temporarily in order to

protect the circuit and prevent

damage to system components.

DDOOOORR LLOOCCKKSS

ODH047008

ODH043002

ODH046443N

Door

Unlock

Door

Lock

3-12

Power Door Latch (if equipped)

If a door isn't closed completely but

is closed to the first detent position,

the door will close automatically.

Operating door locks from

inside the vehicle

With the door lock button

• To unlock a door, push the door

lock button (1) to the "Unlock" posi-

tion. The red mark (2) on the door

lock button will be visible.

• To lock a door, push the door lock

button (1) to the "Lock" position. If

the door is locked properly, the red

mark (2) on the door lock button

will not be visible.

• To open a door, pull the door han-

dle (3) outward.

• If the inner door handle of the dri-

ver's (or front passenger's) door is

pulled when the door lock button is

in the lock position, the button is

unlocked and door opens.

• Doors cannot be locked if the

smart key is in the vehicle and any

door is open.

✽✽

NOTICE

If a power door lock ever fails to

function while you are in the vehicle

try one or more of the following

techniques to exit:

Operate the door unlock feature

repeatedly (both electronic and

manual) while simultaneously

pulling on the door handle.

Operate the other door locks and

handles, front and rear.

Lower a front window and use the

mechanical key to unlock the door

from outside.

Convenient features of your vehicle

To reduce the risk of injury:

• Before closing the door, check

there are no obstructions in

the path of the door.

• Keep your fingers away from

the edge of the door or they

may become trapped when the

power door latch operates.

CAUTION

ODH043009

ODH043010

Unlock

Lock

3-13

Convenient features of your vehicle

With the central door lock

switch

When pressing the ( ) switch (1), all

vehicle doors will lock.

When pressing the ( ) switch (2), all

vehicle doors will unlock.

If the smart key is in the vehicle and

any door is opened, the doors will

not lock even though the lock button

(1) of the central door lock switch is

pressed.

ODH043011/ODH043012

■ Driver’s door ■ Passenger’s door

• The doors should always be

fully closed and locked while

the vehicle is in motion. If the

doors are unlocked, the risk of

being thrown from the vehicle

in a crash increases.

• Do not pull the inner door

handle of the driver's or pas-

senger's door while the vehi-

cle is moving.

WARNING

Do not leave children or animals

unattended in your vehicle. An

enclosed vehicle can become

extremely hot, causing death or

serious injury to unattended

children or animals who cannot

escape the vehicle. Children

might operate features of the

vehicle that could injure them,

or they could encounter other

harm, possibly from someone

gaining entry to the vehicle.

WARNING

Always secure your vehicle.

Leaving your vehicle unlocked

increases the potential risk to

you or others from someone

hiding in your vehicle.

To secure your vehicle, while

depressing the brake, move the

shift lever to the P (Park) posi-

tion, engage the parking brake,

and press the Engine Start/Stop

button to the OFF position, close

all windows, lock all doors, and

always take the Smart Key with

you.

WARNING

If you stay in the vehicle for a

long time while the weather is

very hot or cold, there are risks

of injuries or danger to life. Do

not lock the vehicle from the

outside when someone is in the

vehicle.

WARNING

3-14

Auto door lock/unlock features

Impact sensing door unlock

system

All doors will be automatically

unlocked when an impact causes the

air bags to deploy.

Speed sensing door lock system

All doors will be automatically locked

when vehicle speed exceeds 9 mph

(15 km/h).

All of the doors will be automatically

unlocked after the engine is turned

off.

Shift lever auto door lock

All doors will be automatically locked

when shifting the shift lever out of P

(Park) with the engine running.

You can activate or deactivate the

Auto Door Lock/Unlock features from

the User Settings Mode on the LCD

display.

For more details, refer to "LCD

Display" in this chapter.

Child-protector rear door locks

The child safety lock is provided to

help prevent children seated in the

rear from accidentally opening the

rear doors.The rear door safety locks

should be used whenever children

are in the vehicle.

The child safety lock is located on

the edge of each rear door. When the

child safety lock is in the lock (1)

position, the rear door will not open if

the inner door handle (2) is pulled.

Convenient features of your vehicle

ODH043013

Opening a door when something

is approaching may cause dam-

age or injury. Be careful when

opening doors and watch for

vehicles, motorcycles, bicycles

or pedestrians approaching the

vehicle in the path of the door.

WARNING

3-15

Convenient features of your vehicle

To lock the child safety lock, insert a

screwdriver into the hole and turn it

to the lock position.

To allow a rear door to be opened

from inside the vehicle, unlock the

child safety lock.

This system helps to protect your

vehicle and valuables. The horn will

sound and the hazard warning lights

will blink continuously if any of the

following occurs:

- A door is opened without using the

smart key.

- The trunk is opened without using

the smart key.

- The engine hood is opened.

The alarm continues for 30 seconds

(repeats 2 times unless the system is

disarmed), then the system resets.

To turn off the alarm, unlock the

doors with the smart key.

The Theft Alarm System automati-

cally sets 30 seconds after you lock

the doors and the trunk. For the sys-

tem to activate, you must lock the

doors and the trunk from outside the

vehicle with the smart key or by

pressing the button on the outside of

the door handles with the smart key

in your possession.

The hazard warning lights will blink

and the chime will sound once to indi-

cate the system is armed.

Once the security system is set,

opening any door, the trunk, or the

hood without using the smart key will

cause the alarm to activate.

The Theft Alarm System will not set if

the hood, the trunk, or any door is

not fully closed. If the system will not

set, check the hood, the trunk, or the

doors are fully closed.

Do not attempt to alter this system or

add other devices to it.

✽✽

NOTICE

• Do not lock the doors until all pas-

sengers have left the vehicle. If the

remaining passenger leaves the

vehicle when the system is armed,

the alarm will be activated.

• If the vehicle is not disarmed with

the smart key, open the doors by

using the mechanical key and

start the engine.

• When the system is disarmed but a

door or trunk is not opened within

30 seconds, the system will be

rearmed.

If children accidently open the

rear doors while the vehicle is

in motion, they could fall out of

the vehicle. The rear door safety

locks should always be used

whenever children are in the

vehicle.

WARNING

TTHHEEFFTT--AALLAARRMM SSYYSSTTEEMM

3-16

Convenient features of your vehicle

The Driver Position Memory System

is provided to store and recall the fol-

lowing memory settings with a sim-

ple button operation.

- Driver's seat position

- Side view mirror position

- Steering wheel position

- Instrument panel illumination intensity

- Head Up Display (HUD) position

and brightness

✽✽

NOTICE

• If the battery is disconnected, the

position memory will be lost and

the driving positions must be

stored in the system again.

• If the Driver Position Memory

System does not operate normally,

have the system checked by an

authorized retailer of Genesis

Branded products.

Storing positions into memory

1. Check that the shift lever is in P

(Park) while the Engine Start/Stop

button is in the ON position.

2. Adjust the driver's seat position,

side view mirror position, steering

wheel position, instrument panel

illumination intensity and head-up

display height/brightness to posi-

tions comfortable for the driver.

3. Press the SET button. The system

will beep once and notify you

"Press button to save settings" on

the LCD display.

4. Press one of the memory buttons

(1 or 2) within 5 seconds. The sys-

tem will beep twice when the mem-

ory has been successfully stored.

"Driver 1 (or 2) settings saved" will

appear on the LCD display.

DDRRIIVVEERR PPOOSSIITTIIOONN MMEEMMOORRYY SSYYSSTTEEMM

ODH043041

Never attempt to operate the

driver position memory system

while the vehicle is moving.

This could result in loss of con-

trol, and an accident causing

death, serious injury, or proper-

ty damage.

WARNING

ODH047452L/ODH047453L

3-17

Convenient features of your vehicle

Recalling positions from mem-

ory

1. Check that the shift lever is in P

(Park) while the Engine Start/Stop

button is in the ON position.

2. Press the desired memory button

(1 or 2). The system will beep

once, and then the driver's seat

position, side view mirror position,

steering wheel position, instru-

ment panel illumination intensity

and head-up display height/bright-

ness will automatically adjust to

the stored positions.

"Driver 1(or 2) settings is applied" will

appear on the LCD display.

✽✽

NOTICE

• While recalling the "1" memory

position, pressing the SET or 1

button temporarily stops the

adjustment of the recalled memo-

ry position. Pressing the 2 button

recalls the "2" memory position.

• While recalling the "2" memory

position, pressing the SET or 2

button temporarily stops the

adjustment of the recalled memo-

ry position. Pressing the 1 button

recalls the "1" memory position.

• While recalling the stored posi-

tions, pressing one of the control

buttons for the driver's seat, side

view mirror, steering wheel,

instrument panel illumination or

head-up display will cause the

movement of that component to

stop and move in the direction that

the control button is pressed.

Resetting the driver's seat

memory system

Take the following procedures to

reset the driver's seat memory sys-

tem, when it does not operate prop-

erly.

ODH035906

ODH047454L/ODH047455L

3-18

To reset the driver's seat memo-

ry system

1. Press the Engine Start/Stop but-

ton to the ON position, set the

gear in P (Park), and open the dri-

ver's door.

2. Operate the control switch/lever to

set the driver's seat and seatback

to the foremost position.

3. Simultaneously press the SET

button and push forward the con-

trol lever over 2 seconds.

While resetting the driver's seat

memory system

1. It starts with the notification

sounds.

2. The driver's seat and seatback is

adjusted to the rearward position

with the notification sounds.

3. The driver's seat and seatback is

re-adjusted to the default position

(central position) with the notifica-

tion sounds.

However, in the following cases, the

resetting procedure and the notifica-

tion sounds may stop.

- The memory button is pressed.

- The control switch/lever is operat-

ed.

- The gear is shifted out of P (Park).

- The driving speed exceeds 3 km/h.

- The driver's door is closed.

After the resetting procedure, set the

driver's seat memory system for your

comfort.

Easy access function

When exiting the vehicle, the steering

wheel will move away from the driver

and the seat will move rearward

when the engine is turned off.

When entering the vehicle, the steer-

ing wheel will move toward the driver

and the seat will move forward when

the Engine Start/Stop button is

pressed to the ACC position.

You can activate or deactivate the

Easy Access Function from the User

Settings Mode on the LCD display.

For more details, refer to "LCD

Display" in this chapter.

Convenient features of your vehicle

• Reattempt to do the resetting

procedure again, when the

resetting procedure incom-

pletely stops or the notifica-

tion sounds do not stop.

• Make sure that there is no

obstacle around the driver's

seat in advance of resetting

the driver's seat memory sys-

tem.

CAUTION

Driver should be cautious when

using this function to assure no

injury to passenger or child on

the back seat. In case of emer-

gency the driver has to stop

movement of front seat (when

easy access feature is activat-

ed) by pressing SET button or

any of the driver seat control

switches.

CAUTION

3-19

Convenient features of your vehicle

SSTTEEEERRIINNGG WWHHEEEELL

Electric power steering (EPS)

The system assists you with steering

the vehicle. If the engine is turned off

or if the power steering system

becomes inoperative, you may still

steer the vehicle, but it will require

increased steering effort.

Should you notice any change in the

effort required to steer during normal

vehicle operation, have the system

be checked by an authorized retailer

of Genesis Branded products.

✽✽

NOTICE

The following symptoms may occur

during normal vehicle operation:

• The steering effort may be high

immediately after placing the

Engine Start/Stop button in the

ON position.

This happens as the system per-

forms the EPS system diagnostics.

When the diagnostics is complet-

ed, the steering wheel will return

to its normal condition.

• A click noise may be heard from

the EPS relay after the Engine

Start/Stop button is in the ON or

OFF position.

• Motor noise may be heard when

the vehicle is at stop or at a low

driving speed.

• When you operate the steering

wheel in low temperature, abnor-

mal noise may occur. If tempera-

ture rises, the noise will disappear.

This is a normal condition.

Tilt steering / Telescope steering

Adjust the steering wheel so it points

toward your chest, not toward your

face. Make sure you can see the

instrument panel warning lights and

gauges. After adjusting, push the

steering wheel both up and down to

be certain it is locked in position.

Always adjust the position of the

steering wheel before driving.

If the Electric Power Steering

System does not operate nor-

mally, the warning light ( ) will

illuminate on the instrument

cluster. The steering wheel will

require increased effort. Take

your vehicle to an authorized

retailer of Genesis Branded

products and have the system

checked as soon as possible.

CAUTION

NEVER adjust the steering

wheel while driving. This may

cause loss of vehicle control

resulting in an accident.

WARNING

3-20

Convenient features of your vehicle

Manual type

To change the steering wheel angle

and height:

1. Pull down the lock-release lever (1).

2. Adjust the steering wheel to the

desired angle (2) and height (3).

3. Pull up the lock-release lever to

lock the steering wheel in place.

Electric type

To change the steering wheel angle

and height:

• Move the switch (1) up and down

to adjust the angle (2).

• Move the switch forward or rear-

ward to adjust the height (3).

Heated steering wheel

(if equipped)

ODH047361

Do not adjust the steering

wheel longer than necessary

when the engine is turned off.

This may result in unnecessary

battery drain.

CAUTION

ODH047043

ODH048044N

ODH047127N

■ Type A

■ Type B

3-21

Convenient features of your vehicle

When the Engine Start/Stop button

is in the ON position, press the heat-

ed steering wheel button to warm the

steering wheel.

To turn the heated steering wheel off,

press the button again. The indicator

on the button will turn off and notify

you on the LCD display.

✽✽

NOTICE

The heated steering wheel will turn

off automatically approximately 30

minutes.

Horn

To sound the horn, press the area

indicated by the horn symbol on your

steering wheel (see illustration). The

horn will operate only when this area

is pressed.

Do not install any cover or acces-

sory on the steering wheel. This

cover or accessory could cause

damage to the heated steering

wheel system.

CAUTION

Do not strike the horn severely to

operate it, or hit it with your fist.

Do not press on the horn with a

sharp-pointed object.

CAUTION

ODH043045

ODH047226L

3-22

Convenient features of your vehicle

MMIIRRRROORRSS

Inside rearview mirror

Before you start driving, adjust the

rearview mirror to the center on the

view through the rear window.

Electric chromic mirror (ECM)

with HomeLink

system, com-

pass (if equipped) and Genesis

Connected Service (Blue Link

)

(for U.S.A)

Your vehicle may be equipped with a

Gentex Automatic-Dimming Mirror

with a Z-Nav™ Electronic Compass

Display and an Integrated

HomeLink

Wireless Control System.

During nighttime driving, this feature

will automatically detect and reduce

rearview mirror glare while the com-

pass indicates the direction the vehi-

cle is pointed. The HomeLink

Universal Transceiver allows you to

activate your garage door(s), electric

gate, home lighting, etc.

Make sure your line of sight is

not obstructed. Do not place

objects in the rear seat, cargo

area, or behind the rear head

restraint which could interfere

with your vision through the

rear window.

WARNING

NEVER adjust the mirror while

driving. This may cause loss of

vehicle control resulting in an

accident.

WARNING

To prevent serious injury during

an accident or deployment of

the air bag, do not modify the

rearview mirror and do not

install a wide mirror.

WARNING

When cleaning the mirror, use a

paper towel or similar material

dampened with glass cleaner.

Do not spray glass cleaner

directly on the mirror as that

may cause the liquid cleaner to

enter the mirror housing.

CAUTION

ODH048649N

Telematics buttons HomeLink Button

HomeLink Indicator

3-23

Convenient features of your vehicle

(1) HomeLink Channel 1

(2) HomeLink Channel 2

(3) HomeLink Channel 3

(4) Garage Door Opener Status

Indicator : Closing or Closed

(5) HomeLink Operation Indicator

(6) Garage Door Opener Status

Indicator : Opening or Opened

(7) HomeLink User Interface

Indicator

Automatic-Dimming Night Vision

Safety™ (NVS

) Mirror

(if equipped)

The NVS

Mirror automatically

reduces glare by monitoring light lev-

els in the front and the rear of the

vehicle. Any object that obstructs

either light sensor will degrade the

automatic dimming control feature.

For more information regarding

NVS

mirrors and other applica-

tions, please refer to the Gentex

website:

www.gentex.com

Your mirror will automatically dim

upon detecting glare from the vehi-

cles traveling behind you.

The mirror defaults to the ON posi-

tion each time the vehicle is started.

Z-Nav™ Compass Display

(if equipped)

The NVS™ Mirror in your vehicle is

also equipped with a Z-Nav™

Compass that shows the vehicle

Compass heading in the Display

Window using the 8 basic cardinal

headings (N, NE, E, SE, etc.).

3-24

Convenient features of your vehicle

Compass function

The Compass can be turned ON and

OFF, but it returns to ON after the

ignition is cycled.

1. Press and release the Control

Button within 1 second to turn the

display feature OFF.

2. Press and release the Control

Button again within 1 second to

turn the display back ON.

Additional options can be set with

press and hold sequences of the

Control Button and are detailed

below.

✽✽

NOTICE

Press the control button in the hole

with a pointed object, such as the tip

of a ballpoint pen or similar object.

There is a difference between mag-

netic north and true north. To com-

pensate for this difference you will

need to adjust the Zone setting

based on where you live.

ODH048610N

3-25

Convenient features of your vehicle

To adjust the Zone setting:

1. Determine the desired Zone

Number based upon your current

location on the Zone Map.

2. Press and hold the Control Button

for up to 6 seconds, the current

Zone Number will appear on the

display.

3. Release and press the Control

Button and then hold the Control

Button again will cause the num-

bers to increment (Note: they will

repeat …13, 14, 15, 1, 2, …).

Releasing the button when the

desired Zone Number appears on

the display will set the new Zone.

4. Within about 5 seconds the com-

pass will start displaying a com-

pass heading again.

B520C05NF

3-26

Convenient features of your vehicle

There are some conditions that can

cause changes to the vehicle mag-

nets, such as installing a ski rack or

a CB antenna. Body repair work on

the vehicle can also cause changes

to the vehicle's magnetic field. In

these situations, the compass will

need to be re-calibrated to quickly

correct these changes.

If you need to recalibrate the com-

pass:

1. Press and hold the Control Button

for more than 6 seconds. When

the compass memory is cleared, a

"C" will appear in the display.

2. Drive the vehicle in 2 complete cir-

cles at less than 5 mph (8 km/h).

Integrated HomeLink

Wireless

Control System

The HomeLink

Wireless Control

System can replace up to three

hand-held radio-frequency (RF)

transmitters with a single built-in

device. This innovative feature will

learn the radio frequency codes of

most current transmitters to operate

devices such as gate operators,

garage door openers, entry door

locks, security systems, even home

lighting. Both standard and rolling

code-equipped transmitters can be

programmed by following the out-

lined procedures.

Additional HomeLink

information

can be found at: www.homelink.com,

www.youtube.com/HomeLinkGentex

or by calling 1-800-355-3515.

Retain the original transmitter of the

RF device you are programming for

use in other vehicles as well as for

future HomeLink

programming. It is

also suggested that upon the sale of

the vehicle, the programmed

HomeLink

buttons be erased for

security purposes.

Before programming HomeLink

to a garage door opener or gate

operator, make sure people and

objects are out of the way of the

device to prevent potential harm

or damage. Do not use the

HomeLink

with any garage

door opener that lacks the safe-

ty stop and reverse features

required by U.S. federal safety

standards (this includes any

garage door opener model man-

ufactured before April 1, 1982). A

garage door that cannot detect

an object - signaling the door to

stop and reverse - does not meet

current U.S. federal safety stan-

dards. Using a garage door

opener without these features

increases the risk of serious

injury or death.

WARNING

3-27

Convenient features of your vehicle

Programming HomeLink

Please note the following:

• When programming a garage door

opener, it is advised to park the

vehicle outside of the garage.

• It is recommended that a new bat-

tery be placed in the hand-held

transmitter of the device being pro-

grammed to HomeLink

for quicker

training and accurate transmission

of the radio-frequency signal.

• Some vehicles may require the

ignition switch to be placed in the

ACC (or "Accessories") position for

programming and/or operation of

HomeLink

• In the event that there are still pro-

gramming difficulties or questions

after following the programming

steps listed below, contact

HomeLink

at: www.homelink.com,

www.youtube.com/HomeLinkGent

ex or by calling 1-800-355-3515.

Programming

To train most devices, follow these

instructions:

1. Press and release (1), (2) or (3)

button.

• If the indicator (4) is turned ON

in Orange, go to Step 3) since it

is a new programming.

• If the indicator (4) is continuous-

ly turned ON or flashes in Green

rapidly several times, go to Step

2) since it is a programmed but-

ton.

2. Press and hold the button you

wish to program about 15-25 sec-

onds until the LED flashes in

Orange for several times.

3. Hold the Garage Door Opener

Original Transmitter (OT) near the

HomeLink Mirror.

ODH048611N

3-28

Convenient features of your vehicle

4. Press the Original Transmitter

(OT) button until the indicator (4)

is turned continuously ON or

flashes in Green for approximately

10 seconds and it indicates the

programing is completed.

✽✽

NOTICE

• Some garage door openers require

to press the programed button on

the mirror up to three times right

after the programing is just com-

pleted to operate the garage door.

• The indicator (4) is turned ON in

Orange and flashes for about

60seconds, during the programing

mode and if a programing is not

succeeded within the 60 seconds,

the programing mode will be

abort.

HomeLink

should now activate your

rolling code equipped device.

Gate operator & Canadian program-

ming

During programming, your handheld

transmitter may automatically stop

transmitting. Continue to press the

Integrated HomeLink

Wireless

Control System button while you

press and re-press ("cycle") your

handheld transmitter every two sec-

onds until the frequency signal has

been learned. The indicator light will

flash slowly and then rapidly after

several seconds upon successful

training.

ODH048612N

3-29

Convenient features of your vehicle

Operating HomeLink

1. Press and release one of the

HomeLink buttons (1, 2 or 3) that

programed.

2. The HomeLink indicator (4) will

operate as below:

- Indicates Green and is continu-

ously ON (Fixed Code Garage

Door Opener)

- Flashes in Green rapidly (Rolling

Code Garage Door Opener)

Erasing HomeLink

buttons

1. Press and hold the button (1) and

(3) simultaneously.

2. The indicator (4) is turned contin-

uously ON in orange for about 10

seconds.

3. Then the indicator (4) color

changes to Green and flashes

rapidly.

Release the buttons once the

green indicator flashes.

4. Now HomeLink button (1), (2) and

(4) memories are all cleared.

NVS

is a registered trademark and

Z-Nav™ is a trademark of the

Gentex Corporation, Zeeland,

Michigan. HomeLink

is a registered

trademark owned by Johnson

Controls, Incorporated, Milwaukee,

Wisconsin.

FCC ID: NZLUAHL5A

IC: 4112A-UAHL5A

✽✽

NOTICE

This device complies with Part 15 of

the FCC Rules.

Operation is subject to the following

three conditions:

1. This device may not cause harm-

ful interference, and

2. This device must accept any inter-

ference received, including inter-

ference that may cause undesired

operation.

3. The transceiver has been tested

and complies with FCC and

Industry Canada rules. Changes

or modifications not expressly

approved by the party responsi-

ble for compliance could void the

user's authority to operate the

device.

ODH048611N ODH048613N

3-30

Convenient features of your vehicle

Two Way Communication Programing

1. Complete the HomeLink

"Programming" first.

2. Before the first 10 times HomeLink

button is pressed after the pro-

gramming, the following steps

MUST occur to program two way

communication. (only for some

older garage doors)

3. Press and release the programed

HomeLink button to activate the

garage door.

4. Once the garage door is stopped,

press and release the "Learn" or

"Smart" button on the Garage

door opener within 1 minute from

the time of pressing the pro-

gramed HomeLink button on mir-

ror.

5. If the both indicator (4) and (6) are

flashing rapidly for about 5 sec-

onds, the two way synchronization

is completed.

✽✽

NOTICE

Some recent garage door opener

provides automatic two way com-

munication synchronization while

just programing OT (Original

Transmitter).

ODH048614N ODH048615N

3-31

Convenient features of your vehicle

Operating Two Way Communication

1. Press and release (1), (2) or (3)

button.

2. The indicator (4) and (6) operates

as below:

- If the indicator (4) flashes in

Orange, it indicates that the

garage door is "closing".

- If the indicator (4) is ON continu-

ously in Green, it indicates that

the garage door is "closed".

- If the indicator (6) flashes in

Orange, it indicates that the

garage door is "Opening".

- If the indicator (6) is ON continu-

ously in Green, it indicates that

the garage door is "Opened".

- If the indicator (4) or (6) does not

turn to Green, it indicates that

the last status of garage door

was not received properly

(HomeLink mirror tries to receive

the last status of garage door for

seconds.)

Recalling Garage Door Status

Homelink mirror with two way com-

patible provides a way to view the

last stored message from the garage

door opener. In order to recall the

last known status of the last activat-

ed device, press the buttons "1 and

2" OR "2 and 3" simultaneously.

• If the indicator (4) is ON continu-

ously in Green, it indicates that the

last activated device was "closed"

properly.

• If the indicator (6) is ON continu-

ously in Green, it indicates that the

last activated device was "open"

properly.

ODH048614N

ODH048616N

3-32

Convenient features of your vehicle

✽✽

NOTICE

Two way communication range dis-

tance between "vehicle" and

"garage door opener" is 100m.

The range may be reduced or

increased a little due to obstacle con-

ditions around the garage door

opener, such as houses or trees.

Side View Mirrors

Be sure to adjust mirror angles

before driving.

Your vehicle is equipped with both

left-hand and right-hand side view

mirrors. The mirrors can be adjusted

remotely with the remote switch. The

mirror heads can be folded to pre-

vent damage during an automatic

car wash or when passing through a

narrow street.

The right side view mirror is convex.

Objects seen in the mirror are closer

than they appear.

Use your interior rearview mirror or

direct observation to determine the

actual distance of following vehicles

when changing lanes.

ODH043047

Do not adjust or fold the side

view mirrors while driving. This

may cause loss of vehicle con-

trol resulting in an accident.

WARNING

• Do not scrape ice off the mir-

ror face; this may damage the

surface of the glass.

• If the mirror is jammed with

ice, do not adjust the mirror by

force. Use an approved de-icer

(not radiator antifreeze) spray,

or a sponge or soft cloth with

very warm water, or move the

vehicle to a warm place and

allow the ice to melt.

CAUTION

3-33

Convenient features of your vehicle

Adjusting the side view mirrors

1. Press either the L (driver's side) or

R (passenger's side) button (1) to

select the side view mirror you

would like to adjust.

2. Use the mirror adjustment control

(2) to position the selected mirror

up, down, left or right.

3. After adjustment, press the L or R

button (1) again to prevent inad-

vertent adjustment.

Folding/Unfolding the side view

mirror

The side view mirror can be folded or

unfolded by pressing the switch

when:

Left (1) : The mirror will unfold.

Right (2) : The mirror will fold.

Center (AUTO) :

The mirror will fold or unfold auto-

matically as follows:

- The door is locked or unlocked by

the smart key.

- The door is locked or unlocked by the

button on the outside door handle.

ODH043048

• The mirrors stop moving

when they reach the maxi-

mum adjusting angles, but the

motor continues to operate

while the switch is pressed.

Do not press the switch

longer than necessary since

the motor may be damaged.

• Do not attempt to adjust the

side view mirror by hand or

the motor may be damaged.

CAUTION

ODH043049

3-34

Convenient features of your vehicle

The mirror will unfold when you

approach the vehicle (all doors

closed and locked) with a smart key

in possession. (if equipped)

Reverse parking aid function

(if equipped)

When you move the shift lever to the

R (Reverse) position, the side view

mirror(s) will rotate downwards to aid

with driving in reverse. The position

of the side view mirror switch (1)

determines whether or not the mir-

rors will move:

Left/Right : When either the L (Left)

or R (Right) switch is

selected, both side view

mirrors will move.

Neutral : When neither switch is

selected, the side view mir-

rors will not move.

The side view mirrors will automati-

cally revert to their original positions

if any of the following occur:

• The Engine Start/Stop button is

pressed to either the OFF position

or the ACC position.

• The shift lever is moved to any

position except R (Reverse).

• The remote control side view mir-

ror switch is not selected.

The electric type side view mir-

ror operates even though the

Engine Start/Stop button is in

the OFF position. However, to

prevent unnecessary battery

discharge, do not adjust the

mirrors longer than necessary

while the engine is not running.

CAUTION

Do not fold the electric type

side view mirror by hand. It

could cause motor failure.

CAUTION

ODH047042

3-35

Convenient features of your vehicle

(1) Driver’s door power window

switch

(2) Front passenger’s door power

window switch

(3) Rear door (left) power window

switch

(4) Rear door (right) power window

switch

(5) Window opening and closing

(6) Automatic power window

(7) Power window lock switch

WWIINNDDOOWWSS

ODH043026

3-36

Convenient features of your vehicle

Power windows

The Engine Start/Stop button must

be in the ON position to be able to

raise or lower the windows. Each

door has a Power Window switch to

control that door's window. The driv-

er has a Power Window Lock switch

which can block the operation of pas-

senger windows. The power windows

will operate for approximately 30

seconds after the Engine Start/Stop

button is placed in the ACC or OFF

position. However, if the front doors

are opened, the Power Windows

cannot be operated even within the

30 second period.

✽✽

NOTICE

• In cold and wet climates, power

windows may not work properly

due to freezing conditions.

• While driving with the rear win-

dows down or with the sunroof (if

equipped) opened (or partially

opened), your vehicle may demon-

strate a wind buffeting or pulsation

noise. This noise is normal and can

be reduced or eliminated by taking

the following actions. If the noise

occurs with one or both of the rear

windows down, partially lower

both front windows approximately

one inch. If you experience the

noise with the sunroof open, slight-

ly close the sunroof.

Window opening and closing

To open:

Press the window switch down to the

first detent position (5). Release the

switch when you want the window to

stop.

To close:

Pull the window switch up to the first

detent position (5). Release the win-

dow switch when you want the win-

dow to stop.

To avoid serious injury or death,

do not extend your head, arms

or body outside the windows

while driving.

WARNING

ODH043027

3-37

Convenient features of your vehicle

Auto up/down window

Pressing or pulling up the power win-

dow switch momentarily to the sec-

ond detent position (6) completely

lowers or lifts the window even when

the switch is released. To stop the

window at the desired position while

the window is in operation, pull up or

press down and release the switch.

To reset the power windows

If the power windows do not operate

normally, the automatic power win-

dow system must be reset as follows:

1. Place the Engine Start/Stop but-

ton to the ON position.

2. Close the window and continue

pulling up on the power window

switch for at least one second.

If the power windows do not operate

properly after resetting, have the

system checked by an authorized

retailer of Genesis Branded prod-

ucts.

Automatic reverse

If a window senses any obstacle while

it is closing automatically, it will stop

and lower approximately 12 inches (30

cm) to allow the object to be cleared.

If the window detects the resistance

while the power window switch is

pulled up continuously, the window

will stop upward movement then

lower approximately 1 inch (2.5 cm).

If the power window switch is pulled

up continuously again within 5 sec-

onds after the window is lowered by

the automatic window reverse fea-

ture, the automatic window reverse

will not operate.

ODH043136

The automatic reverse feature

doesn't activate while resetting

the power window system.

Make sure body parts or other

objects are safely out of the way

before closing the windows to

avoid injuries or vehicle dam-

age.

WARNING

3-38

Convenient features of your vehicle

✽✽

NOTICE

The automatic reverse feature is

only active when the "Auto Up" fea-

ture is used by fully pulling up the

switch to the second detent.

✽✽

NOTICE

Do not install any accessories on the

windows. The automatic reverse fea-

ture may not operate.

Power window lock switch

The driver can disable the power

window switches on the rear passen-

ger's doors by pressing the power

window lock switch. The indicator will

be illuminated.

When the power window lock switch

is pressed:

• The driver's master control can

operate all the power windows.

• The front passenger's control can

operate the front passenger's

power window.

• The rear passenger's control can-

not operate the rear passenger's

power window.

ODH043028

• To prevent possible damage

to the power window system,

do not open or close two win-

dows or more at the same

time. This will also ensure the

longevity of the fuse.

• Never try to operate the main

switch on the driver's door and

the individual door window

switch in opposite directions

at the same time. If this is

done, the window will stop and

cannot be opened or closed.

CAUTION

Do not allow children to play

with the power windows. Keep

the driver's door power window

lock switch in the LOCK posi-

tion. Serious injury or death can

result from unintentional win-

dow operation by a child.

WARNING

Make sure body parts or other

objects are safely out of the way

before closing the windows to

avoid injuries or vehicle damage.

Objects less than 0.16 inch (4

mm) in diameter caught

between the window glass and

the upper window channel may

not be detected by the automat-

ic reverse window and the win-

dow will not stop and reverse

direction.

WARNING

3-39

Convenient features of your vehicle

If your vehicle is equipped with a

sunroof, you can slide or tilt your

sunroof with the sunroof control lever

located on the overhead console.

The Engine Start/Stop button must

be in the ON position before you can

open or close the sunroof.

✽✽

NOTICE

• In cold and wet climates, the sun-

roof may not work properly due to

freezing conditions.

• After the vehicle is washed or in a

rainstorm, be sure to wipe off any

water that is on the sunroof before

operating it.

PPAANNOORRAAMMAA SSUUNNRROOOOFF ((IIFF EEQQUUIIPPPPEEDD))

ODH043034

• Never adjust the sunroof or

sunshade while driving. This

could result in loss of control

and an accident that may

cause death, serious injury, or

property damage.

• Make sure heads, hands, arms

or any other body parts or

objects are out of the way

before operating the sunroof.

• Do not extend your head,

arms or body outside the sun-

roof while driving, to avoid

serious injury.

• Do not leave the engine run-

ning and the key in your vehi-

cle with unsupervised chil-

dren. Unattended children

could operate the sunroof,

which could result in serious

injury.

(Continued)

• The sunroof is made of glass,

subject to break in case of an

accident. Passengers without

the appropriate protection

(e.g., seat belt, CRS, etc.) may

project out through the bro-

ken glass and may be serious-

ly injured or even result in

death.

• Do not sit on the top of the

vehicle. It may cause injury or

vehicle damage.

WARNING

3-40

Convenient features of your vehicle

Sunshade

• To open the sunshade, press the

sunshade control switch (1).

• To close the sunshade, press the

sunshade control switch (2). If you

press the switch when the sunroof

glass is opened, the sunroof glass

will close then the sunshade will

close.

To stop the sliding at any point, press

the sunshade control switch momen-

tarily.

Sliding the sunroof

When the sunshade is closed

If you pull the sunroof control lever

backward, the sunshade will slide all

the way open then the sunroof glass

will slide all the way open. To stop the

sunroof movement at any point, pull

or push the sunroof control lever

momentarily.

ODH043036

ODH043035

• Do not continue to move the

sunroof control lever after the

sunroof is fully opened,

closed, or tilted. Damage to

the motor or system compo-

nents could occur.

• Make sure the sunroof is

closed fully when leaving your

vehicle.

If the sunroof is left open, rain

or snow may wet the interior

of the vehicle. Also, leaving

the sunroof open when the

vehicle is unattended may

invite theft.

CAUTION

3-41

Convenient features of your vehicle

When the sunshade is opened

If you pull the sunroof control lever

backward, the sunroof glass will slide

all the way open. To stop the sunroof

movement at any point, pull or push

the sunroof control lever momentarily.

✽✽

NOTICE

Only the front glass of the panora-

ma sunroof opens and closes.

Tilting the sunroof

When the sunshade is closed

If you push the sunroof control lever

upward, the sunshade will slide all

the way open then the sunroof glass

will tilt.

To stop the sunroof movement at any

point, pull or push the sunroof control

lever momentarily.

When the sunshade is opened

If you push the sunroof control lever

upward, the sunroof glass will tilt.

To stop the sunroof movement at any

point, pull or push the sunroof control

lever momentarily.

Closing the sunroof

Press the sunshade CLOSE button.

The sunroof glass will close then the

sunshade will close. To stop the sun-

roof movement at any point, press

the sunshade control switch momen-

tarily.

ODH043037

ODH043038

3-42

Convenient features of your vehicle

Automatic reverse

If the sunroof senses any obstacle

while it is closing automatically, it will

reverse direction then stop to allow

the object to be cleared.

Resetting the sunroof

Sunroof needs to be reset if (in the

followings)

- Battery is discharged or discon-

nected or the related fuse has been

replaced or disconnected.

- The one-touch sliding function of

the sunroof does not normally oper-

ate.

ODH043040

Small objects that can get

caught between the sunroof

glass and the front glass chan-

nel may not be detected by the

automatic reverse system. In

this case, the sunroof glass will

not detect the object and will

not reverse direction.

WARNING

ODH043039

• Periodically remove any dirt

that may accumulate on the

sunroof guide rail or between

the sunroof and roof panel,

which can make a noise.

• Do not try to open the sunroof

when the temperature is

below freezing or when the

sunroof is covered with snow

or ice since the motor could

be damaged. In cold and wet

climates, the sunroof may not

work properly.

CAUTION

3-43

Convenient features of your vehicle

1. Turn the engine on and close the

sunroof glass and sunshade com-

pletely.

2. Release the control lever.

3. Push the sunroof control lever for-

ward in the direction of close

(about 10 seconds) until the sun-

shade slides open and the sunroof

glass tilts. Then, release the lever.

4. Push the sunroof control lever for-

ward in the direction of close until

the sunroof operates as follows:

Glass Tilt Close → Glass Slide Open

→ Glass Slide Close

Then, release the control lever.

When this is complete, the sunroof

system is reset.

✽✽

NOTICE

If you do not reset the sunroof, it

may not work properly.

3-44

Convenient features of your vehicle

Hood

Opening the hood

1. Park the vehicle and set the park-

ing brake.

2. Pull the release lever to unlatch

the hood. The hood should pop

open slightly.

3. Raise the hood slightly, push the

secondary latch up (1) inside of

the hood center and lift the hood

(2). After it has been raised about

halfway, it will raise completely by

itself.

Closing the hood

1. Before closing the hood, check the

following:

• All filler caps in engine compart-

ment must be correctly installed.

• Gloves, rags or any other com-

bustible material must be

removed from the engine com-

partment.

2. Return the stay rod to its clip to

prevent it from rattling.

3. Lower the hood halfway (lifted

approximately 30 cm from the

closed position) and push down to

securely lock in place. Then dou-

ble check to be sure the hood is

secure.

EEXXTTEERRIIOORR FFEEAATTUURREESS

ODH043029

ODH047030

3-45

Convenient features of your vehicle

Trunk

Non-Powered Trunk (if equipped)

To open:

1. Make sure the shift lever is in P

(Park).

2. Then do one of the following :

- Press the Smart Key Trunk

Unlock button for more than one

second.

- Press the button on the trunk

itself with the Smart Key in your

possession.

- Use the mechanical key.

- Use the trunk release button.

3. Lift the trunk lid up.

To close:

Lower the trunk lid and press down

until it locks.

Always keep the trunk lid com-

pletely closed while the vehicle is

in motion. If it is left open or ajar,

poisonous exhaust gases con-

taining carbon monoxide (CO)

may enter the vehicle and seri-

ous illness or death may result.

WARNING

ODH047014

ODH043128

■ Inside

■ Outside

• Before closing the hood,

ensure all obstructions are

removed from around hood

opening.

• Always double check to be

sure that the hood is firmly

latched before driving away.

Check there is no hood open

warning light or message dis-

played on the instrument clus-

ter. Driving with the hood

opened may cause a total loss

of visibility, which might

result in an accident.

• Do not move the vehicle with

the hood in the raised posi-

tion, as vision is obstructed,

which might result in an acci-

dent and cause the hood to

fall or be damaged.

WARNING

3-46

Convenient features of your vehicle

✽✽

NOTICE

In cold and wet climates, trunk lock

and trunk mechanisms may not work

properly due to freezing conditions.

Power Trunk (if equipped)

(1) Power Trunk Main Control button

(2) Power Trunk Open button

(3) Power Trunk Close button

(4) Power Trunk Lock button

Make sure there are no people

or objects around the trunk

before opening or closing the

Power Trunk. Wait until the trunk

is open fully and stopped

before loading or unloading

cargo from the vehicle.

WARNING

To prevent damage to the trunk

lift cylinders and the attached

hardware, always close the

trunk before driving.

CAUTION

ODH043015

ODH047016

ODH047017

ODH047018

3-47

Convenient features of your vehicle

To open:

1. Make sure the shift lever is in P

(Park).

2. Then do one of the following:

- Press the Smart Key Trunk

Unlock button for more than one

second.

- Press the Open button (2) on the

trunk. You need the Smart Key in

your possession, when all doors

are locked.

- Press the Power Trunk Main

Control button (1).

To close:

Do one of the following:

- Press the Power Trunk Main

Control button (1) until the Power

Trunk is closed securely.

- Press the Close button (3) on the

trunk.

- Press the Lock button (4) on the

trunk while carrying the Smart Key

with all the vehicle’s doors closed.

All doors will lock and arm the theft

alarm system.

If you push a button or switch while

the trunk is opening or closing, it

could stop moving. Press any button

to operate the Power Trunk again.

✽✽

NOTICE

The Power Trunk Lock button will

not work if you press the button

when:

- Any door is open.

- The Engine Start/Stop button is

not in the OFF position.

- The Smart Key is in the vehicle.

Never leave children or animals

unattended in your vehicle.

Children or animals might oper-

ate the power trunk, which

could result in injury to them-

selves or others, or damage to

the vehicle.

WARNING

3-48

Convenient features of your vehicle

✽✽

NOTICE

In cold and wet climates, trunk lock

and trunk mechanisms may not

work properly due to freezing condi-

tions.

Power Trunk Non-Opening or

Closing Conditions:

• The Power Trunk will not open or

close automatically, when the vehi-

cle is moving more than 1.8 mph (3

km/h).

• The Power Trunk can be operated

when the engine is not running.

However, the Power Trunk operation

consumes large amounts of vehicle

electric power. To prevent the bat-

tery from draining, do not operate it

excessively (e.g., more than

approximately 10 times repeatedly.)

• Do not modify or repair any part of

the Power Trunk by yourself. This

must be done by an authorized

retailer of Genesis Branded prod-

ucts.

• Before jacking up the vehicle to

change a tire or repair the vehicle,

open the Power Trunk. Do not oper-

ate the Power Trunk when the vehi-

cle is raised or this could cause the

Power Trunk to operate improperly.

• If there are obstacles such as snow

on the Power Trunk, it may not open

automatically. After removing the

obstacle, try to open it again.

• Do not close or open the Power

Trunk manually. This may

cause damage to the Power

Trunk. If it is necessary to close

or open the Power Trunk manu-

ally when the battery is drained

or disconnected, do not apply

excessive force.

• Do not leave the Power Trunk

open for a long period of time.

This may drain the battery.

• To prevent damage to the

trunk lift cylinders and the

attached hardware, always

close the trunk before driving.

CAUTION

Always keep the trunk lid com-

pletely closed while the vehicle is

in motion. If it is left open or ajar,

poisonous exhaust gases con-

taining carbon monoxide (CO)

may enter the vehicle and seri-

ous illness or death may result.

WARNING

Make sure there are no people

or objects around the trunk

before opening or closing the

Power Trunk. Wait until the trunk

is open fully and stopped

before loading or unloading

cargo from the vehicle.

WARNING

3-49

Convenient features of your vehicle

Automatic stop and reverse

If, during power opening or closing,

the trunk is blocked by an object or

part of someone’s body, the power

trunk will detect the resistance and it

will stop movement or move to the

full open position to allow the object

to be cleared.

However, if the resistance is weak

such as from an object that is thin or

soft, or the trunk is near the latched

position, the automatic stop and

reversal may not detect the resist-

ance and the closing operation will

continue. Also, if the Power Trunk is

forced by a strong impact, the auto-

matic stop and reversal may operate.

If the automatic stop and reverse fea-

ture operates more than twice during

one opening or closing operation, the

Power Trunk may stop at that posi-

tion. If this occurs, close the trunk

manually and operate the trunk auto-

matically again.

To reset the power trunk

If the battery has been discharged or

disconnected, or if the related fuse

has been replaced or disconnected,

reset the Power Trunk as follows:

1. Move the shift lever to the P (Park)

position.

2. Close the trunk manually.

If the Power Trunk doesn't work prop-

erly after performing the above pro-

cedure, have the system checked by

an authorized retailer of Genesis

Branded products.

To prevent serious injury and

damage take the following pre-

cautions when operating the

power trunk:

- Keep all faces, hands, arms,

body parts and other objects

away from the path of the

power trunk.

- Do not intentionally place any

body parts or objects in the

path of the power trunk to

make sure the automatic stop

and reversal operates.

- Do not allow children to play

with the power trunk.

WARNING

ODH047019

3-50

Convenient features of your vehicle

Trunk lid control button

When the trunk lid control button is

UNLOCK (button not pressed), the

power trunk can be controlled with

the power trunk main control button,

power trunk open, close button, and

the smart key.

When this trunk lid control button is

LOCK (button pressed), the power

trunk can be controlled using the

mechanical key of the smart key only.

Even though the trunk lid control but-

ton is LOCK (button pressed), the

trunk will still be propelled upward by

mechanical force if the trunk is man-

ually opened more than 10 degrees

beyond the fully closed position. In

addition, if the trunk is manually

closed to the secondary latch posi-

tion, the trunk will be electrically

moved to the fully latched position.

• Always keep the Trunk Lid

Control Button in the LOCK

(button pressed) position when

not in use. Serious injury or

death can result from uninten-

tional operation by a child.

• Make sure heads, other body

parts or other obstacles are

safely out of the way before

operating the power trunk.

WARNING

Close the trunk, and keep the

trunk lid control button in the

LOCK (button pressed) position

before washing the vehicle in an

automatic car wash.

CAUTION

ODH043007

3-51

Convenient features of your vehicle

Emergency trunk safety release

Your vehicle is equipped with an

Emergency Trunk Safety Release

lever located inside the trunk. When

someone is inadvertently locked in

the trunk, the trunk can be opened by

moving the lever in the direction of the

arrow and pushing the trunk open.

• You and your passengers

must be aware of the location

of the Emergency Trunk

Safety Release lever in this

vehicle and how to open the

trunk in case you are acciden-

tally locked in the trunk.

• NEVER allow anyone to occu-

py the trunk of the vehicle at

any time. If the trunk is par-

tially or totally latched and the

person is unable to get out,

serious injury or death could

occur due to lack of ventila-

tion, exhaust fumes and rapid

heat build-up, or because of

exposure to cold weather con-

ditions. The trunk is also a

highly dangerous location in

the event of a crash because it

is not a protected occupant

space but is a part of the vehi-

cle’s crush zone.

(Continued)

• Your vehicle should be kept

locked and the Smart Key

should be kept out of the reach

of children. Parents should

teach their children about the

dangers of playing in trunks.

• Use the release lever for

emergencies only.

WARNING

ODH047020

3-52

Convenient features of your vehicle

Smart trunk (if equipped)

On a vehicle equipped with a smart

key, the trunk can be opened with

no-touch activation using the Smart

Trunk system.

How to use the Smart Trunk

The trunk can be opened with no-

touch activation satisfying all the

conditions below.

• After 15 seconds when all doors

are closed and locked

• Positioned in the detecting area for

more than 3 seconds.

✽✽

NOTICE

• The Smart Trunk does not operate

when:

- The smart key is detected within

15 seconds after the doors are

closed and locked, and is contin-

uously detected.

- The smart key is detected within

15 seconds after the doors are

closed and locked, and within 60

inches (1.5 m) from the front

door handles. (for vehicles

equipped with Welcome Light)

- A door is not locked or closed.

- The smart key is in the vehicle.

1. Setting

To activate the Smart Trunk, go to

User Settings Mode and select

Smart Trunk on the LCD display.

For more details, refer to "LCD

Display" in this chapter.

ODH048582L

ODH047022L

3-53

Convenient features of your vehicle

2. Detect and Alert

If you are positioned in the detecting

area (20~40 inches (50 ~100 cm)

behind the vehicle) carrying a smart

key, the hazard warning lights will

blink and chime will sound to alert

you the smart key has been detected

and the trunk will open.

✽✽

NOTICE

Do not approach the detecting area

if you do not want the trunk to open.

If you have unintentionally entered

the detecting area and the hazard

warning lights and chime starts to

operate, leave the detecting area

with the smart key. The trunk will

stay closed.

3. Automatic opening

The hazard warning lights will blink

and chime will sound several times

and then the trunk will slowly open.

ODH047023L

• Make sure you close the trunk

before driving your vehicle.

• Make sure there are no people

or objects around the trunk

before opening or closing the

trunk.

• Make sure objects in the trunk

do not come out when open-

ing the trunk on a slope. It

may cause serious injury.

• Make sure to deactivate the

Smart Trunk when washing

your vehicle. Otherwise, the

trunk may open inadvertently.

• The key should be kept out of

reach of children. Children

may inadvertently open the

Smart Trunk while playing

around the rear area of the

vehicle.

WARNING

ODH047021N

3-54

Convenient features of your vehicle

How to deactivate the Smart

Trunk function using the smart

key

1. Door lock

2. Door unlock

3. Trunk open

4. Panic

If you press any button of the smart

key during the Detect and Alert

stage, the Smart Trunk function will

be deactivated.

Make sure to be aware of how to

deactivate the Smart Trunk function

for emergency situations.

✽✽

NOTICE

• If you press the door unlock but-

ton (2), the Smart Trunk function

will be deactivated temporarily.

But, if you do not open any door

for 30 seconds, the smart trunk

function will be activated again.

• If you press the trunk open button

(3) for more than 1 second, the

trunk opens.

• If you press the door lock button

(1) or trunk open button (3) when

the Smart Trunk function is not in

the Detect and Alert stage, the

smart trunk function will not be

deactivated.

• In case you have deactivated the

Smart Trunk function by pressing

the smart key button and opened a

door, the smart trunk function can

be activated again by closing and

locking all doors.

Detecting area

• The Smart Trunk operates with a

welcome alert if the smart key is

detected within 20~40 inches

(50~100 cm) from the trunk.

• The alert stops at once if the smart

key is positioned outside the

detecting area during the Detect

and Alert stage.

ODH043025N

ODH046443N

3-55

Convenient features of your vehicle

✽✽

NOTICE

• The Smart Trunk function will not

work if any of the following occurs:

- The smart key is close to a radio

transmitter such as a radio sta-

tion or an airport which can

interfere with normal operation

of the transmitter.

- The smart key is near a mobile

two way radio system or a cellu-

lar phone.

- Another vehicle's smart key is

being operated close to your

vehicle.

• The detecting range may decrease

or increase when :

- One side of the tire is raised to

replace a tire or to inspect the

vehicle.

- The vehicle is slantingly parked

on a slope or unpaved road, etc.

Fuel filler door

Opening the fuel filler door

The fuel filler door must be opened

from inside the vehicle by pushing

the fuel filler door opener button.

1. Turn the engine off.

2. Push the fuel filler door opener

button.

3. Pull the fuel filler door (1) out to

fully open.

4. To remove the fuel tank cap (2),

turn it counterclockwise. You may

hear a hissing noise as the pres-

sure inside the tank equalizes.

5. Place the cap on the fuel filler door.

ODH043032

ODH043031

3-56

Convenient features of your vehicle

✽✽

NOTICE

If the fuel filler door does not open

because ice has formed around it,

tap lightly or push on the door to

break the ice and release the door.

Do not pry on the door. If necessary,

spray around the door with an

approved de-icer fluid (do not use

radiator anti-freeze) or move the

vehicle to a warm place and allow

the ice to melt.

Closing the fuel filler door

1. To install the fuel tank cap, turn it

clockwise until it "clicks" one time.

2. Close the fuel filler door until it is

latched securely.

(Continued)

• Do not use cellular phones

while refueling. Electric cur-

rent and/or electronic interfer-

ence from cellular phones can

potentially ignite fuel vapors

and cause a fire.

• Do not get back into a vehicle

once you have begun refuel-

ing. You can generate a build-

up of static electricity by touch-

ing, rubbing or sliding against

any item or fabric capable of

producing static electricity.

Static electricity discharge can

ignite fuel vapors causing a

fire. If you must re-enter the

vehicle, you should once again

eliminate potentially danger-

ous static electricity discharge

by touching a metal part of the

vehicle, away from the fuel filler

neck, nozzle or other gasoline

source, with your bare hand.

(Continued)

Gasoline is highly flammable

and explosive. Failure to follow

these guidelines may result in

SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH:

• Read and follow all warnings

posted at the gas station.

• Before refueling, note the

location of the Emergency

Gasoline Shut-Off, if available,

at the gas station.

• Before touching the fuel noz-

zle, you should eliminate the

potential build-up of static

electricity by touching a metal

part of the vehicle, a safe dis-

tance away from the fuel filler

neck, nozzle, or other gas

source, with your bare hand.

(Continued)

WARNING

3-57

Convenient features of your vehicle

✽✽

NOTICE

• Make sure to refuel your

vehicle according to the "Fuel

Requirements" suggested in the

Introduction chapter.

• Do not spill fuel on the exterior

surfaces of the vehicle. Any type of

fuel spilled on painted surfaces

may damage the paint.

(Continued)

• Do not use matches or a

lighter and do not smoke or

leave a lit cigarette in your

vehicle while at a gas station,

especially during refueling.

• Do not over-fill or top-off your

vehicle tank, which can cause

gasoline spillage.

• If a fire breaks out during refu-

eling, leave the vicinity of the

vehicle, and immediately con-

tact the manager of the gas

station and then contact the

local fire department. Follow

any safety instructions they

provide.

• If pressurized fuel sprays out,

it can cover your clothes or

skin and thus subject you to

the risk of fire and burns.

Always remove the fuel cap

carefully and slowly. If the cap

is venting fuel or if you hear a

hissing sound, wait until the

condition stops before com-

pletely removing the cap.

(Continued)

• Always check that the fuel cap

is installed securely to pre-

vent fuel spillage in the event

of an accident.

(Continued)

• When using an approved

portable fuel container, be

sure to place the container on

the ground prior to refueling.

Static electricity discharge

from the container can ignite

fuel vapors causing a fire.

Once refueling has begun,

contact between your bare

hand and the vehicle should

be maintained until the filling

is complete.

• Use only approved portable

plastic fuel containers designed

to carry and store gasoline.

• When refueling, always move

the shift lever to the P (Park)

position, set the parking

brake, and press the Engine

Start/Stop button to the OFF

position. Sparks produced by

electrical components related

to the engine can ignite fuel

vapors causing a fire.

(Continued)

3-58

Convenient features of your vehicle

Emergency fuel filler door release

If the fuel filler door does not open

using the remote fuel filler door

release button, you can open it man-

ually. Pull the handle of the release

located on the left side of the lug-

gage compartment outward slightly.

If the fuel filler cap requires

replacement, use only a

Genesis/Hyundai cap or the

equivalent specified for your

vehicle. An incorrect fuel filler

cap can result in a serious mal-

function of the fuel system or

emission control system.

CAUTION

ODH043033

3-59

Convenient features of your vehicle

IINNSSTTRRUUMMEENNTT CCLLUUSSTTEERR

1. Tachometer

2. Speedometer

3. Engine coolant temperature gauge

4. Fuel gauge

5. Warning and indicator lights

6. LCD display (including Trip computer)

ODH048051N/ODH048052N

■■

Type A

For more details, refer to the "Gauges"

in this chapter.

■■

Type B

The actual cluster in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

Some warning sounds (e.g. wel-

come/good-bye sound, virtual

engine sound) are generated

from the exterior amplifiers. If

necessary, we recommend you

to purchase Genesis/Hyundai

Part to replace an exterior

amplifier. Any unauthorized

product may cause a malfunc-

tion of the exterior amplifiers.

WARNING

3-60

Convenient features of your vehicle

Instrument Cluster Control

Adjusting Instrument Cluster

Illumination

When the Engine Start Stop button is

in the ON position, press the illumina-

tion control button to adjust the instru-

ment panel illumination intensity and

AVN monitor illumination intensity.

When the vehicle's parking lights or

headlights are on, the interior switch

illumination intensity is adjusted

additionally by pressing the control

button.

• The brightness of the instrument

panel illumination is displayed.

• If the brightness reaches to the

maximum or minimum level, an

alarm will sound.

ODH043053

ODH047228L

Never adjust the instrument

cluster while driving. Doing so

could lead to driver distraction

which may cause an accident

and lead to vehicle damage,

serious injury, or death.

WARNING

3-61

Convenient features of your vehicle

LCD Display Control

The LCD display modes can be

changed by using the control buttons

on the steering wheel.

(1) : MODE button for changing

modes

(2) ▲, ▼ : MOVE switch for chang-

ing items

(3) OK : SELECT/RESET button for

setting or resetting the

selected item

(4) : BACK button for moving to

upper level menu (if equipped)

For more details, refer to "LCD

Display" in this chapter.

Gauges

Speedometer

The speedometer indicates the

speed of the vehicle and is calibrated

in miles per hour (mph) and/or kilo-

meters per hour (km/h).

Tachometer

The tachometer indicates the

approximate number of engine revo-

lutions per minute (rpm).

ODH047054L

Do not operate the engine with-

in the tachometer's RED ZONE.

This may cause severe engine

damage.

CAUTION

ODH048055NODH043064

■ Type A

■ Type B

3-62

Convenient features of your vehicle

Engine Coolant Temperature

Gauge

This gauge indicates the tempera-

ture of the engine coolant when the

engine is running.

Fuel Gauge

This gauge indicates the approxi-

mate amount of fuel remaining in the

fuel tank.

If the gauge pointer moves

beyond the normal range area

toward the "H" position, it indi-

cates overheating that may

damage the engine.

Do not continue driving with an

overheated engine. If your vehi-

cle overheats, refer to "If the

Engine Overheats" in chapter 6.

CAUTION

Never remove the radiator cap

when the engine is hot. The

engine coolant is under pres-

sure and could severely burn.

Wait until the engine is cool

before adding coolant to the

reservoir.

WARNING

ODH047057

ODH047056

3-63

Convenient features of your vehicle

✽✽

NOTICE

• The fuel tank capacity is given in

chapter 8.

• The fuel gauge is supplemented by

a low fuel warning light, which

will illuminate when the fuel tank

is nearly empty.

• On inclines or curves, the fuel

gauge pointer may fluctuate or the

low fuel warning light may come

on earlier than usual due to the

movement of fuel in the tank.

Odometer

The odometer indicates the total dis-

tance that the vehicle has been driv-

en and should be used to determine

when periodic maintenance should

be performed.

- Odometer range : 0 ~ 999999 miles

or kilometers.

Avoid driving with an extremely

low fuel level. Running out of

fuel could cause the engine to

misfire, damaging the catalytic

converter.

CAUTION

Running out of fuel can expose

vehicle occupants to danger.

You must stop and obtain addi-

tional fuel as soon as possible

after the warning light comes

on or when the gauge indicator

comes close to the "E (Empty)"

level.

WARNING

ODH047060N

■ Type A

■ Type B

3-64

Convenient features of your vehicle

Outside Temperature Gauge

This gauge indicates the current out-

side air temperatures by 1°F (1°C).

- Temperature range : -40°F ~ 140°F

(-40°C ~ 60°C)

The outside temperature on the dis-

play may not change immediately

like a general thermometer to pre-

vent the driver from being inattentive.

The temperature unit (from °C to °F

or from °F to °C) can be changed as

below procedures.

And, the temperature unit of the clus-

ter and AVN monitor is changed at

the same time.

- User Settings Mode in the Cluster :

You can change the temperature

unit in the "Other - Temperature

unit".

- Automatic climate control system :

While pressing the OFF button,

press the AUTO button for 3 sec-

onds or more.

Automatic Transmission Shift

Indicator

This indicator displays which auto-

matic transmission shift lever is

selected.

•Park :P

• Reverse : R

• Neutral : N

•Drive :D

• Manual Shift Mode : 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6,

7, 8

ODH047059

■ Type A

■ Type B

ODH047058N

■ Type A

■ Type B

3-65

Convenient features of your vehicle

LCD Modes

LLCCDD DDIISSPPLLAAYY

The information provided differs according to the items applied to your vehicle.

Modes Symbol Explanation

Trip Computer

This mode displays driving information like the tripmeter, fuel economy, and so on.

For more details, refer to "Trip Computer" in this chapter.

Turn By Turn (TBT)

(if equipped)

This mode displays the state of the navigation.

Assist

(if equipped)

The Driver Assist menu displays the status of the following features:

- Smart Cruise Control

- Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system

- Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system

- Tire pressure

For more details, refer to " Smart Cruise Control with Stop & Go)",

"Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)", "Driver Attention Warning (DAW)"

in chapter 5 and "Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)" in chapter 6.

User Settings On this mode, you can change settings of the doors, lamps, and so on.

Warning

This mode informs of the tire pressure information, service interval (mileage or

days) and warning messages related to the smart cruise control with Stop & Go

system, pre-active seat belt, and so on.

3-66

Convenient features of your vehicle

Edit settings after shifting to P

This warning message illuminates if

you try to select the other User

Settings item except Head-up dis-

play and driving assist items when

driving.

For safety, change the User Settings

after parking the vehicle and moving

the shift lever to P (Park) position.

Quick guide (Help)

If you press and hold the OK button

in the User Settings Mode, explana-

tion about the selected item is dis-

played in the cluster.

Trip Computer Mode

This mode displays driving informa-

tion like the tripmeter, fuel economy,

and so on.

For more details, refer to "Trip

Computer" in this chapter.

ODH047267L ODH048279N ODH048271N

3-67

Convenient features of your vehicle

Turn By Turn (TBT) Mode

(if equipped)

This mode displays the state of the

navigation.

Assist Mode (if equipped)

SCC / LKA

This mode displays the state of the

Smart Cruise Control with stop & go

and Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) sys-

tem.

For more details, refer to "Smart

Cruise Control with stop & go"

and "Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)"

system in chapter 5.

Driver Attention Warning (DAW)

This mode displays information relat-

ed to Driver Attention Warning.

For more detail, refer to "Driver

Attention Warning (DAW)" in chap-

ter 5.

ODH047273N

ODH047576N

ODH047512L

3-68

Convenient features of your vehicle

Tire pressure

This mode displays information relat-

ed to Tire Pressure.

For more details, refer to "Tire

Pressure Monitoring System

(TPMS)" in chapter 6.

Warning Message

If one of followings occurs, warning

messages will be displayed on the

information mode for several sec-

onds.

• Pre-Active Seat Belt (PSB) mal-

function

• The Blind-Spot Collision Warning

(BCW) malfunction

• Forward Collision-Avoidance

Assist (FCA) malfunction

• Smart Cruise Control with Stop &

Go malfunction

• High Beam Assist (HBA)

Malfunction

• Electronic Control Suspension

(ECS) malfunction

• Adaptive Front-Lighting System

(AFS) malfunction

• Haptic steering malfunction

User settings mode

In this mode, you can change the

settings of the instrument cluster,

doors, lamps, etc.

1. Head-up display (if equipped)

2. Driver Assistance

3. Door

4. Lights

5. Sound

6. Convenience

7. Service interval

8. Other

The information provided may dif-

fer depending on which functions

are applicable to your vehicle.

ODH067029L

3-69

Convenient features of your vehicle

Items Explanation

Enable Head-Up Display To activate or deactivate the Head-up display function.

Display Height To adjust the height of the image displayed

Rotation To adjust the angle of the image displayed.

Brightness To adjust the brightness of the image displayed.

Content Selection

To select the content to be displayed.

- Tu r n by Tu r n

- Traffic Infor

- Lane Safety Info.

- Blind-Spot Safety Info.

Speed Size

To select the speedometer size displayed.

- Large/Medium/Small

Speed Color

To select the speedometer color displayed.

- White/Orange/Green

1. Head-Up Display

For more detail, refer to "Head-Up Display" in this chapter.

3-70

Convenient features of your vehicle

Items Explanation

SCC Reaction

To adjust the sensitivity of Smart Cruise Control system.

-Fast / Normal / Slow

For more details, refer to "smart Cruise Control with Stop &Go" in chapter 5.

Driver Attention Warning system

To adjust the sensitivity of the Driver Attention Warning.

- Off / Normal Sensitivity / High Sensitivity

For more details, refer to "Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system" in chapter 5.

Lane Safety

To adjust the Lane Keeping Assist function.

- Active LKA / Standard LKA / Lane Departure Warning

For more details, refer to "Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system" in chapter 5.

Forward Collision-Avoidance

Assist

To activate or deactivate the Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist system.

For more details, refer to "Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) system" in chapter 5.

Forward Collision Warning

To adjust the initial warning alert time for Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) system.

- Early / Normal / Late

For more details, refer to "Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) system" in chapter 5.

Rear Cross-Traffic Collision

Warning

To activate or deactivate the Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW).

For more details, refer to "Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW)" in chapter 5.

Blind-Spot Collision Warning

Sound

To activate or deactivate the Blind- Spot Collision Warning sound.

For more details, refer to "Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW) system" in chapter 5.

2. Driver Assistance

3-71

Convenient features of your vehicle

Items Explanation

Auto Lock

- Disable : The auto door lock operation will be canceled.

- Enable on speed : All doors will be automatically locked when the vehicle speed exceeds 9.3 mph (15 km/h).

- Enable on shift : All doors will be automatically locked if the vehicle is shifted from the P (Park) position to

the R (Reverse), N (Neutral), or D (Drive) position.

Auto Unlock

- Disable : The auto door unlock operation will be canceled.

- Vehicle Off : All doors will be automatically unlocked when the Engine Start/Stop button is set to the OFF

position.

- On shift to P : All doors will be automatically unlocked if the automatic transmission is shifted to the P (Park)

position.

Two Press Unlock

- Off : The two press unlock function will be deactivated. Therefore, all doors will unlock if the door unlock but-

ton is pressed.

- On : Only the driver's door will unlock if the door unlock button is pressed. When the door unlock button is

pressed again within 4 seconds, the remaining doors will unlock.

Lock/Unlock Sound To activate or deactivate the lock sound when the doors are locked and unlocked.

Smart Trunk

To activate or deactivate the Smart Trunk system.

For more details, refer to "Smart Trunk" in this chapter.

3. Door

3-72

Convenient features of your vehicle

Items Explanation

One Touch Turn Signal

- Off: The one touch turn signal function will be deactivated.

- 3, 5, 7 Flashing : The lane change signals will blink 3, 5, or 7 times when the turn signal lever is moved slight-

ly.

For more details, refer to "Light" in this chapter.

Sequential Turn Signal

To activate or deactivate the Sequential Turn signal function.

When activated, the turn signal light are illuminated sequentially from inside to outside.

Ambient Light

- Off : The ambient light of interior will turn off.

- Auto : The ambient light of interior will turn automatically on or off.

- On : The ambient light of interior will turn on.

Head Lamp Delay

To activate or deactivate the Headlamp Delay function.

For more details, refer to "Light" in this chapter.

Welcome Light

To activate or deactivate the Welcome Light function.

For more details, refer to "Welcome System" in this chapter.

4. Lights

3-73

Convenient features of your vehicle

Items Explanation

Seat Easy Access

- Off : The seat easy access function will be deactivated.

- Normal/Extended :

- When you turn off the engine, the driver's seat will automatically move rearward short (Normal) or long

(Extended) for you to enter or exit the vehicle more comfortably.

- If you change the Engine Start/Stop button from OFF position to the ACC, ON, or START position, the dri-

ver's seat will return to the original position.

For more details, refer to "Driver Position Memory System" in this chapter.

Steering Easy Access

- On : The steering wheel will automatically move forward or rearward for the driver to enter or exit the vehicle

comfortably.

- Off : The steering easy access function will be deactivated.

For more details, refer to "Driver Position Memory System" in this chapter.

6. Convenience

Items Explanation

Parking Distance Warning

Volume

To adjust the Parking Distance Warning system volume.

- Level 1/Level 2/Level 3

Welcome Sound To activate or deactivate the welcome sound function.

5. Sound

3-74

Convenient features of your vehicle

Items Explanation

Wireless Charging System

- To activate or deactivate the wireless charging system in the front seat.

For more details, refer to "Wireless Cellular Phone Charging System" in this chapter.

Traffic Infor

- To activate or deactivate the traffic information.

When activated, the traffic information will be displayed on the LCD display. (for cluster type B)

Wiper/Lights Display

- To activate or deactivate the Wiper/ Light mode.

When activated, the LCD display shows the selected Wiper/Light mode whenever you changed the mode.

Gear Position Pop-up

- To activate or deactivate the gear position pop-up.

When activated, the gear position will be displayed on the LCD display.

Icy Road Warning

- To activate or deactivate the Icy road warning

When activated, the Icy road warning will be displayed on the LCD display.

3-75

Convenient features of your vehicle

8. Other

Items Explanation

Enable Service Interval To activate or deactivate the service interval function.

Adjust Interval If the service interval menu is activated, you may adjust the time and distance.

Reset You can reset the remaining distance and duration until service alert.

7. Service interval

Items Explanation

Fuel Economy Reset

- Off : The average fuel economy will not reset automatically whenever refueling.

- After ignition : When the engine has been OFF for 4 hours or longer the average fuel economy will reset

automatically.

- After refueling : The average fuel economy will reset automatically after adding 1.6 gallons (6 liters) of fuel

or more and after driving speed exceeds 1 mph (1 km/h).

For more details, refer to "Trip Computer" in this chapter.

Fuel Economy Unit

To select the fuel economy unit.

- US gallon / UK gallon

Temperature Unit

To select the temperature unit.

- °C / °F

Tire Pressure Unit

To select the tire pressure unit.

- psi / kPa / bar

3-76

Convenient features of your vehicle

Warning Messages (if equipped)

Shift to P

• This warning message illuminates

if you try to turn off the engine with-

out the shift lever in P (Park) posi-

tion.

• At this time, the Engine Start/Stop

button turns to the ACC position (If

you press the Engine Start/Stop

button once more, it will turn to the

ON position).

Low Key Battery

• This warning message illuminates

if the battery of the smart key is

discharged when the Engine Start/

Stop button changes to the OFF

position.

Press START button while

turning wheel

• This warning message illuminates

if the steering wheel does not

unlock normally when the Engine

Start/Stop button is pressed.

• It means that you should press the

Engine Start/Stop button while

turning the steering wheel right

and left.

• If this warning illuminates each

time you press the Engine Start/

Stop button, have your vehicle

inspected by an authorized retailer

of Genesis Branded products.

ODH047206L

ODH047210L

ODH047583L

3-77

Convenient features of your vehicle

Steering wheel unlocked

• This warning message illuminates

if the steering wheel does not lock

when the Engine Start/Stop button

changes to the OFF position.

Check steering wheel lock

system

• This warning message illuminates if

the steering wheel does not lock nor-

mally when the Engine Start/Stop

button changes to the OFF position.

Press brake pedal to start engine

• This warning message illuminates

if the Engine Start/Stop button

changes to the ACC position twice

by pressing the button repeatedly

without depressing the brake pedal.

• It means that you should depress

the brake pedal to start the engine.

ODH047584L

ODH047585L

ODH047208L

3-78

Convenient features of your vehicle

Key not in vehicle

• This warning message illuminates

if the smart key is not in the vehicle

when you press the Engine

Start/Stop button.

• It means that you always have the

smart key with you.

Key not detected

• This warning message illuminates if

the smart key is not detected when

you press the Engine Start/Stop

button.

Press START button again

• This warning message illuminates

if you can not operate the Engine

Start/Stop button when there is a

problem with the Engine Start/Stop

button system.

• It means that you could start the

engine by pressing the Engine

Start/Stop button once more.

• If the warning illuminates each time

you press the Engine Start/Stop but-

ton, we recommend that you have

the vehicle inspected by an author-

ized retailer of Genesis Branded

products.

ODH047202L ODH047212LODH047200L

3-79

Convenient features of your vehicle

Press START button with key

• This warning message illuminates

if you press the Engine Start/Stop

button while the warning message

"Key not detected" is illuminating.

• At this time, the immobilizer indica-

tor light blinks.

Check BRAKE SWITCH fuse

• This warning message illuminates

if the brake switch fuse is discon-

nected.

• It means that you should replace

the fuse with a new one. If that is

not possible, you can start the

engine by pressing the Engine

Start/Stop button for 10 seconds in

the ACC position.

Shift to P or N to start engine

• This warning message illuminates

if you try to start the engine with

the shift lever not in the P (Park) or

N (Neutral) position.

✽✽

NOTICE

You can start the engine with the

shift lever in the N (Neutral) posi-

tion. But, for your safety, we recom-

mend that you start the engine with

the shift lever in the P (Park) posi-

tion.

ODH047204L ODH047216L ODH047214L

3-80

Convenient features of your vehicle

Door, Hood, Trunk Open

• It means that any door, hood, or

trunk is open.

Sunroof Open (if equipped)

This warning message illuminates if

you turn off the engine when the sun-

roof is open.

Window Open (if equipped)

This warning message illuminates if

you turn off the engine when any

window is open.

ODH047218 ODH047220 ODH047222

3-81

Convenient features of your vehicle

Turn on FUSE SWITCH

• This warning message illuminates

if the fuse switch located on the

fuse box under the steering wheel

is OFF.

• It means that you should turn the

fuse switch on.

For more details, refer to "Fuses"

in chapter 7.

Low Tire Pressure

• This warning message illuminates

if the tire pressure is low with the

Engine Start/Stop button in ON posi-

tion.

For more details, refer to "Tire

Pressure Monitoring System

(TPMS)" in chapter 6.

Illumination

• The brightness of the instrument

panel illumination is displayed

when it is adjusted.

For more detail, refer to

"Instrument Panel Illumination" in

this chapter.

ODH047234L ODH048346L ODH047228L

3-82

Convenient features of your vehicle

Parking Distance Warning mal-

function (if equipped)

This warning is displayed if there is a

problem with the Parking Distance

Warning. We recommend you to

have the vehicle inspected by an

authorized retailer of Genesis

Branded products.

For more details, refer to "Parking

Distance Warning (Reverse/

Forward) system" in chapter 3.

Lights

This indicator displays which exterior

light is selected using the lighting

control.

Front Wiper

This indicator displays which wiper

speed is selected using the wiper

control.

ODH047591L

ODH047262L ODH047264L

3-83

Convenient features of your vehicle

Low Washer Fluid

• This warning message illuminates

on the service reminder mode if

the washer fluid level in the reser-

voir is nearly empty.

• It means that you should refill the

washer fluid.

Check headlamp LED

This warning message is displayed if

there is a problem with the LED

headlamp. We recommend you to

have the vehicle inspected by an

authorized retailer of Genesis

Branded products.

Check turn signal (if equipped)

This warning message is displayed if

there is a problem the turn signal. We

recommend you to have the vehicle

inspected by an authorized retailer of

Genesis Branded products.

ODH047246L ODH057182L ODH057184L

3-84

Convenient features of your vehicle

Check High Beam Assist (HBA)

System

This warning message is displayed if

there is a problem with the High

Beam Assist (HBA) System. We rec-

ommend you to have the vehicle

inspected by an authorized retailer of

Genesis Branded products.

For more details, refer to "High

Beam Assist (HBA) System" in

chapter 3.

Check Blind-Spot Collision

Warning (BCW) System

• This warning message illuminates

if there is a malfunction with the

Blind-Spot Collision Warning

(BCW) system. And the BCW sys-

tem will be automatically deactivat-

ed. We recommend that the vehicle

be inspected by an authorized

retailer of Genesis Branded prod-

ucts.

For more details, refer to "Blind-

Spot Collision Warning (BCW)

system" in chapter 5.

Check PSB

• This warning message illuminates

if there is a malfunction with the

Pre-active Seat Belt (PSB) system.

We recommend that the vehicle be

inspected by an authorized retailer

of Genesis Branded products.

For more details, refer to "Seat

Belt" in chapter 2.

ODH058178L ODH058172N

ODH038115N

3-85

Convenient features of your vehicle

Check ECS (if equipped)

• This warning message illuminates

if there is a malfunction with the

Electronic Control Suspension

(ECS) system. We recommend that

the vehicle be inspected by an

authorized retailer of Genesis

Branded products.

For more details, refer to

"Electronic Control Suspension

(ECS)" in chapter 5.

✽✽

NOTICE - ECS Warning

Message

When there is a malfunction with

the Electronic Stability Control

(ESC), the Electronic Control

Suspension (ECS) warning message

may illuminate as well as the

Electronic Stability Control (ESC)

Indicator Light.

Check Active Hood System

(if equipped)

• This warning message illuminates

if the active hood system has a

malfunction.

In this case, we recommend that

you have the vehicle inspected by

an authorized retailer of Genesis

Branded products.

ODH058166N

ODH037081L

3-86

Convenient features of your vehicle

Check Driver Attention Warning

(DAW) system (if equipped)

This warning message is displayed if

there is a problem with the Driver

Attention Warning System. We rec-

ommend you to have the vehicle

inspected by an authorized retailer of

Genesis Branded products.

For more details, refer to "Driver

Attention Warning (DAW) system"

in chapter 5.

Check Smart Cruise Control

System

• This warning message illuminates

if there is a malfunction with the

Smart Cruise Control with Stop &

Go system. We recommend that

the vehicle be inspected by an

authorized retailer of Genesis

Branded products.

For more details, refer to "Smart

Cruise Control with Stop & Go

System" in chapter 5.

Check Forward Collision-

Avoidance Assist (FCA) system

• This warning message illuminates

if there is a malfunction with the

Forward Collision-Avoidance

Assist (FCA) System. We recom-

mend that the vehicle be inspected

by an authorized retailer of

Genesis Branded products.

For more details, refer to "Forward

Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)

system" in chapter 5.

ODH058176N ODH047250L ODH048477N

3-87

Convenient features of your vehicle

Low Fuel

• This warning message illuminates

if the fuel tank is nearly empty.

- When the low fuel level warning

light is illuminates.

- When the trip computer displays

"--- km(or mile)" as distance to

empty.

Add fuel as soon as possible.

Engine has overheated

• This warning message illuminates

when the engine coolant tempera-

ture is above 120°C (248°F). This

means that the engine is overheat-

ed and may be damaged.

If your vehicle is overheated, refer

to "Overheating" in chapter 6.

ODH047256L ODH047258L

3-88

Convenient features of your vehicle

The trip computer is a microcomput-

er-controlled driver information sys-

tem that displays information related

to driving.

✽✽

NOTICE

Some driving information stored in

the trip computer (for example

Average Vehicle Speed) resets if the

battery is disconnected.

Trip Modes Fuel economy

Average Fuel Economy (1)

• The average fuel economy is cal-

culated by the total driving dis-

tance and fuel consumption since

the last average fuel economy

reset.

• The average fuel economy can be

reset both manually and automati-

cally.

Manual reset

To clear the average fuel economy

manually, press the [OK] button on

the steering wheel for more than 1

second when the average fuel econ-

omy is displayed.

TTRRIIPP CCOOMMPPUUTTEERR

· Tripmeter

· Fuel Economy

· Elapsed Time

Drive Info

· Tripmeter

· Fuel Economy

· Elapsed Time

Accumulated Info

· Average Fuel Economy

· Instant Fuel Economy

Fuel Economy

Digital Speedometer

ODH048271N

3-89

Convenient features of your vehicle

Automatic reset

To reset the average fuel economy

automatically whenever refueling,

select the "After refueling" mode in

User Setting menu of the LCD dis-

play (Refer to "LCD Display").

Under "After refueling" mode, the

average fuel economy will be cleared

to zero (----) when the vehicle speed

exceeds 1 mph (1 km/h) after refuel-

ing more than 1.6 gallons (6 liters).

✽✽

NOTICE

The vehicle must be driven for a

minimum of 0.19 miles (300 meters)

since the last ignition key cycle

before the average fuel economy will

be recalculated.

Instant Fuel Economy (2)

This mode displays the instanta-

neous fuel economy while driving

when the vehicle speed is greater

than 5 mph (8 km/h).

Driving Info display

This display shows the trip distance

(1), the average fuel economy (2),

and the total driving time (3).

The information is combined for each

ignition cycle. However, when the

engine has been OFF for 4 hours or

longer the Drive Info screen will

reset.

To manually reset the information,

press and hold the OK button when

viewing the Driving info. The trip dis-

tance, the average fuel economy,

and total driving time will reset simul-

taneously.

The driving information will continue

to be counted while the engine is still

running (for example, when the vehi-

cle is in traffic or stopped at a stop

light.)

✽✽

NOTICE

The vehicle must be driven for a

minimum of 0.19 miles (300 meters)

since the last ignition key cycle

before the average fuel economy will

be recalculated.

ODH047586N

3-90

Convenient features of your vehicle

Accumulated Info display

This display shows the accumulated

trip distance (1), the average fuel

economy (2), and the total driving

time (3).

The information is calculated starting

from the last reset.

To manually reset the information,

press and hold the OK button when

viewing the Accumulated driving info.

The trip distance, the average fuel

economy, and total driving time will

reset simultaneously.

The accumulated driving information

will continue to be counted while the

engine is still running (for example,

when the vehicle is in traffic or

stopped at a stop light.)

✽✽

NOTICE

The vehicle must be driven for a

minimum of 0.19 miles (300 meters)

since the last ignition key cycle

before the average fuel economy will

be recalculated.

Digital speedometer

This message shows the speed of

the vehicle (MPH, km/h).

ODH047588N

ODH047587N

3-91

Convenient features of your vehicle

Warning lights

✽✽

NOTICE

Make sure that all warning lights

are OFF after starting the engine. If

any light is still ON, this indicates a

situation that needs attention.

Supplemental Restraint

System Warning Light

This warning light illuminates:

• Once you set the Engine Start/

Stop button to the ON position.

- It illuminates for approximately 6

seconds and then goes off.

• When there is a malfunction with

the SRS.

In this case, have your vehicle

inspected by an authorized retailer

of Genesis Branded products.

Seat Belt Warning Light

This warning light informs the driver

that the seat belt is not fastened.

For more details, refer to the "Seat

Belts" in chapter 2.

WWAARRNNIINNGG AANNDD IINNDDIICCAATTOORR LLIIGGHHTTSS

3-92

Convenient features of your vehicle

Parking Brake & Brake

Fluid Warning Light

This warning light illuminates:

• Once you set the Engine Start/Stop

button to the ON position.

- It illuminates for approximately 3

seconds.

- It remains on if the parking brake

is applied.

• When the parking brake is applied.

• When the brake fluid level in the

reservoir is low.

- If the warning light illuminates

with the parking brake released, it

indicates the brake fluid level in

reservoir is low.

If the brake fluid level in the reser-

voir is low:

1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe

location and stop your vehicle.

2. With the engine stopped, check

the brake fluid level immediately

and add fluid as required (For

more details, refer to "Brake

Fluid" in chapter 7). Then check

all brake components for fluid

leaks. If any leak on the brake sys-

tem is still found, the warning light

remains on, or the brakes do not

operate properly, do not drive the

vehicle. In this case, have your

vehicle inspected by an author-

ized retailer of Genesis Branded

products.

Dual-diagonal braking system

Your vehicle is equipped with dual-

diagonal braking systems. This

means you still have braking on two

wheels even if one of the dual sys-

tems should fail.

With only one of the dual systems

working, more than normal pedal

travel and greater pedal pressure are

required to stop the vehicle.

Also, the vehicle will not stop in as

short a distance with only a portion

of the brake system working.

If the brakes fail while you are driv-

ing, shift to a lower gear for addition-

al engine braking and stop the vehi-

cle as soon as it is safe to do so.

3-93

Convenient features of your vehicle

Anti-lock Brake System

(ABS) Warning Light

This warning light illuminates:

• Once you set the Engine Start/Stop

button to the ON position.

- It illuminates for approximately 3

seconds and then goes off.

• When there is a malfunction with

the ABS (The normal braking sys-

tem will still be operational without

the assistance of the anti-lock

brake system).

In this case, have your vehicle

inspected by an authorized retailer

of Genesis Branded products.

Electronic Brake force

Distribution (EBD)

System Warning Light

These two warning lights illuminate

at the same time while driving:

• When the ABS and regular brake

system may not work normally.

In this case, have your vehicle

inspected by an authorized retailer

of Genesis Branded products.

Parking Brake & Brake Fluid

Warning Light

Driving the vehicle with a warn-

ing light ON is dangerous. If the

Parking Brake & Brake Fluid

Warning Light illuminates with

the parking brake released, it

indicates that the brake fluid

level is low.

In this case, have your vehicle

inspected by an authorized

retailer of Genesis Branded

products.

WARNING

3-94

Convenient features of your vehicle

✽✽

NOTICE - Electronic Brake

force Distribution (EBD)

System Warning Light

When the ABS Warning Light is on

or both ABS and Parking Brake &

Brake Fluid Warning Lights are on,

the speedometer, odometer, or trip-

meter may not work. Also, the EPS

Warning Light may illuminate and

the steering effort may increase or

decrease.

In this case, have your vehicle

inspected by an authorized retailer

of Genesis Branded products.

Electronic Power

Steering (EPS)

Warning Light

This warning light illuminates:

• Once you set the Engine Start/

Stop button to the ON position.

- It remains on until the engine is

started.

• When there is a malfunction with

the EPS.

In this case, have your vehicle

inspected by an authorized retailer

of Genesis Branded products.

Electronic Brake force

Distribution (EBD) System

Warning Light

When both ABS and Parking

Brake & Brake Fluid Warning

Lights are on, the brake system

will not work normally and you

may experience an unexpected

and dangerous situation during

sudden braking.

In this case, avoid high speed

driving and abrupt braking.

In this case, have your vehicle

inspected by an authorized

retailer of Genesis Branded

products.

WARNING

3-95

Convenient features of your vehicle

Malfunction Indicator

Lamp (MIL)

This warning light illuminates:

• Once you set the or Engine Start/

Stop button to the ON position.

- It remains on until the engine is

started.

• When there is a malfunction with

the emission control system.

In this case, have your vehicle

inspected by an authorized retailer

of Genesis Branded products.

Charging System

Warning Light

If this warning light comes on while

the engine is running, the battery is

not being charged. Immediately turn

off all electrical accessories. Try not

to use electrically operated controls,

such as the power windows. Keep the

engine running; starting the engine

will quickly discharge the battery.

If there is a malfunction with either

the alternator or electrical charging

system:

1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe

location and stop your vehicle.

2. Turn the engine off and check the

alternator drive belt for looseness

or breakage.

If the belt is adjusted properly,

there may be a problem in the

electrical charging system.

In this case, have your vehicle

inspected by an authorized retailer

of Genesis Branded products.

Malfunction Indicator Lamp

(MIL)

Driving with the Malfunction

Indicator Lamp (MIL) on may

cause damage to the emission

control systems which could

affect drivability and/or fuel

economy.

CAUTION

Gasoline Engine

If the Malfunction Indicator

Lamp (MIL) illuminates, poten-

tial catalytic converter damage

is possible which could result in

loss of engine power.

In this case, have your vehicle

inspected by an authorized

retailer of Genesis Branded

products.

CAUTION

3-96

Convenient features of your vehicle

Engine Oil Pressure

Warning Light

This warning light illuminates:

• Once you set the Engine Start/

Stop button to the ON position.

- It remains on until the engine is

started.

• When the engine oil pressure is

low.

If the engine oil pressure is low:

1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe

location and stop your vehicle.

2. Turn the engine off and check the

engine oil level (For more details,

refer to "Engine Oil" in chapter

7). If the level is low, add oil as

required. If the warning light

remains on after adding oil and

restarting the engine or if oil is not

available, turn off the engine.

There is a mechanical problem

that needs to be repaired before

you can continue driving. In this

case, have your vehicle inspected

by an authorized retailer of

Genesis Branded products.

Low Fuel Level

Warning Light

This warning light illuminates:

When the fuel tank is nearly empty.

If the fuel tank is nearly empty:

Add fuel as soon as possible.

Engine Oil Pressure Warning

light

To prevent severe engine dam-

age, after the Engine Oil

Pressure Warning Light is illu-

minated and as soon as it is

safe to do so, turn the engine

off and check the oil level.

If the oil level is low, fill the

engine oil to the proper level

and start the engine again. If

the light stays on with the

engine running, turn the engine

off immediately.

In this case, have your vehicle

inspected by an authorized

retailer of Genesis Branded

products.

CAUTION

Low Fuel Level

Driving with the Low Fuel Level

warning light on or with the fuel

level below "E" can cause the

engine to misfire and damage the

catalytic converter (if equipped).

CAUTION

3-97

Convenient features of your vehicle

Low Tire Pressure

Warning Light

This warning light illuminates:

• Once you set the Engine Start/Stop

button to the ON position.

- It illuminates for approximately 3

seconds and then goes off.

• When one or more of your tires are

significantly underinflated (The

location of the underinflated tires

are displayed on the LCD display).

For more details, refer to "Tire

Pressure Monitoring System

(TPMS)" in chapter 6.

This warning light remains on after

blinking for approximately 60 sec-

onds or repeats blinking and off at

the intervals of approximately 3

seconds:

• When there is a malfunction with

the TPMS.

In this case, have your vehicle

inspected by an authorized retailer

of Genesis Branded products.

For more details, refer to "Tire

Pressure Monitoring System

(TPMS)" in chapter 6.

All Wheel Drive (AWD)

Warning Light

(if equipped)

This warning light illuminates:

• When there is a malfunction with

the AWD system.

In this case, have your vehicle

inspected by an authorized retailer

of Genesis Branded products.

Safe Stopping

• The TPMS cannot alert you to

severe and sudden tire damage

caused by external factors.

• If you notice any vehicle insta-

bility, immediately take your

foot off the accelerator pedal,

apply the brakes gradually with

light force, and slowly move to

a safe position off the road.

WARNING

3-98

Convenient features of your vehicle

Electronic Parking

Brake (EPB) Warning

Light (if equipped)

This warning light illuminates:

• Once you set the Engine Start/Stop

button to the ON position.

- It illuminates for approximately 3

seconds and then goes off.

• When there is a malfunction with

the EPB.

In this case, have your vehicle

inspected by an authorized retailer of

Genesis Branded products.

✽✽

NOTICE - Electronic Parking

Brake (EPB) Warning Light

The Electronic Parking Brake

(EPB) Warning Light may illumi-

nate when the Electronic Stability

control (ESC) Indicator Light comes

on to indicates that the ESC is not

working properly (This does not

indicate malfunction of the EPB).

Forward Collision-

Avoidance Assist (FCA)

system Warning Light

(if equipped)

This warning light illuminates :

• When the FCA system is turned off.

• When the radar or its cover is

stained. Remove the stains with a

soft cloth.

• When there is a malfunction with

FCA. In this case, have your vehi-

cle inspected by an authorized

retailer of Genesis Branded prod-

ucts.

For more details, refer to "Forward

Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)

system" in chapter 5.

Master Warning Light

This indicator light illuminates :

• When there is a malfunction on the

pre-active seat belt, low washer,

electronic control suspension, or

smart cruise control. To identify the

details of the warning, look at the

LCD display.

EPB

3-99

Convenient features of your vehicle

Indicator lights

Electronic Stability

Control (ESC) Indicator

Light

This indicator light illuminates:

• Once you set the Engine Start/Stop

button to the ON position.

- It illuminates for approximately 3

seconds and then goes off.

• When there is a malfunction with

the ESC system.

In this case, have your vehicle

inspected by an authorized retailer

of Genesis Branded products.

This indicator light blinks:

While the ESC is operating.

For more details, refer to

"Electronic Stability Control (ESC)"

in chapter 5.

Electronic Stability

Control (ESC) OFF

Indicator Light

This indicator light illuminates:

• Once you set the Engine Start/Stop

button to the ON position.

- It illuminates for approximately 3

seconds and then goes off.

• When you deactivate the ESC sys-

tem by pressing the ESC OFF but-

ton.

For more details, refer to

"Electronic Stability Control (ESC)"

in chapter 5.

Immobilizer Indicator

Light

This indicator light illuminates for

up to 30 seconds:

• When the vehicle detects the

smart key in the vehicle properly

while the Engine Start/Stop button

is ACC or ON.

- At this time, you can start the

engine.

- The indicator light goes off after

starting the engine.

This indicator light blinks for a few

seconds:

• When the smart key is not in the

vehicle.

- At this time, you can not start the

engine.

3-100

Convenient features of your vehicle

This indicator light illuminates for

2 seconds and goes off:

• When the vehicle can not detect

the smart key which is in the vehi-

cle while the Engine Start/Stop

button is ON.

In this case, have your vehicle

inspected by an authorized retailer

of Genesis Branded products.

This indicator light blinks:

• When the battery of the smart key

is weak.

- At this time, you can not start the

engine. However, you can start the

engine if you press the Engine

Start/Stop button with the smart

key.

For more details, refer to

"Starting the Engine" in chap-

ter 5.

• When there is a malfunction with

the immobilizer system.

In this case, have your vehicle

inspected by an authorized retailer

of Genesis Branded products.

Turn Signal Indicator

Light

This indicator light blinks:

• When you turn the turn signal light

on.

If any of the following occurs, there

may a malfunction with the turn sig-

nal system. In this case, have your

vehicle inspected by an authorized

retailer of Genesis Branded prod-

ucts.

- The indicator light does not blink

but illuminates.

- The indicator light blinks more

rapidly.

- The indicator light does not illumi-

nate at all.

High Beam Indicator

Light

This indicator light illuminates:

• When the headlights are on and in

the high beam position.

• When the turn signal lever is pulled

into the Flash-to-Pass position.

High Beam Assist

(HBA) indicator light

(if equipped)

This indicator light illuminates :

• When the high-Beam is on with the

light switch in the AUTO light posi-

tion.

• If your vehicle detects oncoming or

preceding vehicles, the High Beam

Assist (HBA) system will switch the

high beam to low beam automati-

cally.

For more details, refer to "High

Beam Assist (HBA) system" in

this chapter.

3-101

Convenient features of your vehicle

Light ON Indicator

Light

This indicator light illuminates:

• When the tail lights or headlights

are on.

Front Fog Indicator

Light (if equipped)

This indicator light illuminates:

• When the front fog lights are on.

Adaptive Front-Lighting

System (AFS) Warning

Light (if equipped)

This warning light illuminates:

• Once you place the Engine Start/

Stop Button to the ON position.

- It illuminates for approximately 3

seconds and then goes off.

• When there is a malfunction with

the AFS.

If there is a malfunction with the

AFS:

1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe

location and stop your vehicle.

2. Turn the engine off and restart the

engine. If the warning light

remains on, we recommend that

you have the vehicle inspected by

an authorized retailer of Genesis

Branded products.

LED Headlight Warning

Light (if equipped)

This warning light illuminates:

• When you place the Engine Start/

Stop button to the ON position.

• When there is a malfunction with

the LED headlight.

If this occurs, have the vehicle

inspected by an authorized retailer

of Genesis Branded Products.

This warning light blinks:

When there is a malfunction with a

LED headlight related part.

In this case, have the vehicle inspect-

ed by an authorized retailer of

Genesis Branded Products.

✽✽

NOTICE

Continuous driving with the LED

Headlight Warning Light on or

blinking can reduce LED headlight

life.

3-102

Convenient features of your vehicle

Cruise Indicator Light

(if equipped)

This indicator light illuminates:

• When the cruise control system is

enabled.

For more details, refer to "Cruise

Control System" in chapter 5.

AUTO HOLD Indicator

Light (if equipped)

This indicator light illuminates:

• [White] When you activate the auto

hold system by pressing the AUTO

HOLD button.

• [Green] When you stop the vehicle

completely by depressing the

brake pedal with the auto hold sys-

tem activated.

• [Yellow] When there is a malfunc-

tion with the auto hold system.

In this case, have your vehicle

inspected by an authorized retailer

of Genesis Branded products.

For more details, refer to "Auto

Hold" in chapter 5.

SPORT Mode Indicator

Light

This indicator light illuminates:

• When you select "SPORT" mode

as drive mode.

For more details, refer to "Drive

Mode Integrated Control System"

in chapter 5.

SNOW Mode Indicator

Light

This indicator light illuminates:

• When you select "SNOW" mode as

drive mode.

For more details, refer to "Drive

Mode Integrated Control System"

in chapter 5.

SPORT

AUTO

HOLD

SNOW

3-103

Convenient features of your vehicle

ECO mode indicator

Light

This indicator light illuminates :

• When you select "ECO" mode as

drive mode.

For more details, refer to "Drive

Mode Integrated Control System"

in chapter 5.

Lane Keeping Assist

(LKA) system indica-

tor (if equipped)

The LKA indicator will illuminate

when you turn the lane keeping

assistant system on by pressing the

LKA button.

If there is a problem with the system,

the yellow LKA indicator will illumi-

nate.

For more details, refer to "Lane

Keeping Assist (LKA) system" in

chapter 5.

ECO

Do not watch the ECO indicator

light while driving. This will dis-

tract you and may cause an

accident that results in severe

personal injury.

WARNING

3-104

Convenient features of your vehicle

The head up display is a transparent

display which projects a shadow of

some information of the instrument

cluster and navigation on the wind-

shield glass.

Precautions while using the

head up display

It may be difficult to read information

on the head up display in the follow-

ing situations.

- The driver is improperly positioned

in the driver's seat.

- The diver wears polarizing-filter

sunglasses.

- An object is located above the

head up display cover.

- The vehicle is driven on a wet road.

- Any improper lighting accessory is

installed inside the vehicle, or there

is incoming light from outside of

the vehicle.

- The driver wears glasses.

- The driver wears contact lenses.

When it is difficult to read the head

up display information, adjust the

head up display angle or the head up

display brightness level in the User

Settings Mode.

For more detail, refer to "LCD

Display" in this chapter.

HHEEAADD UUPP DDIISSPPLLAAYY ((HHUUDD)) ((IIFF EEQQUUIIPPPPEEDD))

• Do not tint the front wind-

shield glass or add other

types of metallic coating.

Otherwise, the head up dis-

play image may be invisible.

• Do not place any accessories

on the crash pad or attach any

objects on the windshield

glass.

• The Blind-Spot Collision

Warning on the head up dis-

play are mere supplemental.

Do not solely depend on them

to change lanes. Always take

a look around before chang-

ing lanes.

WARNING

ODH047065N

3-105

Convenient features of your vehicle

Head Up Display ON/OFF

To activate the head up display,

select "Head-Up Display" on the

"User Settings Mode" in the cluster.

If you do not select "Head-Up

Display", the head up display will be

deactivated.

Head Up Display Information

1. Turn By Turn (TBT) navigation

information

2. Road signs

3. Speedometer

4. Cruise setting speed

5. Smart Cruise Control with Stop &

Go (SCC w/S&G) System informa-

tion

6. Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) sys-

tem information

7. Blind-Spot Collision Warning

(BCW) system information

8. Warning lights (Low fuel, etc.)

9. Audio/Video information

When replacing the front wind-

shield glass of the vehicles

equipped with the head up dis-

play, replace it with a wind-

shield glass designed for the

head up display operation.

Otherwise, duplicated images

may be displayed on the wind-

shield glass.

CAUTION

ODH048434N ODH047565N

3-106

Convenient features of your vehicle

✽✽

NOTICE

If you select the Turn By Turn

(TBT) navigation information as

HUD contents, the Turn By Turn

(TBT) navigation information will

not be displayed on the LCD

Display.

Head Up Display Setting

On the LCD display, you can change

the head up display settings as fol-

lows.

• Head-Up Display

• Display Height

• Rotation

• Brightness

• Content Select

• Speed Size

• Speed Color

For more details, refer to "LCD

Display" in this chapter.

3-107

Convenient features of your vehicle

Exterior lights

Lighting control

To operate the lights, turn the knob at

the end of the control lever to one of

the following positions:

(1) DRL OFF position

(2) AUTO light position

(3) Parking lamp position

(4) Headlamp position

AUTO light position

The parking lamp and headlamp will

be turned ON or OFF automatically

depending on the amount of light

outside the vehicle.

Even with the AUTO light feature in

operation, it is recommended to

manually turn ON the lamps when

driving at night or in a fog, or when

you enter dark areas, such as tun-

nels and parking facilities.

LLIIGGHHTT

ODH044073N

• Do not cover or spill anything

on the sensor (1) located on

the instrument panel.

• Do not clean the sensor using

a window cleaner since the

cleanser may leave a light film

that could interfere with sen-

sor operation.

• If your vehicle has window tint

or other types of metallic

coating on the front wind-

shield, the AUTO light system

may not work properly.

CAUTION

ODH044171N

3-108

Convenient features of your vehicle

Parking lamp position ( )

The parking lamp, license plate lamp

and instrument panel lamp are

turned ON.

Headlamp position ( )

The headlamp, parking lamp, license

plate lamp and instrument panel

lamp are turned ON.

✽✽

NOTICE

The Engine Start/Stop button must

be in the ON position to turn on the

headlamp.

High beam operation

To turn on the high beam headlamp,

push the lever away from you. The

lever will return to its original position.

The high beam indicator will light

when the headlamp high beams are

switched on.

To turn off the high beam headlamp,

pull the lever towards you. The low

beams will turn on.

ODH044172N ODH044173N

ODH044175N

Do not use high beam when there

are other vehicles approaching

you. Using high beam could

obstruct the other driver's vision.

WARNING

3-109

Convenient features of your vehicle

To flash the high beam headlamp,

pull the lever towards you, then

release the lever. The high beams

will remain ON as long as you hold

the lever towards you.

High Beam Assist (HBA) system

The High Beam Assist (HBA) is a

system that automatically adjusts the

headlamp range (switches between

high beam and low beam) according

to the brightness of other vehicles

and road conditions.

Operating condition

1. Place the light switch in the AUTO

position.

2. Turn on the high beam by pushing

the lever away from you.

3. High Beam Assist (HBA) ( )

indicator will illuminate.

4. The High Beam Assist (HBA) will

turn on when vehicle speed is

above 25 mph (40 km/h).

5. The details of operation with the

light switch while the High Beam

Assist (HBA) is on are below.

1) If the light switch is pushed

away, the High Beam Assist

(HBA) will turn off and the high

beam will be on continuously.

2) If the light switch is pulled

towards you when the high

beam is off, the high beam will

be on without cancellation of

the High Beam Assist (HBA).

(When you hands off, the lever

will move to the middle and the

high beam will turn off.)

ODH044174N

ODH048135N

3-110

Convenient features of your vehicle

3) If the light switch is pulled

towards you when the high

beam is on by the High Beam

Assist (HBA), the low beam will

be on and the High Beam

Assist (HBA) will turn off.

4) If the light switch is turned to

the headlamp position ( )

from AUTO position, the High

Beam Assist (HBA) will turn off

and the low beam will be on

continuously.

When the High Beam Assist (HBA) is

operating, the high beam switches to

low beam in the below conditions.

- When the headlamp is detected

from the on-coming vehicle.

- When the tail lamp is detected

from the front vehicle.

- When headlamp/tail lamp of bicy-

cle/motorcycle is detected.

- When the surrounding is so bright

that high beams are not needed.

- When streetlights or other lights

are detected.

- When the light switch is not in the

AUTO position.

- When the High Beam Assist (HBA)

is off.

- When vehicle speed is below 22

mph (35 km/h).

Warning light and message

When the High Beam Assist (HBA) is

not working properly, the warning

message will come on for a few sec-

ond. After the message disappears,

the master warning light ( ) will

illuminate.

We recommend that you take your

vehicle to an authorized retailer of

Genesis Branded products and have

the system checked.

■ Warning message ■ Master warning

ODH058178L/ODH047626N

3-111

Convenient features of your vehicle

• Do not place any accessories,

stickers or tint the windshield.

• Have the windshield glass

replaced from an authorized

retailer of Genesis Branded

products.

• Do not remove or impact relat-

ed parts of the High Beam

Assist (HBA) system.

• Be careful that water doesn't

get into the High Beam Assist

(HBA) unit.

• Do not place objects on the

dashboard that reflects light

such as mirrors, white paper,

etc. The system may malfunc-

tion if sunlight is reflected.

• At times, the High Beam

Assist (HBA) system may not

work properly, always check

the road conditions for your

safety.

• When the system does not

operate normally, manually

change between the high

beam and low beam.

WARNING

(Continued)

• When headlamp aiming is not

properly adjusted.

• When driving on a narrow

curved road or rough road.

• When driving downhill or uphill.

• When only part of the vehicle

in front is visible on a cross-

road or curved road.

• When there is a traffic light,

reflecting sign, flashing sign

or mirror.

• When the road conditions are

bad such as being wet or cov-

ered with snow.

• When the front vehicle's head-

lamps are off but the fog lamps

on.

• When a vehicle suddenly

appears from a curve.

• When the vehicle is tilted from

a flat tire or being towed.

• When the LKA (Lane keeping

Assist) system warning light

illuminates. (if equipped)

The system may not operate nor-

mally in the below conditions.

• When the light from the on-

coming or front vehicle is not

detected because of lamp dam-

age, hidden from sight, etc.

• When the lamp of the on-com-

ing or front vehicle is covered

with dust, snow or water.

• When the light from the on-

coming or front vehicle is not

detected because of exhaust

fume, smoke, fog, snow, etc.

• When the front window is cov-

ered with foreign matters such

as ice, dust, fog, or is damaged.

• When there is a similar shape

lamp with the front vehicle's

lamps.

• When it is hard to see because

of fog, heavy rain or snow.

• When the headlamp is not

repaired or replaced at an

authorized retailer of Genesis

Branded products.

(Continued)

CAUTION

3-112

Convenient features of your vehicle

Turn signals and lane change

signals

To signal a turn, push down on the

lever for a left turn or up for a right

turn in position (A). To signal a lane

change, move the turn signal lever

slightly and hold it in position (B). The

lever will return to the OFF position

when released or when the turn is

completed.

If an indicator stays on and does not

flash or if it flashes abnormally, one of

the turn signal bulbs may be burned

out and will require replacement.

Onetouch turn signal function

(if equipped)

To activate an One Touch Turn Signal

function, move the turn signal lever

slightly and then release it. The lane

change signals will blink 3, 5 or 7

times.

You can activate or deactivate the

One Touch Turn Signal function or

choose the number of blinking (3, 5,

or 7) from the User Settings Mode

(Light) on the LCD display.

For more details, refer to "LCD

Display" in this chapter.

Front fog lamp (if equipped)

Use the switch next to the headlamp

switch to turn the Fog lamps ON and

OFF. The fog lamps will turn on when

the fog lamp switch (1) is turned to

the ON position after the headlamps

are turned on.

To turn off the fog lamps, turn the

switch to the OFF position.

You can use the fog lamps only when

the headlamps are on low beam.

When the light switch is in the AUTO

position, you can also use the fog

lamps when the headlamps turn on

automatically. The fog lamps will go

OFF when the headlamps turn OFF.

ODH044176N

ODH043177N

3-113

Convenient features of your vehicle

✽✽

NOTICE

When in operation, the fog lamps

consume large amounts of vehicle

electrical power. Only use the fog

lamps when visibility is poor.

Battery saver function

The purpose of this feature is to pre-

vent the battery from being dis-

charged. The system automatically

turns off the parking lamp when the

driver turns the engine off and opens

the driver-side door.

With this feature, the parking lamps

will turn off automatically if the driver

parks on the side of road at night.

If necessary, to keep the lamps on

when the engine is turned off, perform

the following:

1) Open the driver-side door.

2) Turn the parking lamps OFF and

ON again using the light switch on

the steering column.

Headlamp delay function

(if equipped)

If you place the Engine Start/Stop

button in to the ACC or OFF position

with the headlamps ON, the head-

lamps (and/or parking lamps) remain

on for about 5 minutes. However,

with the engine off if the driver’s door

is opened and closed, the head-

lamps (and/or parking lamps) are

turned off after 15 seconds.

The headlamps (and/or parking

lamps) can be turned off by pressing

the lock button on the smart key

twice or turning the light switch to the

OFF or AUTO position. However, if

you turn the light switch to the AUTO

position when it is dark outside, the

headlamps will not be turned off.

You can activate or deactivate the

Headlamp Delay function from the

User Settings Mode (Light) on the

LCD display.

For more details, refer to "LCD

Display" in this chapter.

✽✽

NOTICE

If the driver gets out of the vehicle

through other doors (except driver's

door), the battery saver function

does not operate and the headlamp

delay function does not turn off

automatically. Therefore, It causes

the battery to be discharged. In this

case, make sure to turn off the lamp

before getting out of the vehicle.

3-114

Convenient features of your vehicle

Adaptive Front-Lighting System

(AFS) a.k.a. Low Beam Assist-

Dynamic (LBA-D)

Adaptive front-lighting system uses

the steering angle and vehicle

speed, to keep your field of vision

wide by swiveling and leveling the

headlamp.

Change the switch to the AUTO posi-

tion when the engine is running. The

adaptive front-lighting system will

operate when the headlamp is ON.

To turn off the AFS, change the

switch to other positions. After turn-

ing the AFS off, headlamp swiveling

no longer occurs, but leveling oper-

ates continuously.

If the AFS malfunction indicator

comes on, the AFS is not working

properly. Drive to the nearest safe

location and restart the engine. If the

indicator continuously remains on,

we recommend that the system be

checked by an authorized retailer of

Genesis Branded products.

Daytime running light (DRL)

The Daytime Running Lights (DRL)

can make it easier for others to see

the front of your vehicle during the

day, especially after dawn and before

sunset.

The DRL will turn off when:

1. The light switch is not in the AUTO

position.

2. The parking brake is applied.

3. The engine is turned off.

4. The hazard warning flasher is on.

5. You turn the turn signal light on.

- If you turn on the turn signal

light, only the corresponding

daytime running lights will turn

off.

6. The High Beam Assist (HBA) is

turned on with pass function for

warning.

ODH048567N

3-115

Convenient features of your vehicle

Headlamp leveling device

(if equipped)

Automatically adjusts the headlamp

beam level according to the number

of passengers and loading weight in

the luggage area.

If the Headlight Leveling Device is

not working properly have your vehi-

cle inspected by an authorized retail-

er of Genesis Branded products.

Interior lights

Interior lamp AUTO cut

The interior lamps will automatically

go off approximately 20 minutes after

the engine is turned off and the

doors closed. If a door is opened, the

lamp will go off 40 minutes after the

engine is turned off. If the doors are

locked by the smart key and the vehi-

cle enters the armed stage of the

theft alarm system, the lamps will go

off five seconds later.

Do not use the interior lights

when driving in the dark. The

interior lights may obscure your

view and cause an accident.

WARNING

Do not use the interior lights for

extended periods when the

engine is turned off or the bat-

tery will discharge.

CAUTION

3-116

Convenient features of your vehicle

Front lamps

(1) Front Map Lamp

(2) Front Room Lamp

(3) Front Door Lamp

(1) Front Map Lamp ( ):

Press either of these buttons to turn

the map lamp on or off. This light pro-

duces a spot beam for convenient

use as a map lamp at night or as a

personal lamp for the driver and the

front passenger.

(2) Front Room Lamp ( ):

Press this button to turn the front and

rear room lamps on and off.

(3) Front Door Lamp ( ):

The front or rear room lamps come

on when the front or rear doors are

opened if the engine is running or

not. When doors are unlocked by the

Smart Key, the front and rear lamps

come on for approximately 30 sec-

onds as long as any door is not

opened. The front and rear room

lamps go out gradually after approxi-

mately 30 seconds if the door is

closed. However, if the Engine Start/

Stop button is in the ON position or

all doors are locked, the front and

rear lamps will turn off.

If a door is opened with the Engine

Start/Stop button in the ACC position

or the OFF position, the front and

rear lamps stay on for about 20 min-

utes.

ODH043363

ODH043074

■ Type A

■ Type B

3-117

Convenient features of your vehicle

Rear lamps

Rear Room Lamp :

Press this button to turn the room

lamp on and off.

Trunk room lamp (if equipped)

The trunk room lamp comes on

when the trunk is opened.

Door courtesy lamp

The door courtesy lamp comes ON

when the door is opened to assist

entering or exiting the vehicle. It also

serves as a warning to passing vehi-

cles that the vehicle door is open.

When the Engine Start/Stop button is

in the OFF or ACC position, the door

courtesy lamp turns off after 20 min-

utes.

ODH043364

ODH043075

■ Type A

■ Type B

ODH043077ODH043076

The trunk lamp comes on as

long as the trunk lid is open. To

prevent unnecessary charging

system drain, close the trunk lid

securely after using the trunk.

CAUTION

3-118

Convenient features of your vehicle

Glove box lamp

The glove box lamp comes on when

the glove box is opened.

If the glove box is not closed, the

lamp will turn off after 20 minutes.

Vanity mirror lamp

Opening the lid of the vanity mirror

will automatically turn on the mirror

light.

Puddle lamp

Welcome light

When all doors (and trunk) are

closed and locked, the puddle lamp

will come on for 15 seconds if the

door is unlocked by the smart key or

outside door handle button.

For more details, refer to

"Welcome System" in this chapter.

To prevent unnecessary charg-

ing system drain, close the

glove box securely after using

the glove box.

CAUTION

ODH043078 ODH043355

To prevent unnecessary charg-

ing system drain, close the van-

ity mirror cover after using the

mirror.

CAUTION

ODH043356

3-119

Convenient features of your vehicle

Escort light

When the Engine Start/Stop button

is in the OFF position and the driver's

door is opened, the puddle lamp will

come on for 30 seconds. If the dri-

ver's door is closed within the 30

seconds, the puddle lamp will turn off

after 15 seconds. If the driver's door

is closed and locked, the puddle

lamp will turn off immediately.

The Puddle Lamp Escort Light will

turn on only the first time the driver's

door is opened after the engine is

turned off.

Welcome system (if equipped)

Welcome light

Puddle lamp

When all the doors (and trunk) are

closed and locked, the puddle lamp

will come on for about 15 seconds if

any of the below is performed.

• When the door unlock button is

pressed on the smart key.

• When the button of the outside

door handle is pressed.

• When the vehicle is approached

with the smart key in possession.

(if equipped)

Also, if the side view mirror folding

switch is in the AUTO position, the

outside rearview mirror will unfold

automatically.

Door handle lamp (if equipped)

When all the doors (and trunk) are

closed and locked, the door handle

lamp will come on for about 15 sec-

onds if any of the below is performed.

• When the door unlock button is

pressed on the smart key.

• When the button of the outside

door handle is pressed.

• When the vehicle is approached

with the smart key in possession.

ODH047134

3-120

Convenient features of your vehicle

Headlamp and Parking lamp

When the headlamp (lamp switch in

the headlamp or AUTO position) is

on and all doors (and trunk) are

locked and closed, the parking lamp

and headlamp will come on for 15

seconds if/or any of the below is per-

formed.

• When the door unlock button is

pressed on the smart key.

At this time, if you press the door lock

or unlock button on the smart key the

parking lamp and headlamp will turn

off immediately.

You can activate or deactivate the

Welcome Light from the User

Settings Mode (Light) on the LCD

display.

For more details, refer to "LCD

Display" in this chapter.

Interior lamp

When the interior lamp switch is in

the DOOR position and all doors (and

trunk) are closed and locked, the

room lamp will come on for 30 sec-

onds if any of the below is performed.

• When the door unlock button is

pressed on the smart key.

• When the button of the outside

door handle is pressed.

At this time, if you press the door lock

or unlock button on the smart key the

room lamp will turn off immediately.

3-121

Convenient features of your vehicle

A : Wiper speed control

· MIST – Single wipe

· OFF – Off

· AUTO – Automatic control wipe

· LO – Low wiper speed

· HI – High wiper speed

B : Auto control wipe time adjust-

ment

C : Wash with brief wipes

Windshield wipers

Operates as follows when the Engine

Start/Stop button is in the ON position.

MIST : For a single wiping cycle,

push the lever upward and

release. The wipers will oper-

ate continuously if the lever is

held in this position.

OFF : Wiper is not in operation.

AUTO : The rain sensor located on

the upper end of the wind-

shield glass senses the

amount of rainfall and con-

trols the wiping cycle for the

proper interval. The more it

rains, the faster the wiper

operates. When the rain

stops, the wiper stops.To

vary the speed setting, turn

the speed control knob (B).

LO : The wiper runs at a lower speed.

HI : The wiper runs at a higher speed.

✽✽

NOTICE

If there is heavy accumulation of

snow or ice on the windshield, defrost

the windshield for about 10 minutes,

or until the snow and/or ice is

removed before using the windshield

wipers to ensure proper operation.

If you do not remove the snow and/

or ice before using the wiper and

washer, it may damage the wiper

and washer system.

WWIIPPEERRSS AANNDD WWAASSHHEERRSS

ODH044178N

3-122

Convenient features of your vehicle

AUTO (Automatic) control

The rain sensor located on the upper

end of the windshield glass senses

the amount of rainfall and controls the

wiping cycle for the proper interval.

The more it rains, the faster the wiper

operates. When the rain stops, the

wiper stops. To vary the speed set-

ting, turn the speed control knob (B).

If the wiper switch is set in AUTO

mode when Engine Start/Stop button

is in the ON position, the wiper will

operate once to perform a self-check

of the system. Set the wiper to OFF

position when the wiper is not in use.

To avoid personal injury from

the windshield wipers, when the

engine is running and the wind-

shield wiper switch is placed in

the AUTO mode:

• Do not touch the upper end of

the windshield glass facing

the rain sensor.

• Do not wipe the upper end of

the windshield glass with a

damp or wet cloth.

• Do not put pressure on the

windshield glass.

WARNING

• When washing the vehicle, set

the wiper switch in the OFF

position to stop the auto wiper

operation.The wiper may oper-

ate and be damaged if the

switch is set in the AUTO mode

while washing the vehicle.

• Do not remove the sensor

cover located on the upper

end of the passenger side

windshield glass. Damage to

system parts could occur and

may not be covered by your

vehicle warranty.

CAUTION

3-123

Convenient features of your vehicle

Windshield washers

In the OFF position, pull the lever

gently toward you to spray washer

fluid on the windshield and to run the

wipers 1-3 cycles. The spray and

wiper operation will continue until

you release the lever. If the washer

does not work, you may need to add

washer fluid to the washer fluid

reservoir.

If equipped with the Headlamp

Washer, washer fluid will be sprayed

on the headlamp at the same time

you operate the windshield washer

when:

1. The Engine Start/Stop button is in

the ON position.

2. The light switch is in the headlamp

position.

When the outside temperature is

below freezing, ALWAYS warm

the windshield using the

defroster to prevent the washer

fluid from freezing on the wind-

shield and obscuring your vision

which could result in an acci-

dent and serious injury or death.

WARNING

• To prevent possible damage

to the washer pump, do not

operate the washer when the

fluid reservoir is empty.

• To prevent possible damage

to the wipers or windshield,

do not operate the wipers

when the windshield is dry.

• To prevent damage to the

wiper arms and other compo-

nents, do not attempt to move

the wipers manually.

• To prevent possible damage

to the wipers and washer sys-

tem, use anti-freezing washer

fluids in the winter season or

cold weather.

CAUTION

ODH044079N

3-124

Convenient features of your vehicle

DDRRIIVVEERR AASSSSIISSTT SSYYSSTTEEMM

Rear View Monitor

The Rear View Monitor will activate

when the engine is running and the

shift lever is in the R (Reverse) posi-

tion.

This is a supplemental system that

shows behind the vehicle through the

navigation display while backing-up.

✽✽

NOTICE

Always keep the camera lens clean.

The camera may not work normally

if the lens is covered with foreign

matter.

ODH057241L

ODH047574

The Rear View Monitor is not a

safety device. It only serves to

assist the driver in identifying

objects directly behind the mid-

dle of the vehicle. The camera

does NOT cover the complete

area behind the vehicle.

WARNING

• Never rely solely on the Rear

View Monitor when backing-

up.

• ALWAYS look around your

vehicle to make sure there are

no objects or obstacles before

moving the vehicle in any

direction to prevent a collision.

• Always pay close attention

when the vehicle is driven

close to objects, particularly

pedestrians, and especially

children.

WARNING

3-125

Convenient features of your vehicle

Surround View Monitor (SVM)

system (if equipped)

The Surround View Monitor (SVM)

system can assist in parking by

allowing the driver to see around the

vehicle.

Press the SVM button to turn on the

system with the engine running. Re-

press the button again to turn off the

system

Operating conditions

- When the Engine Start/Stop button

is in the ON position

- When the shift lever is on D, N or R

- When the vehicle speed is lower

than 9 mph (15 km/h)

✽✽

NOTICE

Always keep the camera lens clean.

The camera may not work normally

if the lens is covered with foreign

material.

ODH048070N

ODH047133N

1) Front camera

2) Left/Right

camera

3) Rear camera

(Continued)

The SVM system is a supple-

mental system to assist you in

parking. However, the screen

displays an integrated image,

which combines 4 images from

the front/rear/right/left cameras.

Therefore, the actual parking

line locations may differ from

the image displayed on the

screen.

ALWAYS look around your vehi-

cle to make sure there are no

objects or obstacles before

moving the vehicle.

CAUTION

ODH047435

3-126

Convenient features of your vehicle

✽✽

NOTICE

• When vehicle speed is over 9 mph

(15 km/h), the SVM system will

turn off. The system will not auto-

matically turn on again, even

though vehicle speed gets below 9

mph (15 km/h). Press the button

again, to turn on the system.

• When the vehicle is backing up,

the SVM system will turn ON

regardless of vehicle speed or but-

ton status. However, if vehicle

speed is over 6 mph (10 km/h)

when driving forward, the system

will turn off.

• A warning appears on the system

when:

- The trunk is opened

- The driver's door is opened

- The passenger's door is opened

- The outer side view mirror is

folded

• If the SVM system is not operating

normally, the system should be

checked by an authorized retailer

of Genesis Branded products.

Detailed information is described in a

separately supplied manual.

Parking Distance Warning

(Reverse/Forward) system

(if equipped)

The Parking Distance Warning

(Reverse/Forward) system assists

the driver during movement of the

vehicle by chiming if any object is

sensed within the distance of 39 inch-

es (100 cm) in front and 47 inches

(120 cm) behind the vehicle.

This system is a supplemental sys-

tem that senses objects within the

range and location of the sensors, it

cannot detect objects in other areas

where sensors are not installed.

ODH047066

ODH047067

■ Front

■ Rear

Sensor

• ALWAYS look around your vehi-

cle to make sure there are not

any objects or obstacles before

moving the vehicle in any direc-

tion to prevent a collision.

• Always pay close attention

when the vehicle is driven close

to objects, particularly pedestri-

ans, and especially children.

• Be aware that some objects

may not be visible on the

screen or be detected by the

sensors, due to the objects

distance, size or material, all of

which can limit the effective-

ness of the sensor.

WARNING

3-127

Convenient features of your vehicle

Operation of the Parking

Distance Warning (Reverse/

Forward) system

Operating condition

- When the Engine Start/Stop button

is in the ON position

- When the shift lever is in D or R

position

- When the vehicle speed is not over

6 mph (10 km/h)

Push the Parking Distance Warning

(Reverse/Forward) system button to

the ON position to operate the

Parking Distance Warning (Reverse/

Forward) system. The indicator in the

button turns on.

To cancel the system, push the but-

ton again. The indicator in the button

turns off.

• The system will operate automati-

cally every time the vehicle speed

is below 6 mph (10 km/h) with the

system switched on.

• When you move the shift lever to R

position with the system switched

off, the indicator in the button will

turn on and the system will operate

automatically regardless of button

status. However, if the vehicle

speed exceeds 12 mph (20 km/h)

when driving forward, the indicator

in the button will turn off. The sys-

tem will not automatically operate

again even if vehicle speed returns

to 6 mph (10 km/h).

To turn on the system, press the

parking distance warning (PDW)

system button.

• When more than two objects are

sensed at the same time, the clos-

est one will be recognized first.

ODH048068N

ODH047129N

■ Type A

■ Type B

3-128

Convenient features of your vehicle

Non-operational conditions of

Parking Distance Warning

(Reverse/Forward) system

The Parking Distance Warning

(Reverse/Forward) system may not

operate normally when any of the

following occur:

• Moisture is frozen to the sensor.

• Sensor is covered with foreign mat-

ter, such as snow or water, or the

sensor cover is blocked.

Distance

from object

Warning indicator

Warning sound

When driving

forward

When driving

rearward

24 ~ 39

(61 ~ 100)

Front -

Buzzer beeps

intermittently

24 ~ 47

(61 ~ 120)

Rear -

Buzzer beeps

intermittently

12 ~ 24

(31 ~ 60)

Front

Buzzer beeps

frequently

Rear -

Buzzer beeps

frequently

(30)

Front

Buzzer sounds

continuously

Rear -

Buzzer sounds

continuously

✽✽

NOTICE

• The indicator may differ from the illustration as objects or sensors status.

If the indicator blinks, have your vehicle checked by an authorized retail-

er of Genesis Branded products.

• If the audible warning does not sound or if the buzzer sounds intermit-

tently when shifting into R (Reverse) position, this may indicate a mal-

function with the ParkingDistance Warning (Reverse/Forward) system. If

this occurs, have your vehicle checked by an authorized retailer of Genesis

Branded products as soon as possible.

Types of warning sound and indicator

inches (cm)

3-129

Convenient features of your vehicle

The Parking Distance Warning

(Reverse/Forward) system may

experience a malfunction when the

following occurs:

• Driving on uneven road surfaces

such as unpaved roads, gravel,

bumps, or gradient.

• Objects generating excessive noise

such as vehicle horns, loud motor-

cycle engines, or truck air brakes

can interfere with the sensor.

• Heavy rain or water spray is present.

• Wireless transmitters or mobile

phones are present near the sensor.

• The sensor is covered with snow.

• Any non-factory equipment or

accessories have been installed, or

if the vehicle bumper height or sen-

sor installation has been modified.

Detecting range may decrease

when:

• Outside air temperature is

extremely hot or cold.

• Undetectable objects smaller than

40 inches (1 m) and narrower than

6 inches (14 cm) in diameter.

The following objects may not be

recognized by the sensor:

• Sharp or slim objects such as

ropes, chains or small poles.

• Objects, which tend to absorb sen-

sor frequency such as clothes,

spongy material or snow.

✽✽

NOTICE

Sensor may not recognize objects

less than 12 inches (30 cm) from the

sensor, or it may sense an incorrect

distance.

Do not push, scratch or strike

the sensor with any hard

objects that could damage the

surface of the sensor. Sensor

damage could occur.

CAUTION

Your new vehicle warranty does

not cover any accidents or dam-

age to the vehicle or injuries to

its occupants related to a

Parking Distance Warning

(Reverse/Forward) system.

Always drive safely and cau-

tiously.

WARNING

3-130

Convenient features of your vehicle

AAUUTTOOMMAATTIICC CCLLIIMMAATTEE CCOONNTTRROOLL SSYYSSTTEEMM

ODH047081L/ODH047146L/ODH043082

1. Driver's temperature control knob

2. Fan speed control button

3. OFF button

4. AUTO (automatic control) button

5. Mode selection button (Driver)

6. Air conditioning button

7. Front windshield defrost button

8. Rear window defrost button

9. Passenger's temperature control knob

10. SYNC button

11. Air intake control button (Outside air)

12. Air intake control button (Recirculated air)

13. Climate information screen selection

button

14. Mode selection button (Passenger)

15. Air intake control button

16. Rear side temperature control thumb-

wheel

17. Rear vent ON/OFF thumbwheel

■■

Front

• Type A

• Type B

■■

Rear

Operating the blower when the

Engine Start/Stop button is in

the ON position could cause the

battery to discharge. Operate

the blower when the engine is

running.

CAUTION

3-131

Convenient features of your vehicle

Automatic heating and air con-

ditioning

1. Press the AUTO button.

The modes, fan speeds, air intake

and air-conditioning will be controlled

automatically according to the tem-

perature setting.

2. Turn the temperature control knob

to set the desired temperature.

✽✽

NOTICE

• To turn the automatic operation

off, select any button of the follow-

ing:

- Mode selection button

- Front windshield defrost button

(Press the button one more time

to deselect the front windshield

defroster function. The 'AUTO'

sign will illuminate on the infor-

mation display once again.)

- Fan speed control button

The selected function will be con-

trolled manually while other func-

tions operate automatically.

• For your convenience, use the

AUTO button and set the temper-

ature to 73°F (23°C).

ODH047083

ODH043084

ODH043085

■ Front

■ Rear

3-132

Convenient features of your vehicle

✽✽

NOTICE

Never place anything near the sen-

sor to ensure better control of the

heating and cooling system.

Manual heating and air condi-

tioning

The heating and cooling system can

be controlled manually by pushing

buttons other than the AUTO button.

In this case, the system works

sequentially according to the order of

buttons selected. When pressing any

button except the AUTO button while

using automatic operation, the func-

tions not selected will be controlled

automatically.

1. Start the engine.

2. Set the mode to the desired position.

For improving the effectiveness of

heating and cooling;

- Heating:

- Cooling:

3. Set the temperature control to the

desired position.

4. Set the air intake control to the

outside (fresh) air position.

5. Set the fan speed control to the

desired speed.

6. If air conditioning is desired, turn

the air conditioning system on.

Press the AUTO button in order to

convert to full automatic control of

the system.

ODH047086

3-133

Convenient features of your vehicle

Mode selection

The mode selection button controls

the direction of the air flow through

the ventilation system.

ODH047088N

ODH047087

ODH047148L

■ Type A

■ Type B

((DDrriivveerr))

((PPaasssseennggeerr))

3-134

Convenient features of your vehicle

The air flow outlet port is converted

as follows:

Face-Level (B, D, F)

Air flow is directed toward the upper

body and face. Additionally, each

outlet can be controlled to direct the

air discharged from the outlet.

Bi-Level (B, C, D, E, F)

Air flow is directed towards the face

and the floor.

Floor & Defrost

(A, C, D, E, F)

Most of the air flow is directed to the

floor and the windshield with a small

amount directed to the side window

defrosters.

Floor-Level (A, C, D, E, F)

Most of the air flow is directed to the

floor, with a small amount of the air

being directed to the windshield and

side window defrosters.

Defrost-Level (A)

Most of the air flow is directed to the

windshield with a small amount of air

directed to the side window

defrosters.

ODH047149L

■ Type B

ODH043089

■ Type A

3-135

Convenient features of your vehicle

Instrument panel vents

The outlet vents can be opened or

closed separately using the thumb-

wheel. To close the vent, rotate it left

(Rear : down) to the maximum posi-

tion. To open the vent, rotate it right

(Rear : up) to the desired position.

Also, you can adjust the direction of

air delivery from these vents using

the vent control lever as shown.

Temperature control

Turn the temperature control knob to

set the desired temperature.

Rear temperature adjustment is

independently controlled regardless

of "SYNC" function.

ODH043162

■ Rear

ODH047090

■ Front

ODH043085

■ Rear

ODH043091

■ Front

3-136

Convenient features of your vehicle

Adjusting the driver and passenger

side temperature equally (Type A)

• Press the "SYNC" button to adjust

the driver and passenger side tem-

perature equally.

The passenger side temperature

will be set to the same temperature

as the driver side temperature.

• Turn the driver side temperature

control knob. The driver and pas-

senger side temperature will be

adjusted equally.

Adjusting the driver and passen-

ger side temperature individually

(Type A)

• Press the "SYNC" button again to

adjust the driver and passenger

side temperature individually. The

illumination of button turns off.

• Operate the driver side tempera-

ture control knob to adjust the driv-

er side temperature.

• Operate the passenger side tem-

perature control knob to adjust the

passenger side temperature.

Adjusting temperature and mode

of the driver & passenger side

equally (Type B)

• Press the "SYNC" button to adjust

the temperature and mode of the

driver & passenger side equally.

The passenger side temperature

and mode selection will be set to

the same as the driver side.

• Turn the driver side temperature

control knob. The driver and pas-

senger side temperature will be

adjusted equally.

• Press the driver side mode selec-

tion button. The driver and passen-

ger mode will be adjusted equally.

ODH047092L

■ Type A

ODH047150L

■ Type B

3-137

Convenient features of your vehicle

Adjusting temperature and mode

of the driver & passenger side

individually (Type B)

• Press the "SYNC" button again to

adjust the temperature and mode

of the driver & passenger side indi-

vidually. The illumination of button

turns off.

• Operate the driver side tempera-

ture control knob to adjust the driv-

er side temperature.

• Operate the driver side mode

selection button to adjust the direc-

tion of the driver side air flow.

• Operate the passenger side tem-

perature control knob to adjust the

passenger side temperature.

• Operate the passenger side mode

selection button to adjust the direc-

tion of the passenger side air flow.

Temperature conversion

If the battery has been discharged or

disconnected, the temperature mode

display will reset to Fahrenheit.

This is a normal condition. You can

switch the temperature mode

between Centigrade to Fahrenheit as

follows;

- Automatic climate control system

While pressing the OFF button,

depress the AUTO button for 3 sec-

onds or more. The display will

change from Centigrade to

Fahrenheit, or from Fahrenheit to

Centigrade.

- "User Setting mode" in the cluster :

You can change the temperature

unit in the "Other – Temperature

unit".

Air intake control

This is used to select the outside

(fresh) air position or recirculated air

position.

To change the air intake control posi-

tion, push the control button.

ODH047151L

■ Type B

ODH043093

■ Type A

3-138

Convenient features of your vehicle

Recirculated air position

With the recirculated air

position selected, air from

the passenger compart-

ment will be drawn through

the heating system and

heated or cooled according

to the function selected.

Outside (fresh) air position

With the outside (fresh) air

position selected, air

enters the vehicle from out-

side and is heated or

cooled according to the

function selected.

✽✽

NOTICE

Prolonged operation of the heater in

the recirculated air position (with-

out air conditioning selected) may

cause fogging of the windshield and

side windows and the air within the

passenger compartment may

become stale.

In addition, prolonged use of the air

conditioning with the recirculated

air position selected will result in

excessively dry air in the passenger

compartment.

■ Type A

■ Type B

• Continued climate control

system operation in the recir-

culated air position may allow

humidity to increase inside

the vehicle which may fog the

glass and obscure visibility.

• Do not sleep in a vehicle with

the air conditioning or heating

system on. It may cause seri-

ous harm or death due to a

drop in the oxygen level

and/or body temperature.

• Continued climate control sys-

tem operation in the recirculat-

ed air position can cause

drowsiness or sleepiness, and

loss of vehicle control. Set the

air intake control to the outside

(fresh) air position as much as

possible while driving.

WARNING

3-139

Convenient features of your vehicle

Fan speed control

The fan speed can be set to the

desired speed by pushing the fan

speed control button.

The higher the fan speed is, the

more air is delivered.

Pressing the OFF button turns off the

fan.

✽✽

NOTICE

For better sound quality, fan speed

may automatically slow down for a

couple of minutes when you activate

voice recognition or hands free.

Air conditioning

Push the A/C button to turn the air

conditioning system on (indicator

light will illuminate).

Push the button again to turn the air

conditioning system off.

OFF mode

Push the OFF button of the front to

turn off the air climate control sys-

tem. However, you can still operate

the mode and air intake buttons as

long as the Engine Start/Stop button

is in the ON position.

ODH047096 ODH047097 ODH047098

3-140

Convenient features of your vehicle

Climate information screen

selection button

To change the screen into the cli-

mate information screen, press the

climate information screen selection

button.

System operation

Ventilation

1. Set the mode to the position.

2. Set the air intake control to the

outside (fresh) air position.

3. Set the temperature control to the

desired position.

4. Set the fan speed control to the

desired speed.

Heating

1. Set the mode to the position.

2. Set the air intake control to the

outside (fresh) air position.

3. Set the temperature control to the

desired position.

4. Set the fan speed control to the

desired speed.

5. If dehumidified heating is desired,

turn the air conditioning system on.

• If the windshield fogs up, set the

mode to the or press the

front defrost button .

Operation Tips

• To keep dust or unpleasant fumes

from entering the car through the

ventilation system, temporarily set

the air intake control to the recircu-

lated air position. Be sure to return

the control to the fresh air position

when the irritation has passed to

keep fresh air in the vehicle. This

will help keep the driver alert and

comfortable.

• Air for the heating/cooling system

is drawn in through the grilles just

ahead of the windshield. Care

should be taken that these are not

blocked by leaves, snow, ice or

other obstructions.

• To prevent interior fog on the wind-

shield, set the air intake control to

the fresh air position and fan speed

to the desired position, turn on the

air conditioning system, and adjust

the temperature control to desired

temperature.

ODH043099

3-141

Convenient features of your vehicle

Air conditioning

1. Start the engine. Push the air con-

ditioning button.

2. Set the mode to the position.

3. Set the air intake control to the out-

side air or recirculated air position.

4. Adjust the fan speed control and

temperature control to maintain

maximum comfort.

✽✽

NOTICE

• When using the air conditioning

system, monitor the engine tem-

perature gauge closely while driv-

ing up hills or in heavy traffic

when outside temperatures are

high. Air conditioning system

operation may cause engine over-

heating. Continue to use the blow-

er fan but turn the air condition-

ing system off if the engine tem-

perature gauge indicates engine

overheating.

• When opening the windows in

humid weather air conditioning

may create water droplets inside

the vehicle. Since excessive water

droplets may cause damage to

electrical equipment, air condi-

tioning should only be operated

with the windows closed.

Air conditioning system operation

tips

• If the vehicle has been parked in

direct sunlight during hot weather,

open the windows for a short time

to let the hot air inside the vehicle

escape.

• To help reduce moisture inside of

the windows on rainy or humid

days, decrease the humidity inside

the vehicle by operating the air

conditioning system.

• During air conditioning system

operation, you may occasionally

notice a slight change in engine

speed as the air conditioning com-

pressor cycles. This is a normal

system operation characteristic.

• Use the air conditioning system

every month only for a few minutes

to ensure maximum system per-

formance.

• After sufficient cooling has been

achieved, switch back from the

recirculated air to the fresh outside

air position.

3-142

Convenient features of your vehicle

• When using the air conditioning

system, you may notice clear water

dripping (or even puddling) on the

ground under the passenger side

of the vehicle. This is a normal sys-

tem operation characteristic.

• Operating the air conditioning sys-

tem in the recirculated air position

provides maximum cooling, how-

ever, continual operation in this

mode may cause the air inside the

vehicle to become stale.

• During cooling operation, you may

occasionally notice a misty air flow

because of rapid cooling and

humid air intake. This is a normal

system operation characteristic.

Climate control air filter

The climate control air filter installed

behind the glove box filters the dust

or other pollutants that come into the

vehicle from the outside through the

heating and air conditioning system.

If dust or other pollutants accumulate

in the filter over a period of time, the

air flow from the air vents may

decrease, resulting in moisture accu-

mulation on the inside of the wind-

shield even when the outside (fresh)

air position is selected. If this hap-

pens, have the climate control air fil-

ter replaced by an authorized retailer

of Genesis Branded products.

✽✽

NOTICE

• Replace the filter according to the

maintenance schedule.

If the car is being driven in severe

conditions such as dusty or rough

roads, more frequent air condi-

tioner filter inspections and

changes are required.

• When the air flow rate suddenly

decreases, the system should be

checked at an authorized retailer

of Genesis Branded products.

1LDA5047

Outside air

Recirculated

air

Climate control

air filter

Blower

Evaporator

core

Heater core

3-143

Convenient features of your vehicle

Checking the amount of air

conditioner refrigerant and

compressor lubricant

When the amount of refrigerant is

low, the performance of the air con-

ditioning is reduced. Overfilling also

has a negative impact on the air con-

ditioning system.

Therefore, if abnormal operation is

found, have the system inspected by

an authorized retailer of Genesis

Branded products.

✽✽

NOTICE

It is important that the correct type

and amount of oil and refrigerant is

used. Otherwise, damage to the

compressor and abnormal system

operation may occur.

The air conditioning system should

be serviced by an authorized retailer

of Genesis Branded products.

Air Conditioning refrigerant

label

The actual Air Conditioning refriger-

ant label in the vehicle may differ

from the illustration.

ODH043366

■ Example

Because

the refrig-

erant is

mildly

inflamma-

ble and at very high pressure,

the air conditioning system

should only be serviced by

trained and certified techni-

cians. It is important that the

correct type and amount of oil

and refrigerant is used.

Otherwise, it may cause dam-

age to the vehicle and personal

injury.

WARNING

3-144

Convenient features of your vehicle

Each symbols and specification on

air conditioning refrigerant label

means as below ;

1. Classification of refrigerant

2. Amount of refrigerant

3. Classification of Compressor lubri-

cant

You can find out which air condition-

ing refrigerant is applied your vehicle

at the label inside of the engine

room.

Refer to chapter 8 for more detail

location of air conditioning refrig-

erant label.

3-145

Convenient features of your vehicle

WWIINNDDSSHHIIEELLDD DDEEFFRROOSSTTIINNGG AANNDD DDEEFFOOGGGGIINNGG

• For maximum defrosting, set the

temperature control to the extreme

right/hot position and the fan speed

control to the highest speed.

• If warm air to the floor is desired

while defrosting or defogging, set the

mode to the floor-defrost position.

• Before driving, clear all snow and

ice from the windshield, rear win-

dow, outside rear view mirrors, and

all side windows.

• Clear all snow and ice from the

hood and air inlet in the cowl grill to

improve heater and defroster effi-

ciency and to reduce the probability

of fogging up the inside of the wind-

shield.

✽✽

NOTICE

If the engine temperature is still cold

after starting, then a brief engine

warm up period may be required for

the vented air flow to become warm

or hot.

To defog inside windshield

1. Select desired fan speed.

2. Select desired temperature.

3. Press the defrost button ( ).

4. The outside (fresh) air position will

be selected automatically.

If the outside (fresh) air position is

not selected automatically, adjust the

corresponding button manually.

If the position is selected, lower

fan speed is adjusted to a higher fan

speed.

Windshield heating

Do not use the or posi-

tion during cooling operation in

extremely humid weather. The

difference between the temper-

ature of the outside air and that

of the windshield could cause

the outer surface of the wind-

shield to fog up, causing loss of

visibility that could give rise to

an accident resulting in serious

injury or death. In this case, set

the mode selection knob or but-

ton to the position and fan

speed control knob or button to

a lower speed.

WARNING

ODH043100

■ Type A

■ Type B

3-146

Convenient features of your vehicle

To defrost outside windshield

1. Set the fan speed to the highest

(extreme right) position.

2. Set the temperature to the

extreme hot (HI) position.

3. Press the defrost button ( ).

4. The outside (fresh) air position will

be selected automatically.

If the position is selected, lower

fan speed is adjusted to a higher fan

speed.

Defogging logic

To reduce the possibility of fogging

up the inside of the windshield, the

air intake is controlled automatically

according to certain conditions such

as or position. To cancel or

return the defogging logic, perform

the following steps:

1. Turn the Engine Start/Stop Button

to the ON position.

2. Select the defrost position press-

ing defrost button ( ).

3. While holding the air conditioning

button (A/C) pressed, press the air

intake control button at least 5

times within 3 seconds.

The indicator on the air intake control

button blinks 3 times with 0.5 second

of interval. It indicates that the defog-

ging logic is canceled or returned to

the programmed status.

If the battery has been discharged or

disconnected, the system resets to

the preprogrammed defogging logic.

ODH043101

■ Type A

■ Type B

ODH048650N

3-147

Convenient features of your vehicle

Auto defogging system

Auto defogging reduces the probabil-

ity of fogging up the inside of the

windshield by automatically sensing

the moisture on the inside of the

windshield.

The auto defogging system operates

when the heater or air conditioning is

on.

To cancel the auto defogging system

1. Press the Engine Start/Stop but-

ton to the ON position.

2. Press the front defroster button

over 3 seconds.

3. The front defroster button indica-

tor will blink 3 times and then ADS

OFF will illuminate on the climate

control LCD display when the auto

defogging system is canceled.

To reactivate the auto defogging

system

1. Press the Engine Start/Stop but-

ton to the ON position.

2. Press the front defroster button

over 3 seconds.

3. The front defroster button indica-

tor will blink 6 times and then ADS

OFF will go out on the climate

control LCD display when the auto

defogging system is reactivated.

✽✽

NOTICE

The auto defogging system may not

operate normally, when the outside

temperature is below 14 °F.

This indicator illuminates

when the auto defogging

system senses the mois-

ture on the inside of the

windshield and operates.

If more moisture is in the vehicle, the

automated steps operate as follows:

Step 1 : Outside air position

Step 2 : Operating the air condition-

ing

Step 3 : Blowing air flow toward the

windshield

Step 4 : Increasing air flow toward

the windshield

ODH047086

3-148

Convenient features of your vehicle

Auto defogging system ON/OFF

If your vehicle is equipped with the

auto defogging system, it is automat-

ically activated when the conditions

are met.

However, if you would like to cancel

the auto defogging system, turn off

the Auto defogging function in the

AVN climate monitor.

If the battery has been disconnected

or discharged, it resets to the auto

defogging status.

✽✽

NOTICE

When the air conditioning is turned

on and the outside air position is

selected by the auto defogging sys-

tem, if you try to turn off the air con-

ditioning and select the recirculated

air position, the indicator will blink

3 times and the air conditioning will

not be turned off and recirculated

air position will not be selected.

ODH043145L

ODH047141L

■ Type A

■ Type B

Do not remove the sensor cover

located on the upper end of the

driver side windshield glass.

Damage to system parts could

occur and may not be covered

by your vehicle warranty.

CAUTION

3-149

Convenient features of your vehicle

Rear window defroster

If you want to defrost and defog

the front windshield, refer to

"Windshield Defrosting and

Defogging" in this chapter.

The defroster heats the window to

remove frost, fog and thin ice from

the interior and exterior of the rear

window, while engine is running.

• To activate the rear window

defroster, press the rear window

defroster button located in the cen-

ter facia switch panel.

The indicator on the rear window

defroster button illuminates when

the defroster is ON.

• To turn off the defroster, press the

rear window defroster button again.

✽✽

NOTICE

• If there is heavy accumulation of

snow on the rear window, brush it

off before operating the rear

defroster.

• The rear window defroster auto-

matically turns off after approxi-

mately 20 minutes or when the

Engine Start/Stop button is in the

OFF position.

Side view mirror defroster

If your vehicle is equipped with the

outside rearview mirror defrosters,

they will operate at the same time

you turn on the rear window

defroster.

Front wiper deicer

If your vehicle is equipped with the

wiper deicer, it will operate at the

same time you turn on the rear win-

dow defroster.

To prevent damage to the con-

ductors bonded to the inside

surface of the rear window,

never use sharp instruments or

window cleaners containing

abrasives to clean the window.

CAUTION

ODH043080

ODH047147L

■ Type A

■ Type B

3-150

Convenient features of your vehicle

CCLLIIMMAATTEE CCOONNTTRROOLL AADDDDIITTIIOONNAALL FFEEAATTUURREESS ((IIFF EEQQUUIIPPPPEEDD))

Cluster ionizer

When the Engine Start/Stop button

is in the ON position, the clean air

function turns on automatically.

Also, the clean air function turns off

automatically, when the Engine

Start/Stop button is in the OFF posi-

tion.

Smart ventilation

When driving and the heater and air

conditioning system is off, the smart

ventilation system maintains pleas-

ant indoor aerial environment by

controlling the temperature, humidity

and CO2 of interior.

"SMART VENTILATION ON" mes-

sage is displayed on the AVN climate

monitor for 5 seconds when the

smart ventilation system operates.

Smart ventilation system

ON/OFF

If you would like to cancel the smart

ventilation system, turn off the Smart

ventilation in the AVN climate moni-

tor.

ODH043166L

ODH047167L

■ Type A

■ Type B

3-151

Convenient features of your vehicle

Rear climate system ON/OFF

If you would like to cancel the rear

climate system, turn off the rear cli-

mate in the AVN climate monitor.

CO2 control auto air conditioner

(if equipped)

When driving, the auto air condition-

er controls CO2 concentration and

helps maintain pleasant air in a vehi-

cle.

When the system controls CO2, the

symbol ( ) displays in the AVN

monitor.

You can turn on or off the CO2 con-

trol function as below.

1. Start the engine.

2. While pressing the driver mode

selection button, press the air

intake control button (Recirculated

air) at least 4 times within 2 sec-

onds.

ODH043168L

ODH047169L

■ Type A

■ Type B

ODH047143L

■ Type B

3-152

Convenient features of your vehicle

SSTTOORRAAGGEE CCOOMMPPAARRTTMMEENNTT

Center console storage

To open :

Press the button (1).

Never store cigarette lighters,

propane cylinders, or other

flammable/explosive materials

in the vehicle. These items may

catch fire and/or explode if the

vehicle is exposed to hot tem-

peratures for extended periods.

WARNING

ALWAYS keep the storage com-

partment covers closed secure-

ly while driving. Items inside

your vehicle are moving as fast

as the vehicle. If you have to

stop or turn quickly, or if there

is a crash, the items may fly out

of the compartment and may

cause an injury if they strike the

driver or a passenger.

WARNING

To avoid possible theft, do not

leave valuables in the storage

compartments.

CAUTION

ODH043357

3-153

Convenient features of your vehicle

Glove box

The glove box can be locked and

unlocked with the mechanical key (1).

To open:

Pull the lever (2).

Sunglass holder

To open:

Press the cover and the holder will

slowly open. Place your sunglasses

in the compartment door with the

lenses facing out.

To close:

Push back into position.

Make sure the sunglass holder is

closed while driving.

ODH043104

ALWAYS close the glove box

door after use.

An open glove box door can

cause serious injury to the pas-

senger in an accident, even if

the passenger is wearing a seat

belt.

WARNING

ODH043103

• Do not keep objects except

sunglasses inside the sun-

glass holder. Such objects can

be thrown from the holder in

the event of a sudden stop or

an accident, possibly injuring

the passengers in the vehicle.

• Do not open the sunglass

holder while the vehicle is

moving. The rear view mirror

of the vehicle can be blocked

by an open sunglass holder.

• Do not put the glasses forcibly

into a sunglass holder. It may

cause personal injury if you

try to open it forcibly when the

glasses are jammed in holder.

WARNING

3-154

Convenient features of your vehicle

Cellular Phone Holder

To open:

Push the cover.

✽✽

NOTICE

Items other than a cellular phone

may not fit inside the cellular phone

storage in accordance with its size or

shape. Do not forcefully push items

into the cellular phone storage and

close the cover. It may damage or

distort those items. In addition, do

not forcefully open the cellular

phone storage cover, when it is

jammed with a stored item inside.

ODH047568

3-155

Convenient features of your vehicle

IINNTTEERRIIOORR FFEEAATTUURREESS

Cup holder

Front

To open the cover:

Press the cover and it will slowly open.

Rear

To open the cover:

Pull up the cover.

ODH044107N

■ Front

■ Rear

ODH047105

• Keep your drinks sealed while

driving to prevent spilling

your drink. If liquid spills, it

may get into the vehicle's

electrical/electronic system

and damage electrical/elec-

tronic parts.

• When cleaning spilled liquids,

do not dry the cup holder at

high temperature. This may

damage the chrome part of

the cup holder.

CAUTION

• Avoid abrupt starting and

braking when the cup holder

is in use to prevent spilling

your drink. If hot liquid spills,

you could be burned. Such a

burn to the driver could cause

loss of vehicle control result-

ing in an accident.

• Do not place uncovered or

unsecured cups, bottles,

cans, etc., in the cup holder

containing hot liquid while the

vehicle is in motion. Injuries

may result in the event of sud-

den stop or collision.

• Only use soft cups in the cup

holders. Hard objects can

injure you in an accident.

WARNING

Keep cans or bottles out of

direct sun light and do not put

them in a hot vehicle. It may

explode.

WARNING

3-156

Convenient features of your vehicle

Sunvisor

To use a sunvisor, pull it downward.

To use a sunvisor for a side window,

pull it downward, unsnap it from the

bracket (1) and swing it to the side

(2).

To use the vanity mirror, pull down

the sunvisor and slide the mirror

cover (3).

Adjust the sunvisor forward or back-

ward (4) as needed. Use the ticket

holder (5) to hold tickets.

✽✽

NOTICE

Close the vanity mirror cover

securely and return the sunvisor to

its original position after use.

Power outlet (if equipped)

The power outlet is designed to pro-

vide power for mobile telephones or

other devices designed to operate

with vehicle electrical systems. The

devices should draw less than 180 W

(Watt) with the engine running.

ODH047359

• Do not put several tickets in

the ticket holder at one time.

This could cause damage to

the ticket holder.

• Avoid putting a plastic card

such as a credit card in the

ticket holder located in the

outside of the sunvisor. This

could cause damage to the

plastic card.

CAUTION

For your safety, do not block

your view when using the sunvi-

sor.

WARNING

ODH047110

■ Front

- Type A

- Type B

ODH047569

3-157

Convenient features of your vehicle

To open the cover, press the cover

and it will slowly open. To close the

cover, press the cover and it will

slowly close.

USB Charger (if equipped)

The USB charger is designed to

recharge batteries of small size elec-

trical devices using a USB cable.

The electrical devices can be

recharged when the Engine Start/

Stop button is in the ACC, ON or

START position.

Insert the USB charger into the USB

port, and re-charge a smart phone or

a tablet PC.

The battery charging state may be

monitored on the electrical device.

Disconnect the USB cable from the

USB port after use.

Avoid electrical shocks. Do not

place your fingers or foreign

objects (pin, etc.) into a power

outlet or touch the power outlet

with a wet hand.

WARNING

To prevent damage to the Power

Outlets :

• Use the power outlet only when

the engine is running and

remove the accessory plug

after use. Using the accessory

plug for prolonged periods of

time with the engine off could

cause the battery to discharge.

(Continued)

• Only use 12V electric acces-

sories which are less than 180

W(Watt) in electric capacity.

• Adjust the air-conditioner or

heater to the lowest operating

level when using the power

outlet.

• Close the cover when not in

use.

• Some electronic devices can

cause electronic interference

when plugged into a vehicle's

power outlet. These devices

may cause excessive audio

static and malfunctions in

other electronic systems or

devices used in your vehicle.

• Push the plug in as far as it

will go. If good contact is not

made, the plug may overheat

and the fuse may open.

• Plug in battery equipped elec-

trical/electronic devices with

reverse current protection. The

current from the battery may

flow into the vehicle's electri-

cal/electronic system and

cause system malfunction.

CAUTION

ODH047170

■ Front

3-158

• A smart phone or a tablet PC may

get warmer during the re-charging

process. It does not indicate any

malfunction with the charging sys-

tem.

• A smart phone or a tablet PC,

which adopts a different re-charg-

ing method, may not be properly

re-charged. In this case, use an

exclusive charger of your device.

• The charging terminal is only to

recharge a device. Do not use the

charging terminal either to turn ON

an audio or to play media on the

AVN.

Wireless Cellular Phone

Charging System (if equipped)

There is a wireless cellular phone

charging inside the front console.

The system is available when all

doors are closed, and when the

Engine Start/Stop button is in the

ACC/ON position.

To charge a cellular phone

The wireless cellular phone charging

system charges only the Qi-enabled

cellular phones ( ). Read the label

on the cellular phone accessory

cover or visit your cellular phone

manufacturer’s website to check

whether your cellular phone supports

the Qi technology.

The wireless charging process starts

when you put a Qi-enabled cellular

phone on the wireless charging unit.

1. Remove other items, including the

smart key, from the wireless charg-

ing unit. If not, the wireless charg-

ing process may be interrupted.

2. The indicator illuminates in orange

during the charging process. The

indicator color changes to green,

when the charging process is

completed.

3. You can turn ON or OFF the wire-

less charging function in the user

settings mode on the instrument

cluster. (For further information,

refer to the "LCD Modes" in this

chapter.)

Convenient features of your vehicle

ODH047579

3-159

Convenient features of your vehicle

Slightly change the cellular phone

position, when the cellular phone is

not being charged. Make sure that

the indicator illuminates in orange.

The indicator color may not change

to green in accordance with the cel-

lular phone type, even though the

charging process is completed. The

indicator blinks in orange for 10 sec-

onds when there is a malfunction

with the wireless charging system. In

this case, temporarily stop the charg-

ing process, and re-attempt to wire-

lessly charge your cellular phone

again.

The system warns you with a mes-

sage on the LCD display when you

do not take out the cellular phone

from the wireless charging unit with

the front door open and the Engine

Start/Stop button in the OFF posi-

tion.

✽✽

NOTICE

For some manufacturers' cellular

phones, the system may not warn

you even though the cellular phone

is left on the wireless charging unit.

This is due to the particular charac-

teristic of the cellular phone and not

a malfunction of the wireless charg-

ing.

✽✽

NOTICE

• The wireless cellular phone charg-

ing system may not support certain

cellular phones, which are not veri-

fied for the Qi specification ( ).

• Locate your cell phone well in the

middle of the wireless cellular

phone charging system. Even

when your cell phone locates

slightly to one side, the charging

speed may decrease.

• The wireless charging process may

temporarily stop, when a smart

key function operates (i.e. starting

the engine, opening the doors,

closing the doors).

(Continued)

• For certain cell phones, the indica-

tor color may not change to green,

even when the wireless charging

process is properly completed.

• The wireless charging process may

temporarily stop, when tempera-

ture abnormally increases inside

the wireless cellular phone charg-

ing system. The wireless charging

process restarts, when tempera-

ture falls to a proper level.

• The wireless charging process may

temporarily stop when there is any

metallic item, such as a coin,

between the wireless cellular

phone charging system and a cel-

lular phone.

✽✽

NOTICE

This device complies with part 15 of

the FCC Rules.

Operation is subject to the following

two conditions:

1. This device may not cause harm-

ful interference, and

2. This device must accept any inter-

ference received, including inter-

ference that may cause undesired

operation.

3-160

Clock

You can set the clock by using the

AVN (Audio & Navigation).

For more details, please refer to the

Multimedia System Manual or DIS

Navigation System Manual that was

supplied with your vehicle.

Clothes hanger (if equipped)

To hang items, pull the hanger down.

(Type A)

These hangers are not designed to

hold large or heavy items.

Convenient features of your vehicle

Do not adjust the clock while

driving. You may lose your

steering control and cause an

accident that results in severe

personal injury or death.

WARNING

ODH047111

ODH047353

■ Type A

■ Type B

ODH043112

3-161

Convenient features of your vehicle

Bag hanger (if equipped)

Pull the strap (1) to hang a bag on

the hook (2). Fold the hook when not

in use.

Floor mat anchor(s)

(if equipped)

ALWAYS use the Floor Mat Anchors

to attach the front floor mats to the

vehicle. The anchors on the front

floor carpet keep the floor mats from

sliding forward.

Do not hang other objects such

as hangers or hard objects

except clothes. Also, do not put

heavy, sharp or breakable

objects in the clothe pockets. In

an accident or when the curtain

air bag is inflated, it may cause

vehicle damage or personal

injury.

WARNING

ODH047113

ODH048112

OVI043427

3-162

Convenient features of your vehicle

Rear curtain (if equipped)

To raise and lower the rear curtain,

press the button.

The following must be observed

when installing ANY floor mat

to the vehicle.

• Ensure that the floor mats are

securely attached to the vehi-

cle's floor mat anchor(s)

before driving the vehicle.

• Do not use ANY floor mat that

cannot be firmly attached to

the vehicle's floor mat anchors.

• Do not stack floor mats on top

of one another (e.g. all-weath-

er rubber mat on top of a car-

peted floor mat). Only a single

floor mat should be installed

in each position.

(Continued)

IMPORTANT - Your vehicle was

manufactured with driver's side

floor mat anchors that are

designed to securely hold the

floor mat in place. To avoid any

interference with pedal opera-

tion, Genesis Branded Vehicle

recommends that the Genesis/

Hyundai floor mat designed for

use in your vehicle be installed.

WARNING

ODH044115N

■ Front

■ Rear

ODH043114

3-163

Convenient features of your vehicle

The rear curtain will be lowered auto-

matically when you shift the shift

lever into R (Reverse) and raised

automatically when you shift the shift

lever from R (Reverse) into P (Park).

After the rear curtain is lowered by

shifting into R (Reverse), if you drive

more than 12 mph (20 km/h) with the

shift lever in D (Drive), the rear cur-

tain will be raised automatically.

Side curtain (if equipped)

To use the side curtain:

1. Lift the curtain by the hook (1).

2. Hang the curtain on both sides of

the hook.

Do not apply excessive force

while operating the rear curtain.

This could cause damage to the

rear curtain.

CAUTION

ODH047354

ODH047116

• Always hang both sides of the

curtain on the hook. This

could cause damage to the

side curtain if only one side of

the curtain is hooked.

• Do not let any foreign material

get in between the vehicle and

side curtain. The side curtain

may not be lifted up.

CAUTION

Luggage net holder

To keep items from shifting in the

trunk, you can use the 4 holders

located in the trunk to attach the lug-

gage net.

Make sure the luggage net is secure-

ly attached to the holders in the

trunk.

Avoid eye injury. DO NOT over-

stretch the luggage net.

ALWAYS keep your face and

body out of the luggage net's

recoil path. DO NOT use the lug-

gage net when the strap has

visible signs of wear or dam-

age.

WARNING

ODH043362

Convenient features of your vehicle

3-164

Multimedia System

Multimedia system.................................................4-2

AUX, USB and iPod

port ...............................................4-2

Antenna ...............................................................................4-3

Steering wheel audio control .........................................4-4

Audio / Video / Navigation system (AVN) ..................4-5

Bluetooth

Wireless Technology hands-free............4-5

4-2

Detailed information about the multi-

media system (AVN) is described in

a separately supplied manual.

✽✽

NOTICE

• If you install an aftermarket HID

head lamp, your vehicle's audio

and electronic device may mal-

function.

• Prevent chemicals such as per-

fume, cosmetic oil, sun cream,

hand cleaner, and air freshener

from contacting the interior parts

because they may cause damage

or discoloration.

AUX, USB and iPod

port

(if equipped)

You can use an AUX port (if

equipped) to connect audio devices

and an USB port to plug in an USB

and also in an iPod

port.

✽✽

NOTICE

When using a portable audio device

connected to the power outlet, noise

may occur during playback. If this

happens, use the power source of the

portable audio device.

❈ iPod

is a trademark of Apple Inc.

MMUULLTTIIMMEEDDIIAA SSYYSSTTEEMM

Multimedia System

ODH047121L

4-3

Multimedia System

Antenna

Shark fin antenna (1)

The shark fin antenna will receive the

transmit data.

Glass antenna (2)

Your vehicle uses a glass antenna to

receive both AM and FM signals.

ODH043117

• Do not clean the inside of the

rear window glass with a

cleaner or scraper to remove

foreign deposits as this may

cause damage to the antenna

elements.

• Avoid adding metallic coat-

ings such as Ni, Cd, and so

on. These can degrade the

receiving AM and FM broad-

cast signals.

CAUTION

• To prevent damage to the rear

glass antenna, never use

sharp instruments or window

cleaner containing abrasives

to clean the window. Clean the

inside surface of the rear

glass window with a piece of

soft cloth.

• When putting a sticker on the

inside surface of the rear win-

dow, be careful not to damage

to the rear glass antenna.

• Do not put sharp instruments

nearby the rear glass antenna.

• Tinted rear window may affect

the proper functioning of the

antenna.

CAUTION

4-4

Steering wheel audio control

VOLUME (VOL + / - ) (1)

• Move the VOLUME lever up to

increase volume.

• Move the VOLUME lever down to

decrease volume.

SEEK/PRESET ( / ) (2)

If the SEEK/PRESET lever is moved

up or down and held for 0.8 second

or more, it will function in the follow-

ing modes;

RADIO mode

It will function as the AUTO SEEK

select button. It will SEEK until you

release the button.

MEDIA mode

It will function as the FF/REW button.

If the SEEK/PRESET lever is moved

up or down, it will function in the fol-

lowing modes;

RADIO mode

It will function as the PRESET STA-

TION UP/DOWN button.

MEDIA mode

It will function as the TRACK UP/

DOWN button.

MODE (3)

Press the MODE button to select

Radio, XM, Disc* or AUX*.

* : if equipped

MUTE ( ) (4)

• Press the MUTE button to mute the

sound.

• Press the MUTE button again to

activate the sound.

✽✽

NOTICE

Detailed information is described in

a separately supplied manual.

Multimedia System

Do not operate audio remote

control buttons simultaneously.

CAUTION

ODH043118

4-5

Multimedia System

Audio / Video / Navigation sys-

tem (AVN)

Detailed information for the AVN sys-

tem is described in a separately sup-

plied manual.

Bluetooth

Wireless

Technology hands-free

You can use the phone wirelessly by

using the

Bluetooth

Wireless

Technology.

(1) Call / Answer button

(2) Call end button

(3) Microphone

Detailed information for the

Bluetooth

Wireless Technology

hands-free is described in the manu-

al supplied separately.

ODH047119L

ODH047119N

■ Type A (AVN, Monitor)

■ Type B

ODH043122

ODH043123

Driving your vehicle

Before driving.........................................................5-4

Before entering the vehicle ...........................................5-4

Before starting...................................................................5-4

Engine Start/Stop button................................................5-6

Automatic transmission (SBC)............................5-11

Automatic transmission operation ..............................5-11

Parking...............................................................................5-17

Good driving practices...................................................5-17

Automatic transmission (SBW) ..........................5-19

Automatic transmission operation ..............................5-19

Parking...............................................................................5-24

LCD display messages....................................................5-25

Good driving practices...................................................5-27

All Wheel Drive (AWD) ........................................5-29

Using All Wheel Drive (AWD) .......................................5-29

Emergency precautions.................................................5-31

Braking system.....................................................5-33

Power brakes ...................................................................5-33

Disc brakes wear indicator...........................................5-34

Foot parking brake .........................................................5-34

Electronic parking brake (EPB) ...................................5-36

AUTO HOLD ......................................................................5-41

Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) ....................................5-45

Electronic Stability Control (ESC)................................5-48

Vehicle Stability Management (VSM).........................5-51

Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC) ....................................5-52

Good braking practices..................................................5-52

Electronic control suspension (ECS).................5-53

Dynamic stability damping control (DSDC) ...............5-53

Drive mode integrated control system ..............5-54

Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW) system ...5-57

BCW(Blind-spot Collision Warning) ............................5-58

RCCW(Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning) ..........5-60

Limitation of system.......................................................5-63

Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)

system....................................................................5-65

System setting and activation......................................5-65

FCA warning message and system control ..............5-67

FCA sensor........................................................................5-70

System malfunction........................................................5-71

Limitation of the System...............................................5-72

Smart Cruise Control with Stop & Go system ..5-78

To Adjust the Sensitivity of Smart Cruise Control...5-79

To convert to cruise control mode.............................5-80

Smart cruise control speed ..........................................5-80

Smart cruise control vehicle-to-vehicle distance ..5-85

Sensor to detect distance to the vehicle ahead.....5-87

Limitations of the system .............................................5-89

Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) System ...................5-94

LKAS operation................................................................5-95

LKAS malfunction............................................................5-99

LKAS function change.................................................5-101

Limitation of the System.............................................5-102

Driver Attention Warning (DAW) System.......5-104

System setting and activation ...................................5-104

Resetting the system ...................................................5-106

System standby.............................................................5-106

System malfunction......................................................5-107

Special driving conditions.................................5-109

Hazardous driving conditions ....................................5-109

Rocking the vehicle ......................................................5-109

Smooth cornering .........................................................5-110

Driving at night..............................................................5-110

Driving in the rain.........................................................5-111

Driving in flooded areas..............................................5-111

Winter driving.....................................................5-112

Snow or icy conditions................................................5-112

Winter precaution.........................................................5-114

Vehicle load limit................................................5-116

Tire loading information label ...................................5-117

Trailer towing .....................................................5-121

5-3

Driving your vehicle

Carbon monoxide (CO) gas is toxic. Breathing CO can cause unconsciousness and death.

Engine exhaust contains carbon monoxide which cannot be seen or smelled.

Do not inhale engine exhaust.

If at any time you smell engine exhaust inside the vehicle, open the windows immediately. Exposure to CO can cause

unconsciousness and death by asphyxiation.

Be sure the exhaust system does not leak.

The exhaust system should be checked whenever the vehicle is raised to change the oil or for any other purpose. If

you hear a change in the sound of the exhaust or if you drive over something that strikes the underneath side of the

vehicle, have the exhaust system checked as soon as possible by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

Do not run the engine in an enclosed area.

Letting the engine idle in your garage, even with the garage door open, is a hazardous practice. Run the engine only

long enough to start the engine and to move the vehicle out of the garage.

Avoid idling the engine for prolonged periods with people inside the vehicle.

If it is necessary to idle the engine for a prolonged period with people inside the vehicle, be sure to do so only in an

open area with the air intake set at "Fresh" and fan control set to high so fresh air is drawn into the interior.

Keep the air intakes clear.

To assure proper operation of the ventilation system, keep the ventilation air intakes located in front of the windshield

clear of snow, ice, leaves, or other obstructions.

If you must drive with the trunk open:

Close all windows.

Open instrument panel air vents.

Set the air intake control at "Fresh", the air flow control at "Floor" or "Face", and the fan control set to high.

WARNING

5-4

Driving your vehicle

Before entering the vehicle

• Be sure all windows, outside mir-

ror(s), and outside lights are clean

and unobstructed.

• Remove frost, snow, or ice.

• Visually check the tires for uneven

wear and damage.

• Check under the vehicle for any

sign of leaks.

• Be sure there are no obstacles

behind you if you intend to back up.

Before starting

• Make sure the hood, the trunk, and

the doors are securely closed and

locked.

• Adjust the position of the seat and

steering wheel.

• Adjust the inside and side view mir-

rors.

• Verify all the lights work.

• Fasten your seatbelt. Check that all

passengers have fastened their

seatbelts.

• Check the gauges and indicators in

the instrument panel and the mes-

sages on the instrument display

when the Engine Start/Stop button

is in the ON position.

• Check that any items you are car-

rying are stored properly or fas-

tened down securely.

CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65

WARNING

Engine exhaust and a wide vari-

ety of automobile components

including components found in

the interior furnishings in a

vehicle, contain or emit harmful

chemicals known to the State of

California to cause cancer and

birth defects and reproductive

harm. In addition, certain fluids

contained in vehicles and cer-

tain products of components

contain or emit chemicals

known to the State of California

to cause cancer and birth

defects or other reproductive

harm.

WARNING

BBEEFFOORREE DDRRIIVVIINNGG

5-5

Driving your vehicle

NEVER drink or take drugs and

drive.

Drinking or taking drugs and

driving is dangerous and may

result in an accident and SERI-

OUS INJURY or DEATH.

Drunk driving is the number

one contributor to the highway

death toll each year. Even a

small amount of alcohol will

affect your reflexes, percep-

tions and judgment. Just one

drink can reduce your ability to

respond to changing conditions

and emergencies and your reac-

tion time gets worse with each

additional drink.

Driving while under the influ-

ence of drugs is as dangerous

or more dangerous than driving

under the influence of alcohol.

(Continued)

WARNING

(Continued)

You are much more likely to

have a serious accident if you

drink or take drugs and drive. If

you are drinking or taking

drugs, don't drive. Do not ride

with a driver who has been

drinking or taking drugs.

Choose a designated driver or

call a taxi.

To reduce the risk of SERIOUS

INJURY or DEATH, take the fol-

lowing precautions:

• ALWAYS wear your seat belt.

All passengers must be prop-

erly belted whenever the vehi-

cle is moving. For more detail,

refer to "Seat Belts" in chap-

ter 2.

• Always drive defensively.

Assume other drivers or

pedestrians may be careless

and make mistakes.

• Stay focused on the task of

driving. Driver distraction can

cause accidents.

• Leave plenty of space

between you and the vehicle

in front of you.

WARNING

5-6

Driving your vehicle

Engine Start/Stop button

Whenever the front door is opened,

the Engine Start/Stop button will illu-

minate and will go off 30 seconds

after the door is closed.

• NEVER press the Engine

Start/Stop button while the

vehicle is in motion except in

an emergency. This will result

in the engine turning off and

loss of power assist for the

steering and brake systems.

(Continued)

WARNING

To turn the engine off in an

emergency:

Press and hold the Engine

Start/Stop button for more than

two seconds OR Rapidly press

and release the Engine Start/

Stop button three times (within

three seconds).

If the vehicle is still moving, you

can restart the engine without

depressing the brake pedal by

pressing the Engine Start/Stop

button with the shift lever in the

N (Neutral) position.

(Continued)

This may lead to loss of direc-

tional control and braking

function, which could cause

an accident.

• Before leaving the driver's

seat, always make sure the

shift lever is in the P (Park)

position, set the parking

brake, press the Engine Start/

Stop button to the OFF posi-

tion, and take the Smart Key

with you. Unexpected vehicle

movement may occur if these

precautions are not followed.

• NEVER reach through the

steering wheel for the Engine

Start/Stop button or any other

control while the vehicle is in

motion. The presence of your

hand or arm in this area may

cause a loss of vehicle control

resulting in an accident.

WARNING

To reduce risk of serious injury

or death, NEVER allow children

or any person who is unfamiliar

with the vehicle to touch the

Engine Start/Stop button or

related parts. Unexpected and

sudden vehicle movement can

occur.

WARNING

ODH053001

5-7

Driving your vehicle

Engine Stop/Start button positions

Button Position Action Notice

OFF

To turn off the engine, press the Engine

Start/Stop button with shift lever in P (Park).

Also, the engine will turn off when the Engine

Start/Stop button is pressed with the shift

lever in D (Drive) or R (Reverse) because the

transmission automatically shifts to the P

(Park) position. But, when it is pressed in N

(Neutral), the Engine Start/Stop button will

go to the ACC position.

ACC

Press the Engine Start/Stop button when the

button is in the OFF position without depress-

ing the brake pedal.

Electrical accessories are usable.

If you leave the Engine Start/Stop button in the

ACC position for more than one hour, the bat-

tery power will turn off automatically to help

prevent the battery from discharging.

5-8

Driving your vehicle

Button Position Action Notice

Press the Engine Start/Stop button while it is

in the ACC position without depressing the

brake pedal.

The warning lights can be checked before

the engine is started.

Do not leave the Engine Start/Stop button in

the ON position when the engine is not run-

ning to help prevent the battery from discharg-

ing.

START

To start the engine, depress the brake pedal

and press the Engine Start/Stop button with

the shift lever in the P (Park) or in the N

(Neutral) position.

For your safety, start the engine with the shift

lever in the P (Park) position.

If you press the Engine Start/Stop button with-

out depressing the brake pedal, the engine

does not start and the Engine Start/Stop but-

ton changes as follows:

OFF

→→

ACC

→→

OFF

However, the engine may start if you depress

the brake pedal within 0.5 second after press-

ing the Engine Start/Stop button when it is in

the OFF position.

5-9

Driving your vehicle

Starting the engine

✽✽

NOTICE

• The engine will start by pressing

the Engine Start/Stop button, only

when the smart key is in the vehi-

cle.

• Even if the smart key is in the

vehicle, if it is far away from the

driver, the engine may not start.

• When the Engine Start/Stop but-

ton is in the ACC or ON position,

if any door is open, the system

checks for the smart key. If the

smart key is not in the vehicle, the

warning, "Key not in vehicle" will

come on and if all doors are closed,

the chime will also sound for about

5 seconds. The indicator will turn

off while the vehicle is moving.

Keep the smart key in the vehicle

when using the ACC position or if

the vehicle engine is ON.

1. Always carry the smart key with

you.

2. Make sure the parking brake is

applied.

3. Make sure the shift lever is in P

(Park).

4. Depress the brake pedal.

5. Press the Engine Start/Stop but-

ton.

✽✽

NOTICE

Do not wait for the engine to warm

up while the vehicle remains station-

ary. Start driving at moderate

engine speeds. (Steep accelerating

and decelerating should be avoided.)

✽✽

NOTICE

Always start the vehicle with your

foot on the brake pedal. Do not

depress the accelerator while start-

ing the vehicle. Do not race the

engine while warming it up.

• Always wear appropriate shoes

when operating your vehicle.

Unsuitable shoes, such as

high heels, ski boots, sandals,

flip-flops, etc., may interfere

with your ability to use the

brake and accelerator pedals.

• Do not start the vehicle with the

accelerator pedal depressed.

The vehicle can move and lead

to an accident.

• Wait until the engine rpm is

normal. The vehicle may sud-

denly move if the brake pedal

is released when the rpm is

high.

WARNING

5-10

Driving your vehicle

✽✽

NOTICE

If the smart key battery is weak or

the smart key does not work cor-

rectly, you can start the engine by

pressing the Engine Start/Stop but-

ton with the smart key in the direc-

tion of the picture above.

To prevent damage to the vehi-

cle:

• If the engine stalls while you

are in motion, do not attempt

to move the shift lever to the P

(Park) position.

If traffic and road conditions

permit, you may put the shift

lever in the N (Neutral) posi-

tion while the vehicle is still

moving and press the Engine

Start/Stop button in an

attempt to restart the engine.

• Do not push or tow your vehi-

cle to start the engine.

CAUTION

To prevent damage to the vehi-

cle:

Do not press the Engine Start/

Stop button for more than 10

seconds except when the stop

lamp fuse is blown.

When the stop lamp fuse is

blown, you can't start the

engine normally. Replace the

fuse with a new one. If you are

not able to replace the fuse, you

can start the engine by pressing

and holding the Engine Start/

Stop button for 10 seconds with

the Engine Start/Stop button in

the ACC position.

For your safety always depress

the brake pedal before starting

the engine.

CAUTION

ODH057007

5-11

Driving your vehicle

Automatic transmission opera-

tion

The automatic transmission has

eight forward speeds and one

reverse speed.

The individual speeds are selected

automatically in the D (Drive) posi-

tion.

AAUUTTOOMMAATTIICC TTRRAANNSSMMIISSSSIIOONN ((SSBBCC))

Move shift lever.

Press the shift button, then move shift lever.

Depress the brake pedal, then move shift lever.

ODH057011N

5-12

The indicator in the instrument clus-

ter displays the shift lever position

when the Engine Start/Stop button is

in the ON position.

P (Park)

Always come to a complete stop

before shifting into P (Park).

To shift from P (Park), you must

depress firmly on the brake pedal

and make sure your foot is off the

accelerator pedal.

If you have done all of the above and

still cannot shift the lever out of P

(Park), see "Shift-Lock Release" on

page 5-16.

The shift lever must be in P (Park)

before turning the engine off.

Driving your vehicle

To reduce the risk of serious

injury or death:

• ALWAYS check the surround-

ing areas near your vehicle for

people, especially children,

before shifting a vehicle into

D (Drive) or R (Reverse).

• Before leaving the driver's

seat, always make sure the

shift lever is in the P (Park)

position, then set the parking

brake, and place the Engine

Start/Stop button in the OFF

position. Unexpected and

sudden vehicle movement

can occur if these precautions

are not followed.

WARNING

• Shifting into P (Park) while the

vehicle is in motion may

cause you to lose control of

the vehicle.

• After the vehicle has stopped,

always make sure the shift

lever is in P (Park), apply the

parking brake, and turn the

engine off.

• Do not use the P (Park) posi-

tion in place of the parking

brake.

WARNING

5-13

Driving your vehicle

R (Reverse)

Use this position to drive the vehicle

backward.

N (Neutral)

The wheels and transmission are not

engaged.

Use N (Neutral) if you need to restart

a stalled engine, or if it is necessary

to stop with the engine ON. Shift into

P (Park) if you need to leave your

vehicle for any reason.

Always depress the brake pedal

when you are shifting from N

(Neutral) to another gear.

D (Drive)

This is the normal driving position.

The transmission will automatically

shift through a 8-gear sequence, pro-

viding the best fuel economy and

power.

For extra power when passing anoth-

er vehicle or driving uphill depress

the accelerator pedal further until

you feel the transmission downshift

to a lower gear.

The DRIVE MODE switch, located

on the shift lever console, allows the

driver to switch from NORMAL mode

to SPORT, ECO or SNOW mode.

For more detail, refer to "Drive

Mode Integrated Control System"

later in this chapter.

Always come to a complete

stop before shifting into or out

of R (Reverse); you may dam-

age the transmission if you shift

into R (Reverse) while the vehi-

cle is in motion.

CAUTION

Do not shift into gear unless

your foot is firmly on the brake

pedal. Shifting into gear when

the engine is running at high

speed can cause the vehicle to

move very rapidly. You could

lose control of the vehicle and

hit people or objects.

WARNING

5-14

Manual shift mode

Whether the vehicle is stationary or

in motion, manual shift mode is

selected by pushing the shift lever

from the D (Drive) position into the

manual gate. To return to D (Drive)

range operation, push the shift lever

back into the main gate.

In Manual Shift Mode, moving the

shift lever backwards and forwards

will allow you to select the desired

range of gears for the current driving

conditions.

+ (Up) : Push the lever forward once

to shift up one gear.

- (Down) : Pull the lever backwards

once to shift down one

gear.

✽✽

NOTICE

• Only the eight forward gears can

be selected. To reverse or park the

vehicle, move the shift lever to the

R (Reverse) or P (Park) position as

required.

• Downshifts are made automatical-

ly when the vehicle slows down.

When the vehicle stops, 1st gear is

automatically selected.

• When the engine rpm approaches

the red zone the transmission will

upshift automatically.

(Continued)

• If the driver presses the lever to +

(Up) or - (Down) position, the

transmission may not make the

requested gear change if the next

gear is outside of the allowable

engine rpm range. The driver

must execute upshifts in accor-

dance with road conditions, taking

care to keep the engine rpms

below the red zone.

• When accelerating from a stop on

a slippery road, push the shift

lever forward into the + (Up) posi-

tion. This causes the transmission

to shift into the 2nd gear which is

better for smooth driving on a

slippery road. Push the shift lever

to the - (Down) side to shift back to

the 1st gear.

Driving your vehicle

ODH057012N

+ (UP)

- (DOWN)

5-15

Driving your vehicle

Paddle shifter

The paddle shifter is available when

the shift lever is in the D (Drive) posi-

tion or the manual shift mode.

With the shift lever in the D posi-

tion

Pull the [+] or [-] paddle shifter once

to shift up or down one gear and the

system changes from automatic shift

mode to manual shift mode.

To change back to the automatic shift

mode from manual shift mode, do

one of the following:

• Gently depress the accelerator

pedal for more than 5 seconds.

• Drive the vehicle under 4 mph (7

km/h).

• Pull and hold the right side paddle

shifter.

With the shift lever in the manual

shift mode

Pull the [+] or [-] paddle shifter once

to shift up or down one gear.

✽✽

NOTICE

If the [+] and [-] paddle shifters are

pulled at the same time, gear change

may not occur.

ODH053013

5-16

Shift-lock system

For your safety, the automatic trans-

mission has a shift-lock system

which prevents shifting the transmis-

sion from P (Park) into R (Reverse)

unless the brake pedal is depressed.

To shift the transmission from P

(Park) into R (Reverse):

1. Depress and hold the brake pedal.

2. Start the engine or place the

Engine Start/Stop button in the

ON position.

3. Move the shift lever.

Shift-lock override

If the shift lever cannot be moved

from the P (Park) position into R

(Reverse) position with the brake

pedal depressed, continue depress-

ing the brake, and then do the follow-

ing:

1. Place the Engine Start/Stop but-

ton in the OFF position.

2. Apply the parking brake.

3. Carefully remove the cap (1) cov-

ering the shift-lock override

access hole.

4. Insert a screwdriver into the

access hole and press down on

the screwdriver.

5. Move the shift lever.

6. Remove the screwdriver from the

shift-lock override access hole

then install the cap.

If you need to use the shift-lock

release, have your vehicle inspected

by an authorized retailer of Genesis

Branded products.

Driving your vehicle

ODH057014N

5-17

Driving your vehicle

Parking

Always come to a complete stop and

continue to depress the brake pedal.

Move the shift lever into the P (Park)

position, apply the parking brake,

and place the Engine Start/Stop but-

ton in the OFF position. Take the Key

with you when exiting the vehicle.

Good driving practices

• Never move the shift lever from P

(Park) or N (Neutral) to any other

position with the accelerator pedal

depressed.

• Never move the shift lever into P

(Park) when the vehicle is in

motion.

Be sure the vehicle is completely

stopped before you attempt to shift

into R (Reverse) or D (Drive).

• Do not move the shift lever to N

(Neutral) when driving. Doing so

may result in an accident because

of a loss of engine braking. Also, the

transmission could be damaged.

• Do not drive with your foot resting

on the brake pedal. Even light, but

consistent pedal pressure can

result in the brakes overheating,

brake wear and possibly even

brake failure.

• Depressing both accelerator and

brake pedals at the same time can

trigger logic for engine power

reduction to assure vehicle decel-

eration. Vehicle acceleration will

resume after the brake pedal is

released.

• When driving in Manual shift mode

with the paddle shifter, slow down

before shifting to a lower gear.

Otherwise, the lower gear may not

be engaged if the engine rpms are

outside of the allowable range.

• Always apply the parking brake

when leaving the vehicle. Do not

depend on placing the transmis-

sion in P (Park) to keep the vehicle

from moving.

• Exercise extreme caution when

driving on a slippery surface. Be

especially careful when braking,

accelerating or shifting gears. On a

slippery surface, an abrupt change

in vehicle speed can cause the

drive wheels to lose traction and

may cause loss of vehicle control

resulting in an accident.

• Optimum vehicle performance and

economy is obtained by smoothly

depressing and releasing the

accelerator.

• Do not use engine braking (shifting

from a high gear to lower gear) rap-

idly on slippery roads. The vehicle

may slip causing an accident.

• When you stay in the vehicle

with the engine running, be

careful not to depress the

accelerator pedal for a long

period of time. The engine or

exhaust system may overheat

and start a fire.

• The exhaust gas and the

exhaust system are very hot.

Keep away from the exhaust

system components.

• Do not stop or park over flam-

mable materials, such as dry

grass, paper or leaves. They

may ignite and cause a fire.

WARNING

5-18

✽✽

NOTICE - Kickdown

Mechanism

Use the kickdown mechanism for

maximum acceleration. Depress the

accelerator pedal beyond the pres-

sure point. The automatic transmis-

sion will shift to a lower gear

depending on the engine speed.

Driving your vehicle

To reduce the risk of SERIOUS

INJURY or DEATH:

• ALWAYS wear your seatbelt.

In a collision, an unbelted

occupant is significantly more

likely to be seriously injured

or killed than a properly belt-

ed occupant.

• Avoid high speeds when cor-

nering or turning.

• Do not make quick steering

wheel movements, such as

sharp lane changes or fast,

sharp turns.

• The risk of rollover is greatly

increased if you lose control

of your vehicle at highway

speeds.

• Loss of control often occurs if

two or more wheels drop off

the roadway and the driver

over steers to reenter the

roadway.

(Continued)

• In the event your vehicle

leaves the roadway, do not

steer sharply. Instead, slow

down before pulling back into

the travel lanes.

• Genesis Branded Vehicle rec-

ommends you follow all post-

ed speed limits.

WARNING

5-19

Driving your vehicle

Automatic transmission opera-

tion

The automatic transmission has

eight forward speeds and one

reverse speed.

The individual speeds are selected

automatically in the D (Drive) posi-

tion.

AAUUTTOOMMAATTIICC TTRRAANNSSMMIISSSSIIOONN ((SSBBWW))

When you move the shift lever, depress the brake pedal while pressing the UNLOCK button.

UNLOCK button

ODH057231L

To reduce the risk of serious

injury or death:

• ALWAYS check the surround-

ing areas near your vehicle for

people, especially children,

before shifting a vehicle into

D (Drive) or R (Reverse).

• Before leaving the driver's

seat, always make sure the

shift lever is in the P (Park)

position, then set the parking

brake, and place the Engine

Start/Stop button in the OFF

position. Unexpected and

sudden vehicle movement

can occur if these precautions

are not followed.

WARNING

5-20

Driving your vehicle

Transmission ranges

The indicator in the instrument clus-

ter displays the shift lever position

when the Engine Start/Stop button is

in the ON position.

P (Park)

Always come to a complete stop

before shifting into P (Park).

To shift the gear from R (Reverse), N

(Neutral), D (Drive) or Manual shift

mode to P (Park), press the [P] but-

ton.

If you turn off the engine in D (Drive),

R (Reverse) or Manual shift mode

the shifting automatically changes to

P (Park).

When you park the vehicle, press the

[P] button while depressing the brake

pedal and then apply the parking

brake.

ODH057232

• Shifting into P (Park) while the

vehicle is in motion may

cause you to lose control of

the vehicle.

• After the vehicle has stopped,

always make sure the shift

lever is in P (Park), apply the

parking brake, and turn the

engine off.

• Do not use the P (Park) posi-

tion in place of the parking

brake.

WARNING

5-21

Driving your vehicle

R (Reverse)

Use this position to drive the vehicle

backward.

To move the shift lever to R

(Reverse), press the [UNLOCK] but-

ton while depressing the brake pedal

and then move the shift lever for-

ward.

N (Neutral)

In N (Neutral), if the driver attempts

to turn off the engine, the transmis-

sion remains in the N (Neutral) posi-

tion and the Engine Start/Stop button

will be in the ACC position.

To turn off the engine from the ACC

position, press the Engine Start/Stop

button to the ON position, press the

[P] button, and press the Engine

Start/Stop button to the OFF posi-

tion.

ODH057233

ODH057234

■ D (Drive) → R (Reverse)

Unlock Button

■ P (Park), N (Neutral) → R (Reverse)

Always come to a complete

stop before shifting into or out

of R (Reverse); you may dam-

age the transmission if you shift

into R (Reverse) while the vehi-

cle is in motion.

CAUTION

ODH057235

Unlock Button

■ R (Reverse), D (Drive) → N (Neutral)

5-22

Driving your vehicle

When either the driver's door or the

front passenger's door is opened

with the Engine Start/Stop button in

the ACC position and the shift lever

in N (Neutral) position, the engine is

automatically turned OFF and the

transmission automatically changes

to the P (Park) position.

D (Drive)

This is the normal driving position.

The transmission will automatically

shift through a 8-gear sequence, pro-

viding the best fuel economy and

power.

For extra power when passing anoth-

er vehicle or driving uphill, depress

the accelerator pedal further until

you feel the transmission downshift

to a lower gear.

To shift into D (Drive), depress the

brake pedal and press the

[UNLOCK] button on the shift Lever.

Move the shift lever backward.

To shift into D (Drive) from N

(Neutral), you must depress the

brake pedal.

✽✽

NOTICE

Always come to a complete stop

before shifting into D (Drive).

• Do not shift into gear unless

your foot is firmly on the

brake pedal. Use the N

(Neutral) position to idle a

vehicle for an extended period

of time. The wheels and the

transmission are not

engaged. While parking the

vehicle with the engine run-

ning, depress the brake pedal

or apply the parking brake.

• Do not drive with the shift

lever in N (Neutral). Doing so

may result in an accident

because of a loss of engine

braking and the transmission

could be damaged.

WARNING

ODH057236

ODH057237

■ R (Reverse) → D (Drive)

Unlock Button

■ P (Park), N (Neutral) → D (Drive)

5-23

Driving your vehicle

Paddle shifter

(Manual shift mode)

The paddle shifter is available when

the shift lever is in the D (Drive) posi-

tion.

Pull the [+] or [-] paddle shifter once

to shift up or down one gear and the

system changes from automatic

mode to manual shift mode.

To change back to the automatic shift

mode from manual shift mode, do

one of the following:

• Move the shift lever down toward

the D (Drive) position.

• Gently depress the accelerator

pedal for more than 5 seconds.

• Drive the vehicle under 4 mph (7

km/h).

• Pull and hold the right side paddle

shifter.

✽✽

NOTICE

If the [+] and [-] paddle shifters are

pulled at the same time, gear change

may not occur.

Shift-lock system

For your safety, the automatic trans-

mission has a shift-lock system

which prevents shifting the transmis-

sion from P (Park) into R (Reverse)

or D (Drive) unless the [UNLOCK]

button is pressed while depressing

the brake pedal.

To shift the transmission from P

(Park) into R (Reverse) or D (Drive):

1. Depress and hold the brake pedal.

2. Start the engine or place the

Engine Start/Stop button in the

ON position.

3. Move the shift lever to R (Reverse)

or D (Drive) while pressing the

[UNLOCK] button.

ODH053013

5-24

Driving your vehicle

When the battery is discharged:

You cannot move the shift lever,

when the battery is discharged.

In emergencies, do the following to

move the shift lever to N (Neutral) on

a level ground.

1. Connect the battery cables from

another vehicle or from a another

battery to the jump-starting termi-

nals inside the engine compart-

ment.

For more information refer to

"Jump Starting" in chapter 6.

2. Release the parking brake with

the Engine Start/Stop button in the

ON position.

3. Press the Engine Start/Stop but-

ton to the OFF position.

4. Remove the cap-cover (1) and

press the button (2) while

depressing the brake pedal. Then,

the gear will change to the N

(Neutral) position.

The button (2) should be pressed

within 3 minutes after turning OFF

the engine. In addition, the button

(2) operates only for 20 seconds

to change the gear between N

(Neutral) and P (Park) from the

time when the button (2) is first

pressed.

✽✽

NOTICE

In situations when the gear needs to

be changed from P (Park) to N

(Neutral) when the Engine Start/

Stop button is in the OFF position,

refer to step 4.

Parking

Always come to a complete stop and

continue to depress the brake pedal.

Move the shift lever into the P (Park)

position, apply the parking brake,

and place the Engine Start/Stop but-

ton in the OFF position. Take the Key

with you when exiting the vehicle.

ODH057238L

• When you stay in the vehicle

with the engine running, be

careful not to depress the

accelerator pedal for a long

period of time. The engine or

exhaust system may overheat

and start a fire.

• The exhaust gas and the

exhaust system are very hot.

Keep away from the exhaust

system components.

• Do not stop or park over flam-

mable materials, such as dry

grass, paper or leaves. They

may ignite and cause a fire.

WARNING

5-25

Driving your vehicle

LCD display messages

Shifter system Malfunction

The warning message appears on

the LCD display, when the transmis-

sion or the shift lever does not prop-

erly operate in the P (Park) position.

In this case, we recommend you to

immediately have the vehicle

inspected by an authorized retailer of

Genesis Branded products.

Check shift lever

The warning message appears on

the LCD display, when there is a mal-

function with one of the key trans-

mission shifter components.

In this case, we recommend you to

immediately have the vehicle

inspected by an authorized retailer of

Genesis Branded products.

Shifting conditions not met

The warning message appears on

the LCD display, when engine RPM

is too high, or when driving speed is

too fast to shift the gear.

We recommend you decrease the

engine speed or slow down before

shifting the gear.

ODH048598L

ODH037117L ODH058254L

5-26

Press brake pedal to change

gear

The warning message appears on

the LCD display, when the brake

pedal is not depressed while shifting

the gear.

We recommend you to depress the

brake pedal and then shift the gear.

Shift to P after stopping

The warning message appears on

the LCD display, when the brake

pedal is not depressed while shifting

the gear.

We recommend you depress the

brake pedal and then shift the gear.

Press UNLOCK to change gear

The warning message appears on

the LCD display, when the

[UNLOCK] button is not pressed

while shifting the gear. We recom-

mend you press the [UNLOCK] but-

ton and then shift the gear.

Driving your vehicle

ODH047599L

ODH057258L ODH057257L

5-27

Driving your vehicle

PARK engaged

The message appears on the LCD

display, when the P (Park) position is

engaged.

NEUTRAL engaged

The message appears on the LCD

display, when the N (Neutral) posi-

tion is engaged.

Good driving practices

• Never move the shift lever from P

(Park) or N (Neutral) to any other

position with the accelerator pedal

depressed.

• Never move the shift lever into P

(Park) when the vehicle is in

motion.

Be sure the vehicle is completely

stopped before you attempt to shift

into R (Reverse) or D (Drive).

• Do not move the shift lever to N

(Neutral) when driving. Doing so

may result in an accident because

of a loss of engine braking. Also, the

transmission could be damaged.

• Do not drive with your foot resting

on the brake pedal. Even light, but

consistent pedal pressure can

result in the brakes overheating,

brake wear and possibly even

brake failure.

• Depressing both accelerator and

brake pedals at the same time can

trigger logic for engine power

reduction to assure vehicle decel-

eration. Vehicle acceleration will

resume after the brake pedal is

released.

ODH057255L ODH057256L

5-28

Driving your vehicle

• When driving in Manual shift mode

with the paddle shifter, slow down

before shifting to a lower gear.

Otherwise, the lower gear may not

be engaged if the engine rpms are

outside of the allowable range.

• Always apply the parking brake

when leaving the vehicle. Do not

depend on placing the transmis-

sion in P (Park) to keep the vehicle

from moving.

• Exercise extreme caution when

driving on a slippery surface. Be

especially careful when braking,

accelerating or shifting gears. On a

slippery surface, an abrupt change

in vehicle speed can cause the

drive wheels to lose traction and

may cause loss of vehicle control

resulting in an accident.

• Optimum vehicle performance and

economy is obtained by smoothly

depressing and releasing the

accelerator.

• When using the paddle shifter

(Manual shift mode), do not use

engine braking (shifting from a high

gear to lower gear) rapidly on slip-

pery roads. The vehicle may slip

causing an accident.

✽✽

NOTICE - Kickdown

Mechanism

Use the kickdown mechanism for

maximum acceleration. Depress the

accelerator pedal beyond the pres-

sure point. The automatic transmis-

sion will shift to a lower gear

depending on the engine speed.

To reduce the risk of SERIOUS

INJURY or DEATH:

• ALWAYS wear your seatbelt.

In a collision, an unbelted

occupant is significantly more

likely to be seriously injured

or killed than a properly belt-

ed occupant.

• Avoid high speeds when cor-

nering or turning.

• Do not make quick steering

wheel movements, such as

sharp lane changes or fast,

sharp turns.

• The risk of rollover is greatly

increased if you lose control

of your vehicle at highway

speeds.

• Loss of control often occurs if

two or more wheels drop off

the roadway and the driver

over steers to reenter the

roadway.

(Continued)

• In the event your vehicle

leaves the roadway, do not

steer sharply. Instead, slow

down before pulling back into

the travel lanes.

• Genesis Branded Vehicle rec-

ommends you follow all post-

ed speed limits.

WARNING

5-29

Driving your vehicle

Using All Wheel Drive (AWD)

The All Wheel Drive (AWD) System

delivers engine power to front and

rear wheels for maximum traction.

AWD is useful when extra traction is

required, such as when driving on

slippery, muddy, wet, or snow-cov-

ered roads.

If the system determines there is a

need for four wheel drive, the

engine's driving power is distributed

to all four wheels automatically.

✽✽

NOTICE

• Do not drive in water if the level is

higher than the bottom of the vehi-

cle.

• Check your brake condition once

you are out of mud or water.

Depress the brake pedal several

times as you move slowly until you

feel normal braking return.

• Shorten your scheduled mainte-

nance interval if you drive in off-

road conditions such as sand, mud

or water (see "Maintenance Under

Severe Usage Conditions" in chap-

ter 7).

• Make sure that an AWD vehicle is

towed by flatbed tow truck.

AALLLL WWHHEEEELL DDRRIIVVEE ((AAWWDD)) ((IIFF EEQQUUIIPPPPEEDD))

To reduce the risk of SERIOUS

INJURY or DEATH:

• Do not drive in conditions that

exceed the vehicles intended

design such as challenging

off-road conditions.

• Avoid high speeds when cor-

nering or turning.

• Do not make quick steering

wheel movements, such as

sharp lane changes or fast,

sharp turns.

• The risk of a rollover is great-

ly increased if you lose con-

trol of your vehicle at highway

speeds.

• Loss of control often occurs if

two or more wheels drop off

the roadway and the driver

over steers to reenter the

roadway.

(Continued)

• In the event your vehicle

leaves the roadway, do not

steer sharply. Instead, slow

down before pulling back into

the travel lanes.

• Always drive safely and use

caution when driving an AWD

vehicle.

WARNING

If the AWD warning light ( )

stays on the instrument cluster,

your vehicle may have a mal-

function with the AWD system.

When the AWD warning light

( ) illuminates have your

vehicle checked by an author-

ized retailer of Genesis Branded

products as soon as possible.

WARNING

5-30

Driving your vehicle

For safe AWD operation

Before driving

• Make sure all passengers are

wearing seat belts.

• Sit upright and adjust the steering

wheel to a position comfortable for

you to drive.

Driving on snow-covered or icy

roads

• Start off slowly by applying the

accelerator pedal gently.

• Use of snow tires is recommended.

• Keep sufficient distance between

your vehicle and the vehicle in front

of you.

• When approaching a stop sign or

stop light, release the accelerator

pedal to provide engine braking

during deceleration.

• Avoid speeding, rapid acceleration,

sudden brake applications, and

sharp turns to prevent skids.

✽✽

NOTICE

• When using Snow Tires, mount

them on the rear wheels.

• If tire chains must be used, use

AutoSock (fabric snow chain) and

install the tire chain after review-

ing the instructions provided with

the tire chains.

For more information on Snow Tires

and Tire Chains, refer to "Winter

Driving" in this chapter.

Driving in sand or mud

• Maintain slow and constant speed.

• Keep sufficient distance between

your vehicle and the vehicle in front

of you.

• Reduce vehicle speed and always

check the road condition.

• Avoid speeding, rapid acceleration,

sudden brake applications, and

sharp turns to prevent getting

stuck.

When the vehicle is stuck in

snow, sand or mud, avoid run-

ning the engine continuously at

high rpm, doing so may damage

the tires, transmission, differen-

tial or AWD system.

CAUTION

5-31

Driving your vehicle

Driving up or down hills

• Driving uphill

- Before starting off, check if it is

possible to drive uphill.

- Drive as straight as possible.

• Driving downhill

- Do not change gear while driving

downhill. Select gear before driv-

ing downhill.

- Drive slowly and select Manual

Shift Mode to provide engine

braking while driving downhill.

- Drive straight as possible.

Emergency precautions

Tires

When replacing the tires, be sure to

equip all four tires with the tire and

wheel of the same size, type, tread,

brand and load-carrying capacity.

When replacing the tires, be sure to

equip the same size, type, tread,

brand and load-carrying capacity.

In an emergency situation, a com-

pact spare tire may be used. But, do

not use the compact spare tire con-

tinuously. Repair or replace the origi-

nal tire as soon as possible to avoid

failure of the differential or AWD sys-

tem.

Do not use tire and wheel with

different size and type from the

one originally installed on your

vehicle. It can affect the safety

and performance of your vehi-

cle, which could lead to steering

failure or rollover causing seri-

ous injury.

WARNING

Never start or run the engine

while an AWD vehicle is raised

on a jack.The vehicle can slip or

roll off of a jack causing serious

injury or death to you or those

nearby.

WARNING

ODH057139

Exercise extreme caution driv-

ing up or down steep hills. The

vehicle may flip depending on

the grade, terrain and water/

mud conditions.

WARNING

5-32

Driving your vehicle

Towing

AWD vehicles must be towed with all

wheels off the ground, either on a

flatbed tow truck or using doilies.

For more detail, refer to "Towing"

in chapter 6.

Vehicle inspection

• If the vehicle needs to be operated

on a vehicle lift do not attempt to

stop any of the four wheels for turn-

ing. This could damage the sys-

tem.

• Never engage the parking brake

while running the engine on a car

lift. This may damage the AWD

system.

Dynamometer testing

An AWD vehicle must be tested on a

special four wheel chassis

dynamometer.

An AWD vehicle should not be tested

on a 2WD roll tester. If a 2WD roll

tester must be used, perform the fol-

lowing procedure:

1. Check the tire pressures recom-

mended for your vehicle.

2. Place the rear wheels on the roll

tester for a speedometer test as

shown in the illustration.

3. Release the parking brake.

4. Place the front wheels on the tem-

porary free roller as shown in the

illustration.

ODH057141N

Roll Tester (Speedometer)

Temporary Free Roller

Keep away from the front of the

vehicle while the vehicle is in

gear on the dynamometer. The

vehicle can jump forward and

cause serious injury or death.

WARNING

5-33

Driving your vehicle

Power brakes

Your vehicle has power-assisted

brakes that adjust automatically

through normal usage.

If the engine is not running or is

turned off while driving, the power

assist for the brakes will not work.

You can still stop your vehicle by

applying greater force to the brake

pedal than typical. The stopping dis-

tance, however, will be longer than

with power brakes.

When the engine is not running, the

reserve brake power is partially

depleted each time the brake pedal

is applied. Do not pump the brake

pedal when the power assist has

been interrupted.

Pump the brake pedal only when

necessary to maintain steering con-

trol on slippery surfaces.

BBRRAAKKIINNGG SSYYSSTTEEMM

Take the following precautions:

• Do not drive with your foot

resting on the brake pedal.

This will create abnormal high

brake temperatures, exces-

sive brake lining and pad

wear, and increased stopping

distances.

• When descending a long or

steep hill, shift to a lower gear

and avoid continuous applica-

tion of the brakes. Applying

the brakes continuously will

cause the brakes to overheat

and could result in a tempo-

rary loss of braking perform-

ance.

(Continued)

• Wet brakes may impair the

vehicle's ability to safely slow

down; the vehicle may also

pull to one side when the

brakes are applied. Applying

the brakes lightly will indicate

whether they have been

affected in this way. Always

test your brakes in this fash-

ion after driving through deep

water. To dry the brakes, light-

ly tap the brake pedal to heat

up the brakes while maintain-

ing a safe forward speed until

brake performance returns to

normal. Avoid driving at high

speeds until the brakes func-

tion correctly.

WARNING

5-34

Driving your vehicle

Disc brakes wear indicator

When your brake pads are worn and

new pads are required, you will hear

a high pitched warning sound from

your front or rear brakes. You may

hear this sound come and go or it

may occur whenever you depress

the brake pedal.

Please remember some driving con-

ditions or climates may cause a

brake squeal when you first apply (or

lightly apply) the brakes. This is nor-

mal and does not indicate a problem

with your brakes.

✽✽

NOTICE

Always replace brake pads as com-

plete front or rear axle sets.

Foot parking brake

(if equipped)

Always set the parking brake before

leaving the vehicle, to apply:

Firmly depress the brake pedal.

Depress the parking brake pedal

down as far as possible.

To release:

Firmly depress the brake pedal.

Depress the parking brake pedal

down and it will release automatical-

ly.

If the parking brake does not release

or does not release all the way, have

your vehicle checked by an author-

ized retailer of Genesis Branded

products.

To avoid costly brake repairs,

do not continue to drive with

worn brake pads.

CAUTION

ODH053142

ODH053143

To reduce the risk of SERIOUS

INJURY or DEATH, do not oper-

ate the parking brake while the

vehicle is moving except in an

emergency situation. It could

damage the brake system and

lead to an accident.

WARNING

5-35

Driving your vehicle

Check the Parking

Brake Warning Light

by placing the Engine

Start/Stop button to

the ON position (do

not start the engine).

This light will be illuminated when the

parking brake is applied with the

Engine Start/Stop button in the

START or ON position.

Before driving, be sure the parking

brake is released and the Brake

Warning Light is OFF.

If the Parking Brake Warning Light

remains on after the parking brake is

released while engine is running,

there may be a malfunction in the

brake system. Immediate attention is

necessary.

If at all possible, cease driving the

vehicle immediately. If that is not pos-

sible, use extreme caution while

operating the vehicle and only con-

tinue to drive the vehicle until you

can reach a safe location.

• Whenever leaving the vehicle

or parking, always come to a

complete stop and continue

to depress the brake pedal.

Move the shift lever into P

(Park) position, then apply the

parking brake, and place the

Engine Start/Stop button in

the OFF position.

Vehicles with the parking

brake not fully engaged are at

risk for moving inadvertently

and causing injury to yourself

or others.

• NEVER allow anyone who is

unfamiliar with the vehicle to

touch the parking brake. If the

parking brake is released

unintentionally, serious injury

may occur.

• Only release the parking

brake when you are seated

inside the vehicle with your

foot firmly on the brake pedal.

WARNING

• Do not apply the accelerator

pedal while the parking brake

is engaged. If you depress the

accelerator pedal with the

parking brake engaged, warn-

ing will sound. Damage to the

parking brake may occur.

• Driving with the parking brake

on can overheat the braking

system and cause premature

wear or damage to brake

parts. Make sure the parking

brake is released and the

Brake Warning Light is off

before driving.

CAUTION

5-36

Driving your vehicle

Electronic parking brake (EPB)

Applying the parking brake

To apply the EPB (Electronic

Parking Brake):

1. Depress the brake pedal.

2. Pull up the EPB switch.

Make sure the Parking Brake

Warning Light comes on.

Also, the EPB is applied automatical-

ly if the [AUTO HOLD] switch is on

when the engine is turned off.

However, if you press the EPB switch

within one second after the engine is

turned off, the EPB will not be

applied.

Releasing the parking brake

To release the EPB (Electronic

Parking Brake), press the EPB

switch in the following condition:

• Place the Engine Start/Stop button

in the ON position.

• Depress the brake pedal.

Make sure the Parking Brake

Warning Light goes off.

ODH053016

ODH053017

To reduce the risk of SERIOUS

INJURY or DEATH, do not oper-

ate the EPB while the vehicle is

moving except in an emergency

situation. It could damage the

brake system and lead to an

accident.

WARNING

5-37

Driving your vehicle

To release EPB (Electronic Parking

Brake) automatically:

• Shift lever in P (Park)

With the engine running depress

the brake pedal and shift out of P

(Park) to R (Rear) or D (Drive).

• Shift lever in N (Neutral)

With the engine running depress

the brake pedal and shift out of N

(Neutral) to R (Rear) or D (Drive).

• Satisfy the following conditions

1. Start the engine.

2. Fasten the driver's seat belt.

3. Close the driver's door, engine

hood and trunk.

4. Depress the accelerator pedal

while the shift lever is in D

(Drive) or R (Reverse).

Make sure the Parking Brake

Warning Light goes off.

✽✽

NOTICE

• For your safety, you can engage

the EPB even though the Engine

Stop/Start button is in the OFF

position, but you cannot release it.

• For your safety, depress the brake

pedal and release the parking

brake manually with the EPB

switch when you drive downhill or

when backing up the vehicle.

When the EPB (Electronic Parking

Brake) does not release:

Contact an authorized retailer of

Genesis Branded products by load-

ing the vehicle on a flatbed tow truck

and have the system checked.

• If the Parking Brake Warning

Light is still on even though

the EPB has been released,

have your vehicle checked by

an authorized retailer of

Genesis Branded products.

• Do not drive your vehicle with

the EPB applied. It may cause

excessive brake pad and

brake rotor wear.

CAUTION

5-38

Driving your vehicle

EPB (Electronic Parking Brake)

may be automatically applied

when:

• The EPB is overheated

• Requested by other systems

• The engine is turned off with the

EPB applied

✽✽

NOTICE

If the driver turns the engine off

while Auto Hold is operating, EPB

will be automatically applied.

However, if you press the EPB

switch within one second after the

engine is turned off, the EPB will not

be applied.

Warning messages

To release EPB, fasten seatbelt,

close door, hood, and trunk

• If you try to drive with the EPB

applied, a warning will sound and a

message will appear.

• If the driver's seat belt is not fas-

tened and the hood or trunk is

opened, a warning will sound and

a message will appear.

• If there is a problem with the vehi-

cle, a warning may sound and a

message may appear.

If the situation occurs, depress the

brake pedal and release EPB by

pressing the EPB switch.

ODH047589L

• Whenever leaving the vehicle

or parking, always come to a

complete stop and continue

to depress the brake pedal.

Move the shift lever into the P

(Park) position, press the EPB

switch, and press the Engine

Start/Stop button to the OFF

position. Take the Smart Key

with you when exiting the

vehicle.

Vehicles not fully engaged in

P (Park) with the parking

brake set are at risk for mov-

ing inadvertently and causing

injury to yourself or others.

• NEVER allow anyone who is

unfamiliar with the vehicle to

touch the EPB switch. If the

EPB is released unintentional-

ly, serious injury may occur.

(Continued)

WARNING

5-39

Driving your vehicle

✽✽

NOTICE

• A clicking sound may be heard

while operating or releasing the

EPB. These conditions are normal

and indicate that the EPB is func-

tioning properly.

• When leaving your keys with a

parking lot attendant or valet,

make sure to inform him/her how

to operate the EPB.

AUTO HOLD turning Off!

Press brake pedal

When the conversion from Auto Hold

to EPB is not working properly a

warning will sound and a message

will appear.

(Continued)

• Only release the EPB when

you are seated inside the

vehicle with your foot firmly

on the brake pedal.

• Do not apply the accelerator

pedal while the parking brake

is engaged. If you depress the

accelerator pedal with the

EPB engaged, a warning will

sound and a message will

appear.

Damage to the parking brake

may occur.

• Driving with the parking brake

on can overheat the braking

system and cause premature

wear or damage to brake

parts. Make sure the EPB is

released and the Parking

Brake Warning Light is off

before driving.

CAUTION

ODH048461N

5-40

Driving your vehicle

Parking brake automatically

engaged

If the EPB is applied while Auto Hold

is activated, a warning will sound and

a message will appear.

EPB malfunction indicator

(if equipped)

If the EPB Malfunction Indicator

remains on, comes on while driving,

or does not come on when the

Engine Start/Stop button is in the ON

position, this indicates the EPB may

have malfunctioned. Have your vehi-

cle checked by an authorized retailer

of Genesis Branded products as

soon as possible.

The EPB Malfunction Indicator may

illuminate when the ESC indicator

comes on to indicate that the ESC is

not working properly, but it does not

indicate a malfunction of the EPB.

ODH048457N

ODH057230

• If the EPB Malfunction

Indicator is still on, have the

system checked by an author-

ized retailer of Genesis

Branded products.

• If the Parking Brake Warning

Light does not illuminate or

blinks even though the EPB

switch was pulled up, the EPB

may not be applied.

• If the Parking Brake Warning

Light blinks when the EPB

Malfunction Indicator is on,

press the EPB switch, then

pull it up. Once more, press

the switch back to its original

position and pull it back up. If

the EPB Malfunction Indicator

does not go off, have your

vehicle checked by an author-

ized retailer of Genesis

Branded products.

CAUTION

5-41

Driving your vehicle

Emergency braking

If there is a problem with the brake

pedal while driving, emergency brak-

ing is possible by pulling up and

holding the EPB switch. Braking is

possible only while you are holding

the EPB switch. However, braking

distance will be longer than normal.

✽✽

NOTICE

During emergency braking the

Parking Brake Warning Light will

illuminate to indicate that the sys-

tem is operating.

AUTO HOLD (if equipped)

This feature keeps the brake applied

when the shift lever is in D (Drive), R

(Reverse), N (Neutral) or Manual

Shift Mode with the feature enabled

and when the brake pedal has been

depressed to stop the vehicle.

To apply:

1. Press the [AUTO HOLD] switch.

The AUTO HOLD indicator will illu-

minate white and the system will

be in the standby position.

Do not operate the parking

brake while the vehicle is mov-

ing except in an emergency sit-

uation. It could damage the

brake system and lead to a

severe accident.

WARNING

If there is a noise or burning

smell after using the emergency

brake, have your vehicle

checked by an authorized retail-

er of Genesis Branded products

as soon as possible.

CAUTION

ODH057018

5-42

Driving your vehicle

2. When you stop the vehicle com-

pletely by depressing the brake

pedal, the Auto Hold maintains the

brake pressure to hold the vehicle

stationary. The indicator changes

from white to green.

3. The vehicle will remain stationary

even if you release the brake

pedal.

4. If EPB is applied, Auto Hold will be

released.

To release:

• Press the accelerator pedal with

the shift lever in R (Reverse), D

(Drive) and R (Reverse), the Auto

Hold will be released automatically

and the vehicle will start to move.

The indicator changes from green

to white.

• If the vehicle is restarted using the

smart cruise control lever (RES+ or

SET-) while Auto Hold and smart

cruise control is operating (The

green AUTO HOLD indicator), the

Auto Hold will be released regard-

less of accelerator pedal operation.

To cancel:

1. Depress the brake pedal.

2. Press the [AUTO HOLD] switch.

The AUTO HOLD indicator will

turn off.

ODH053019

ODH057020

5-43

Driving your vehicle

✽✽

NOTICE

• The Auto Hold does not operate

when:

- The driver's seat belt is unbuck-

led and the driver's door is

opened

- The engine hood is opened

- The trunk is opened

- The shift lever is in P (Park)

- The EPB is applied

• For your safety, the Auto Hold

automatically switches to EPB

when:

- The driver's seat belt is unbuck-

led and the driver's door is

opened

- The engine hood is opened with

the shift lever in D (Drive)

- The trunk is opened with the

shift lever in R (Reverse)

- The vehicle is in a standstill for

more than 10 minutes

- The vehicle is standing on a steep

slope

- The vehicle moved several times

(Continued)

In these cases, the Parking Brake

Warning Light comes on, the

AUTO HOLD indicator changes

from green to white, and warning

sounds and a message will appear

to inform you that EPB has been

automatically engaged. Before

driving again, depress the brake

pedal, check the surrounding area

near your vehicle and release the

parking brake manually with the

EPB switch.

• If the AUTO HOLD indicator

changes to yellow, the Auto Hold is

not work properly. Take your

vehicle to an authorized retailer of

Genesis Branded products and

have the system checked.

• If there is a malfunction with the

driver's door, hood or trunk open

detection system, the Auto Hold

may not work properly. Take your

vehicle to an authorized retailer of

Genesis Branded products and

have the system checked.

To prevent, unexpected and

sudden vehicle movement,

ALWAYS press your foot on the

brake pedal to cancel the Auto

Hold before you:

- Drive downhill.

- Drive the vehicle in R (Reverse).

- Park the vehicle.

WARNING

5-44

Driving your vehicle

Warning messages

Parking brake automatically

engaged

When the EPB is applied from Auto

Hold, a warning will sound and a

message will appear.

AUTO HOLD turning Off!

Press brake pedal

When the conversion from Auto Hold

to EPB is not working properly a

warning will sound and a message

will appear.

Depress the brake pedal when the

above message appears for the Auto

Hold and EPB may not activate.

Press brake pedal to deactivate

AUTO HOLD

If you did not apply the brake pedal

when you release the Auto Hold by

pressing the [AUTO HOLD] switch, a

warning will sound and a message

will appear.

ODH048457N

ODH048461N ODH047463L

5-45

Driving your vehicle

AUTO HOLD conditions not met.

Close door, hood, and trunk; fasten

seatbelt

When you press the [AUTO HOLD]

switch, if the driver's door, engine

hood and trunk are not closed or the

driver's seat belt is not fastened, a

warning will sound and a message

will appear on the LCD display. In

that time, press the [AUTO HOLD]

button after closing the driver's door,

engine hood and trunk and fastening

the seat belt.

Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)

ODH048590N

An Anti-Lock Braking System

(ABS) or an Electronic Stability

Control (ESC) system will not

prevent accidents due to

improper or dangerous driving

maneuvers. Even though vehi-

cle control is improved during

emergency braking, always

maintain a safe distance

between you and objects ahead

of you. Vehicle speeds should

always be reduced during

extreme road conditions. The

braking distance for cars

equipped with ABS or ESC may

be longer than for those without

these systems in the following

road conditions under which

you must drive your vehicle at

reduced speeds:

(Continued)

• Rough, gravel or snow-cov-

ered roads.

• On roads where the road sur-

face is pitted or has different

surface height.

• Tire chains are installed on

your vehicle.

The safety features of an ABS

or ESC equipped vehicle should

not be tested by high speed

driving or cornering. This could

endanger the safety of yourself

or others.

WARNING

5-46

Driving your vehicle

ABS is an electronic braking system

that helps prevent a braking skid.

ABS allows the driver to steer and

brake at the same time.

Using ABS

To obtain the maximum benefit from

your ABS in an emergency situation,

do not attempt to modulate your

brake pressure and do not try to

pump your brakes. Depress your

brake pedal as hard as possible.

When you apply your brakes under

conditions which may lock the

wheels, you may hear sounds from

the brakes, or feel a corresponding

sensation in the brake pedal. This is

normal and it means your ABS is

active.

ABS does not reduce the time or dis-

tance it takes to stop the vehicle.

Always maintain a safe distance from

the vehicle in front of you.

ABS will not prevent a skid that

results from sudden changes in

direction, such as trying to take a

corner too fast or making a sudden

lane change. Always drive at a safe

speed for the road and weather con-

ditions.

ABS cannot prevent a loss of stabili-

ty. Always steer moderately when

braking hard. Severe or sharp steer-

ing wheel movement can still cause

your vehicle to veer into oncoming

traffic or off the road.

On loose or uneven road surfaces,

operation of the anti-lock brake sys-

tem may result in a longer stopping

distance than for vehicles equipped

with a conventional brake system.

The ABS warning light ( ) will stay

on for several seconds after the

Engine Start/Stop button is in the ON

position. During that time, the ABS

will go through self-diagnosis and the

light will go off if everything is nor-

mal. If the light stays on, you may

have a problem with your ABS.

Contact an authorized retailer of

Genesis Branded products as soon

as possible

5-47

Driving your vehicle

✽✽

NOTICE

When you jump start your vehicle

because of a drained battery, the

ABS warning light ( ) may turn

on at the same time. This happens

because of the low battery voltage. It

does not mean your ABS is malfunc-

tioning. Have the battery recharged

before driving the vehicle.

If the ABS warning light ( ) is

on and stays on, you may have

a problem with the ABS. Your

power brakes will work normal-

ly. To reduce the risk of serious

injury or death, contact your

authorized retailer of Genesis

Branded products as soon as

possible.

WARNING

When you drive on a road hav-

ing poor traction, such as an icy

road, and apply your brakes

continuously, the ABS will be

active continuously and the

ABS warning light ( ) may

illuminate. Pull your car over to

a safe place and turn the engine

off.

Restart the engine. If the ABS

warning light is off, then your

ABS system is normal.

Otherwise, you may have a

problem with your ABS system.

Contact an authorized retailer

of Genesis Branded products

as soon as possible.

CAUTION

5-48

Driving your vehicle

Electronic Stability Control

(ESC)

The Electronic Stability Control

(ESC) system helps to stabilize the

vehicle during cornering maneuvers.

ESC checks where you are steering

and where the vehicle is actually

going. ESC applies braking pressure

to any one of the vehicle's brakes

and intervenes in the engine man-

agement system to assist the driver

with keeping the vehicle on the

intended path. It is not a substitute

for safe driving practices. Always

adjust your speed and driving to the

road conditions.

ESC operation

ESC ON condition

When the Engine Start/Stop button

is in the ON position, the ESC and

the ESC OFF indicator lights illumi-

nate for approximately three seconds

and goes off, then the ESC is turned

on.

When operating

When the ESC is in opera-

tion, the ESC indicator light

blinks:

• When you apply your brakes under

conditions which may lock the

wheels, you may hear sounds from

the brakes, or feel a corresponding

sensation in the brake pedal. This

is normal and it means your ESC is

active.

• When the ESC activates, the

engine may not respond to the

accelerator as it does under rou-

tine conditions.

• If the Cruise Control was in use

when the ESC activates, the

Cruise Control automatically disen-

gages. The Cruise Control can be

reengaged when the road condi-

tions allow. See "Cruise Control

System" later in this chapter. (if

equipped)

Never drive too fast for the road

conditions or too quickly when

cornering. The ESC system will

not prevent accidents.

Excessive speed in turns, abrupt

maneuvers, and hydroplaning

on wet surfaces can result in

severe accidents.

WARNING

ODH054163N

5-49

Driving your vehicle

• When moving out of the mud or

driving on a slippery road, the

engine rpm (revolutions per

minute) may not increase even if

you press the accelerator pedal

deeply. This is to maintain the sta-

bility and traction of the vehicle and

does not indicate a problem.

ESC OFF condition

To cancel ESC operation :

• State 1

Press the ESC OFF button shortly

(ESC OFF indicator light illumi-

nates). At this state, the engine con-

trol function does not operate. In

other words, the traction control

function does not operate but only

the brake control function operates.

• State 2

Press the ESC OFF button for more

than 3 seconds. ESC OFF indicator

light illuminates and ESC OFF warn-

ing chime will sound. At this state,

the engine control function and brake

control function does not operate. In

other words, the vehicle stability con-

trol function does not operate any

more.

If the Engine Start/Stop button is

pressed to the OFF position when

ESC is off, ESC remains off. Upon

restarting the engine, the ESC will

automatically turn on again.

Indicator lights

When the Engine Start/Stop button

is pressed to the ON position, the

ESC indicator light illuminates, then

goes off if the ESC system is operat-

ing normally.

The ESC indicator light blinks when-

ever the ESC is operating.

If ESC indicator light stays on, your

vehicle may have a malfunction with

the ESC system. When this warning

light illuminates have your vehicle

checked by an authorized retailer of

Genesis Branded products as soon

as possible.

■ ESC indicator light (blinks)

■ ESC OFF indicator light (comes on)

5-50

Driving your vehicle

The ESC OFF indicator light comes

on when the ESC is turned off from

the User Settings Mode.

ESC OFF usage

When inspecting

The ESC should be off when

inspecting the vehicle. To turn ESC

off while inspecting, select ESC OFF

from the User Settings Mode (Driving

Assist) on the LCD display. The ESC

OFF indicator light will illuminate and

warning chime will sound. After

inspection, turn the ESC on by

selecting ESC ON from the User

Settings Mode (Driving Assist) on

the LCD display.

When Driving

The ESC OFF mode should only be

used briefly to help free the vehicle if

stuck in snow or mud by temporarily

stopping operation of the ESC to

maintain wheel torque.

To turn ESC off while driving, press

the ESC OFF button while driving on

a flat road surface.

✽✽

NOTICE

Turning the ESC off does not affect

ABS or standard brake system oper-

ation.

When the ESC is blinking, this

indicates the ESC is active:

Drive slowly and NEVER

attempt to accelerate. NEVER

turn the ESC off while the ESC

indicator light is blinking or you

may lose control of the vehicle

resulting in an accident.

WARNING

Driving with varying tire or

wheel sizes may cause the ESC

system to malfunction. When

replacing tires, make sure they

are the same size as your origi-

nal tires for this vehicle.

CAUTION

To prevent damage to the trans-

mission:

• Do not allow wheel(s) of one

axle to spin excessively while

the ESC, ABS, and brake

warning lights are displayed.

The repairs would not be cov-

ered by the vehicle warranty.

Reduce engine power and do

not spin the wheel(s) exces-

sively while these lights are

displayed.

• When operating the vehicle

on a dynamometer, ensure the

ESC is turned off (ESC OFF

light illuminated).

CAUTION

5-51

Driving your vehicle

Vehicle Stability Management

(VSM) (if equipped)

The Vehicle Stability Management

(VSM) is a function of the Electronic

Stability Control (ESC) system. It

helps ensure the vehicle stays stable

when accelerating or braking sud-

denly on wet, slippery and rough

roads where traction over the four

tires can suddenly become uneven.

VSM operation

VSM ON condition

The VSM operates when:

• The Electronic Stability Control

(ESC) is on.

• Vehicle speed is approximately

above 9 mph (15 km/h) on curve

roads.

• Vehicle speed is approximately

above 12 mph (20 km/h) when the

vehicle is braking on rough roads.

When operating

When you apply your brakes under

conditions which may activate the

ESC, you may hear sounds from the

brakes, or feel a corresponding sen-

sation in the brake pedal. This is nor-

mal and it means your VSM is active.

✽✽

NOTICE

The VSM does not operate when:

• Driving on a banked road such as

gradient or incline

• Driving rearward.

• ESC OFF indicator light is on.

• EPS (Electric Power Steering)

warning light ( ) is on or blinks.

Take the following precautions

when using the Vehicle Stability

Management (VSM):

• ALWAYS check the speed and

the distance to the vehicle

ahead. The VSM is not a sub-

stitute for safe driving prac-

tices.

• Never drive too fast for the

road conditions.The VSM sys-

tem will not prevent acci-

dents. Excessive speed in bad

weather, slippery and uneven

roads can result in severe

accidents.

WARNING

Driving with wheels and tires

with different sizes may cause

the VSM system to malfunction.

Before replacing tires, make

sure all four tires and wheels

are the original size. Never drive

the vehicle with different sized

tires and wheels than what is

recommended.

CAUTION

If ESC indicator light ( ) or

EPS warning light ( ) stays on

or blinks, your vehicle may have

a malfunction with the VSM sys-

tem. When the warning light illu-

minates we recommend that the

vehicle be checked by an

authorized retailer of Genesis

Branded products as soon as

possible.

WARNING

5-52

Driving your vehicle

Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC)

The Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC)

helps prevent the vehicle from rolling

backwards when starting a vehicle

from a stop on a hill. The system

operates the brakes automatically for

approximately 2 seconds and releas-

es the brake when the accelerator

pedal is depressed or after 2 sec-

onds.

✽✽

NOTICE

• The HAC does not operate when

the shift lever is in P (Park) or N

(Neutral)

• The HAC activates even though

the ESC (Electronic Stability

Control) is off but does not acti-

vate when the ESC has malfunc-

tioned.

Good braking practices

Wet brakes can be dangerous! The

brakes may get wet if the vehicle is

driven through standing water or if it

is washed. Your vehicle will not stop

as quickly if the brakes are wet. Wet

brakes may cause the vehicle to pull

to one side.

To dry the brakes, apply the brakes

lightly until the braking action returns

to normal, taking care to keep the

vehicle under control at all times. If

the braking action does not return to

normal, stop as soon as it is safe to

do so and call an authorized retailer

of Genesis Branded products for

assistance.

DO NOT drive with your foot resting

on the brake pedal. Even light, but

constant pedal pressure can result in

the brakes overheating, brake wear,

and possibly even brake failure.

If a tire goes flat while you are driv-

ing, apply the brakes gently and

keep the vehicle pointed straight

ahead while you slow down. When

you are moving slowly enough for it

to be safe to do so, pull off the road

and stop in a safe location.

Keep your foot firmly on the brake

pedal when the vehicle is stopped to

prevent the vehicle from rolling for-

ward.

Always be ready to depress the

accelerator pedal when starting

off on a incline. The HAC acti-

vates only for approximately 2

seconds.

WARNING

Whenever leaving the vehicle or

parking, always come to a com-

plete stop and continue to

depress the brake pedal. Move

the shift lever into the P (Park)

position, then apply the parking

brake, and place the Engine

Start/Stop button in the OFF

position.

Vehicles with the parking brake

not fully engaged are at risk for

moving inadvertently and caus-

ing injury to yourself or others.

WARNING

5-53

Driving your vehicle

The Electronic Control Suspension

(ECS) controls the vehicle suspen-

sion automatically to maximize driv-

ing comfort by taking into account

the driving conditions such as speed,

surface of the road, cornering, stop-

ping requirements and acceleration.

ECS (Electronic Control

Suspension) malfunction indi-

cator

If the ECS warning message comes

on, you may have a problem with the

ECS system.

We recommend that the system be

checked by an authorized retailer of

Genesis Branded products.

Dynamic Stability Damping

Control (DSDC)

The Dynamic Stability Damping

Control (DSDC) provides comfort rid-

ing and driving stability by meticu-

lously optimizing the suspension

power during sharp curving or abrupt

obstacle avoidance.

Operating conditions

• The DSDC is activated, when driv-

ing speed exceeds 50 km/h.

• The DSDC does not operate, when

the Electronic Stability Control

(ESC) is deactivated.

EELLEECCTTRROONNIICC CCOONNTTRROOLL SSUUSSPPEENNSSIIOONN ((EECCSS)) ((IIFF EEQQUUIIPPPPEEDD))

ODH057166L

5-54

Driving your vehicle

The drive mode may be selected

according to the driver's preference

or road condition.

The drive mode will change to NOR-

MAL mode when the engine is

restarted, However, except when it is

in ECO mode. ECO mode will be

maintained, as selected when the

engine is restarted.

✽✽

NOTICE

If there is a problem with the

Electronic Stability Control (ESC)

system, the drive mode will be in

NORMAL mode and may not

change to ECO mode, SPORT mode

or SNOW mode.

• The mode changes whenever the

DRIVE MODE switch is pressed.

When NORMAL mode is selected,

it is not displayed on the instrument

cluster.

• When the DRIVE MODE switch is

pressed for more than one second,

the SNOW mode will operate

regardless of whichever DRIVE

mode (NORMAL/ECO/SPORT) is

operating. If the switch is pressed

once more, the DRIVE mode

(NORMAL/ECO/SPORT) that was

operating previously will operate.

• The selected mode is displayed on

the AVN monitor.

ODH057021

NORMAL

SPORT ECO

The Dynamic Stability Damping

Control (DSDC) does not oper-

ate, when there is malfunction

with the Electronic Stability

Control (ESC).

The Dynamic Stability Damping

Control(DSDC) is limited in fol-

lowing situations:

- There are wide variations in

tire pressures.

- The vehicle is driven on a

steep slope.

- The vehicle is driven on a

rough, rugged surface.

CAUTION

NEVER install any tires/wheels

in different sizes or of different

models on your vehicle. It may

cause a malfunction of the

Dynamic Stability Damping

Control (DSDC).

WARNING

DDRRIIVVEE MMOODDEE IINNTTEEGGRRAATTEEDD CCOONNTTRROOLL SSYYSSTTEEMM

5-55

Driving your vehicle

ECO mode (Active ECO)

Active ECO helps improve

fuel efficiency by control-

ling certain engine and

transmission system

operating parameters.

Fuel efficiency depends on the dri-

ver's driving habit and road condi-

tion.

• When the DRIVE MODE switch is

pressed and the ECO mode is

selected, the ECO indicator

(green) will illuminate to show that

the Active ECO is operating.

When Active ECO is activated:

• The acceleration response may be

slightly reduced as the accelerator

pedal is depressed moderately.

• The air conditioner performance

may be limited.

• The shift pattern of the automatic

transmission may change.

• The engine noise may get louder.

The above situations are normal

conditions when the Active ECO sys-

tem is activated to improve fuel effi-

ciency.

Limitation of Active ECO opera-

tion:

If the following conditions occur while

Active ECO is operating, the system

operation is limited even though

there is no change in the ECO indi-

cator.

• When the coolant temperature is

low:

The system will be limited until

engine performance becomes nor-

mal.

• When driving up a hill:

The system will be limited to gain

power when driving uphill because

engine torque is restricted.

• When using the automatic trans-

mission Sports mode:

The system will be limited accord-

ing to the shift location.

ECO

5-56

Driving your vehicle

SPORT mode

SPORT mode focuses on

dynamic driving by auto-

matically adjusting the

steering wheel, engine

and transmission system.

• When the DRIVE MODE switch is

pressed and the SPORT mode is

selected, the SPORT indicator

(yellow) will illuminate.

• When the SPORT mode is activat-

ed, and the engine is turned off

and on it will change to NORMAL

mode. To turn on the SPORT

mode, press the DRIVE MODE

switch again.

• If the system is activated:

- After accelerating and releasing

the accelerator pedal, the gear

and engine speed RPM may not

drop as soon as in NORMAL

mode.

- Up-shifting is delayed.

✽✽

NOTICE

In SPORT mode, the fuel efficiency

may decrease.

SNOW mode (if equipped)

SNOW mode helps the

driver to drive more effec-

tively on slippery roads

such as snowy or muddy

roads.

• When the DRIVE MODE switch is

pressed for more than one second,

the SNOW mode will operate

regardless of whichever drive

mode (NORMAL/ECO/SPORT) is

operating. If the switch is pressed

once more, the drive mode (NOR-

MAL/ECO/SPORT) that was oper-

ating previously will operate.

SPORT

SNOW

5-57

Driving your vehicle

The Blind-Spot Collision Warning

(BCW) system uses radar sensors in

the rear bumper to monitor and warn

the driver of an approaching vehicle

in the driver's blind spot area.

The system monitors the rear area of

the vehicle and provides information

to the driver with an audible alert and

an indicator on the outer side view

mirrors.

(1) BCW (Blind-Spot Collision

Warning) : Blind spot area

The Blind-Spot Collision Warning

(BCW) range varies relative to

vehicle speed. Note that if your

vehicle is traveling much faster

than the vehicles around you, the

warning will not occur.

(2) BCW (Blind-Spot Collision

Warning) : Closing at high speed

The BCW-Closing at high speed

feature will alert you when a vehi-

cle is approaching in an adjacent

lane at a high rate of speed. If the

driver activates the turn signal

when the system detects an

oncoming vehicle, the system

sounds an audible alert.

(3) RCCW (Rear Cross-Traffic

Collision Warning)

The RCCW feature monitors

approaching cross traffic from the

left and right side of the vehicle

when your vehicle is in reverse.

The feature will operate when the

vehicle is moving in reverse below

about 6 mph (10 km/h). If oncom-

ing cross traffic is detected a

warning chime will sound. The

time of alert varies according to

the speed difference between you

and the approaching vehicle.

BBLLIINNDD--SSPPOOTT CCOOLLLLIISSIIOONN WWAARRNNIINNGG ((BBCCWW)) SSYYSSTTEEMM ((IIFF EEQQUUIIPPPPEEDD))

ODH053032

Blind spot area

Closing at high speed

• Always be aware of road con-

ditions while driving and be

alert for unexpected situa-

tions even though the Blind-

Spot Collision Warning (BCW)

system is operating.

• The Blind-Spot Collision

Warning (BCW) system is not

a substitute for proper and

safe driving. Always drive

safely and use caution when

changing lanes or backing up

the vehicle. The Blind-Spot

Collision Warning (BCW) sys-

tem may not detect every

object alongside the vehicle.

WARNING

5-58

Driving your vehicle

BCW (Blind-Spot Collision

Warning)

Operating conditions

To operate:

Press the BCW switch with the

Engine Start/Stop button in the ON

position. The indicator illuminates on

the switch.

When the vehicle speed exceeds 30

km/h (20 mph), the system will be

activated.

To cancel:

Press the BCW switch again. The

indicator on the switch will go off.

When the system is not used, turn

the system off by turning off the

switch.

✽✽

NOTICE

• If the engine is turned off and on,

the system returns to the previous

state.

• When the system is turned on, the

warning light will illuminate for 3

seconds on the side view mirror.

The system will activate when:

1. The function is on.

2. Vehicle speed is above about 20

mph (30 km/h).

3. An oncoming vehicle is detected

in the blind spot area.

First stage alert

If a vehicle is detected within the

boundary of the system, a warning

light will illuminate on the side view

mirror.

Once the detected vehicle is no

longer within the blind spot area, the

warning will turn off according to the

driving conditions of the vehicle.

ODH053031

ODH053119

■ Left side

■ Right side

5-59

Driving your vehicle

• The second stage alarm may be

deactivated.

- To deactivate the warning chime:

Go to the ''User Settings → Driver

Assistance and deselect Blind-

Spot Collision Warning sound'' on

the LCD display.

- To activate the warning chime:

Go to the ''User Settings → Driver

Assistance and select Blind-Spot

Collision Warning sound'' on the

LCD display.

✽✽

NOTICE

The warning chime function helps

alert the driver. Deactivate this

function only when it is necessary.

For more details, refer to "LCD

Display" in chapter 3.

ODH053120

■ Left side

ODH053121

■ Right side

Second stage alert

A warning chime to alert the driver will activate when:

1. A vehicle has been detected in the blind spot area by the radar system

(the warning light will illuminate on the side view mirror) AND

2. The turn signal is applied (same side as where the vehicle is being

detected).

When this alert is activated, the warning light on the side view mirror will

also blink.

If you turn off the turn signal indicator, the warning chime will be deacti-

vated.

5-60

Driving your vehicle

RCCW (Rear Cross-Traffic

Collision Warning)

The Rear Cross-Traffic Collision

Warning function monitors approach-

ing cross traffic from the left and right

side of the vehicle when your vehicle

is in reverse.

Operating conditions

To operate:

Go to the 'User Settings → Driver

Assistance and select Rear Cross-

Traffic Collision Warning' on the LCD

display. (For more detail, refer to

"LCD Display" in chapter 3.)

The system will turn on and standby

to activate. The system will activate

when vehicle speed is below 6 mph

(10 km/h) and with the shift lever in R

(Reverse).

✽✽

NOTICE

The Rear Cross-Traffic Collision

Warning (RCCW) detecting range is

approximately 1 - 65 ft (0.5 – 20 m).

An approaching vehicle will be

detected if their vehicle speed is

within 2.5 - 22.5 mph (4 - 36 km/h).

Note that the detecting range may

vary under certain conditions. As

always, use caution and pay close

attention to your surroundings

when backing up your vehicle.

ODH048581N

5-61

Driving your vehicle

Warning type

If the vehicle detected by the sensors

approaches your vehicle, the warn-

ing chime will sound, the warning

light on the side view mirror will blink

and a message will appear on the

LCD display.

✽✽

NOTICE

• The warning chime will turn off

when the detected vehicle moves

out of the sensing area or if your

vehicle is moved away from the

detected vehicle.

• The system may not operate prop-

erly due to other factors or cir-

cumstances. Always pay attention

to your surrounding.

• If the sensing area near the rear

bumper is blocked by either a wall

or barrier or by a parked vehicle,

the system sensing area may be

reduced.

ODH048506N

ODH048504N

■ Left

■ Right

• The warning light on the side

view mirror will illuminate

whenever a vehicle is detect-

ed at the rear side by the sys-

tem.

To avoid accidents, do not

focus only on the warning

light and neglect to see the

surrounding of the vehicle.

(Continued)

WARNING

(Continued)

• Drive safely even though the

vehicle is equipped with a

Blind-Spot Collision Warning

(BCW) system and Rear

Cross-Traffic Collision

Warning (RCCW). Do not sole-

ly rely on the system but

check your surrounding

before changing lanes or

backing the vehicle up.

The system may not alert the

driver in some conditions so

always check your surround-

ings while driving.

• The Blind-Spot Collision

Warning (BCW) system and

Rear Cross-Traffic Collision

Warning (RCCW) are not a

substitute for proper and safe

driving practices. Always

drive safely and use caution

when changing lanes or back-

ing up your vehicle. The Blind-

Spot Collision Warning (BCW)

system may not detect every

object alongside the vehicle.

5-62

Driving your vehicle

Detecting sensor

The sensors are located inside of the

rear bumper.

Always keep the rear bumper clean

for the system to work properly.

Warning messages

Blind-Spot Collision Warning

(BCW) disabled.

Radar blocked

- One or both of the sensors on the

rear bumper is blocked by dirt or

snow or a foreign object.

- Driving in rural areas where the

BCW sensor does not detect

another vehicle for an extended

period of time.

- When there is inclement weather

such as heavy snow or rain.

- A trailer or carrier is installed. (To

use the BCW system, remove the

trailer or carrier from your vehicle.)

• The system may not work

properly if the bumper has

been replaced or if repair

work has been done near the

sensor.

• The detection area differs

according to the roads width.

If the road is narrow the sys-

tem may detect other vehicles

in the next lane. In addition, if

the road is very wide the sys-

tem may not detect other vehi-

cles.

• The system may turn off due

to strong electromagnetic

waves.

CAUTION

ODH057033N ODH048593L

5-63

Driving your vehicle

If any of these conditions occur, the

light on the BCW switch and the sys-

tem will turn off automatically.

When the BCW canceled warning

message is displayed in the cluster,

check to make sure that the rear

bumper is free from any dirt or snow

in the areas where the sensor is

located. Remove any dirt, snow, or

foreign material that could interfere

with the radar sensors.

After any dirt or debris is removed,

the BCW system should operate nor-

mally after about 10 minutes of driv-

ing the vehicle.

If the system does not work normally

even though the foreign substance is

removed, take your vehicle to an

authorized retailer of Genesis

Branded products and have the sys-

tem checked.

Check Blind-Spot Collision

Warning (BCW) System

If there is a problem with the BCW

system, a warning message will

appear and the light on the switch

will turn off. The system will turn off

automatically. Have your vehicle

checked by an authorized retailer of

Genesis Branded products.

Limitations of the system

The driver must be cautious in the

below situations, because the sys-

tem may not detect other vehicles or

objects in certain circumstances.

• The vehicle drives on a curved

road or through a tollgate.

• The sensor is polluted with rain,

snow, mud, etc.

• The rear bumper where the sensor

is located is covered with a foreign

object such as a bumper sticker, a

bumper guard, a bike rack, etc.

• The rear bumper is damaged, or

the sensor is out of the original

default position.

• The vehicle height gets lower or

higher due to heavy loading in the

luggage compartment, abnormal

tire pressure, etc.

• The vehicle drives in inclement

weather such as heavy rain or

snow.

• There is a fixed object near the

vehicle, such as a guardrail.

• The vehicle is driven near areas

containing metal substances such

as a construction zone, railroad,

etc.

ODH058172N

5-64

Driving your vehicle

• A big vehicle is near such as a bus

or truck.

• A motorcycle or bicycle is near.

• A flat trailer is near.

• If the vehicle has started at the

same time as the vehicle next to

you and has accelerated.

• When the other vehicle passes at a

very fast speed.

• While changing lanes.

• While going down or up a steep

road where the height of the lane is

different.

• When the other vehicle approach-

es very close.

• When a trailer or carrier is

installed.

• When the temperature near the

rear bumper area is high or low.

• When the sensors are blocked by

other vehicles, walls or parking-lot

pillars.

• When the detected vehicle also

moves back, as your vehicle drives

back.

• If there are small objects in the

detecting area such as a shopping

cart or a baby stroller.

• If there is a low height vehicle such

as a sports car.

• When other vehicles are close to

your vehicle.

• When the vehicle in the next lane

moves two lanes away from you or

when the vehicle two lanes away

moves to the next lane from you.

• When driving through a narrow

road with many trees or bushes.

• When driving on wet surface.

The BCW indicator on the side

view mirror may not illuminate

properly when:

• The mirror is covered with dirt,

snow, or debris.

• The window is covered with dirt,

snow, or debris.

• The window is tinted.

✽✽

NOTICE

This device complies with Part 15 of

the FCC rules.

Operation is subject to the following

two conditions:

1. This device may not cause harm-

ful interference, and

2. This device must accept any inter-

ference received, including inter-

ference that may cause undesired

operation.

5-65

Driving your vehicle

The Forward Collision-Avoidance

Assist (FCA) system is designed to

help detect and monitor the vehicle

ahead or detect a pedestrian in the

roadway through radar signals and

camera recognition to warn the driv-

er that a collision is imminent, and if

necessary, apply emergency brak-

ing.

System Setting and Activation

System setting

• The driver can activate the FCA by

placing the Engine Start/Stop but-

ton to the ON position and by

selecting:

''User Settings → Driver

Assistance → Forward Collision-

Avoidance Assist''

The FCA deactivates, when the driv-

er deselects the system setting.

FFOORRWWAARRDD CCOOLLLLIISSIIOONN--AAVVOOIIDDAANNCCEE AASSSSIISSTT ((FFCCAA)) SSYYSSTTEEMM ((IIFF EEQQUUIIPPPPEEDD))

Take the following precautions

when using the Forward

Collision-Avoidance Assist

(FCA) system:

• This system is only a supple-

mental system and it is not

intended to, nor does it

replace the need for extreme

care and attention of the driv-

er. The sensing range and

objects detectable by the sen-

sors are limited. Pay attention

to the road conditions at all

times.

• NEVER drive too fast in accor-

dance with the road condi-

tions or while cornering.

• Always drive cautiously to

prevent unexpected and sud-

den situations from occur-

ring. The Forward Collision-

Avoidance system may not

always stop the vehicle com-

pletely and is only intended to

help mitigate a collision that

is imminent.

WARNING

ODH048541N

5-66

Driving your vehicle

The warning light illumi-

nates on the LCD display,

when you cancel the FCA

system. The driver can

monitor the FCA ON/OFF status on

the LCD display. Also, the warning

light illuminates when the ESC

(Electronic Stability Control) is

turned off (Traction & Stability control

disabled).

If the warning light remains ON when

the FCA is activated, have the sys-

tem checked by an authorized retail-

er of Genesis Branded products.

The driver can select the initial warn-

ing activation time in the User

Settings in the LCD display.

Go to the 'User Settings → Driver

Assistance → Forward Collision

Warning → Early/Normal/Late'.

The options for the initial Forward

Collision Warning includes the fol-

lowing:

• Early:

When this condition is selected,

the initial Forward Collision

Warning is activated earlier than

normal. This setting maximizes the

amount of distance between the

vehicle or pedestrian ahead before

the initial warning occurs.

• Normal:

When this condition is selected,

the initial Forward Collision

Warning is activated normally. This

setting allows for a nominal

amount of distance between the

vehicle or pedestrian ahead before

the initial warning occurs.

• Late:

When this condition is selected,

the initial Forward Collision

Warning is activated later than nor-

mal.

This setting reduces the amount of

distance between the vehicle or

pedestrian ahead before the initial

warning occurs.

ODH058253N

ODH048600N

5-67

Driving your vehicle

Prerequisite for activation

The FCA gets ready to be activated,

when the FCA is selected on the

LCD display, and when the following

prerequisites are satisfied.

- The ESC (Electronic Stability

Control ) is on.

- To enable the system to detect

pedestrians ahead, the vehicle

driving speed must be between 5

mph – 45 mph (8 km/h – 70 km/h).

- To enable the system to detect a

vehicle ahead, the vehicle driving

speed must be between 5 mph –

110 mph (8 km/h – 180 km/h).

When traveling above 50 mph (80

km/h), the FCA system only initiates

partial braking. This is to prevent

unintended full braking to stop in the

middle of the highway.

FCA warning message and

system control

The FCA produces warning mes-

sages and warning alarms in accor-

dance with the collision risk levels,

such as abrupt stopping of the vehi-

cle in front, insufficient braking dis-

tance, or pedestrian detection. Also,

it controls the brakes in accordance

with the collision risk levels.

• Completely stop the vehicle

on a safe location before

operating the switch on the

steering wheel to activate/

deactivate the FCA system.

• The FCA automatically acti-

vates upon placing the Engine

Start/Stop button to the ON

position. The driver can deac-

tivate the FCA by canceling

the system setting on the LCD

display.

• The FCA automatically deacti-

vates upon canceling the ESC

(Electronic Stability Control).

When the ESC is canceled,

the FCA cannot be activated

on the LCD display.

WARNING

5-68

Driving your vehicle

The driver can select the initial warn-

ing activation time in the User

Settings in the LCD display. The

options for the initial Forward

Collision Warning include Early,

Normal, or Late initial warning time.

Collision Warning (1

warning)

This initial warning message

appears on the LCD display and the

head up display (if equipped) with a

warning chime.

Collision Warning (2

warning)

This warning message appears on

the LCD display and the head up dis-

play (if equipped) with a warning

chime.

Additionally, some vehicle system

intervention occurs by the engine

management system to help decel-

erate the vehicle.

- Your vehicle speed may decelerate

moderately.

- The FCA system limitedly controls

the brakes to preemptively mitigate

impact in a collision.

Emergency braking (3

warning)

This warning message appears on

the LCD display and the head up dis-

play (if equipped) with a warning

chime.

Additionally, some vehicle system

intervention occurs by the engine

management system to help decel-

erate the vehicle.

- The FCA system limitedly controls

the brakes to preemptively mitigate

impact in a collision. The brake

control is maximized just before a

collision.

ODH047471L

ODH047471L ODH047473L

5-69

Driving your vehicle

Brake operation

• In an urgent situation, the braking

system enters into the ready status

for prompt reaction against the dri-

ver’s depressing the brake pedal.

• The FCA provides additional brak-

ing power for optimum braking per-

formance, when the driver

depresses the brake pedal.

• The braking control is automatical-

ly deactivated, when the driver

sharply depresses the accelerator,

or when the driver abruptly oper-

ates the steering wheel.

• The FCA brake control is automat-

ically canceled, when risk factors

disappear.

The driver should always use

extreme caution while operating

the vehicle, whether or not there

is a warning message or alarm

from the FCA system.

CAUTION

The FCA braking control cannot

completely stop the vehicle nor

avoid all collisions. The driver

should hold the responsibility

to safely drive and control the

vehicle.

WARNING

The FCA system logic operates

within certain parameters, such

as the distance from the vehicle

or pedestrian ahead, the speed

of the vehicle ahead, and the

driver's vehicle speed. Certain

conditions such as inclement

weather and road conditions

may affect the operation of the

FCA system.

WARNING

Never deliberately drive danger-

ously to activate the system.

WARNING

5-70

FCA sensor

In order for the FCA system to oper-

ate properly, always make sure the

radar sensor cover is clean and free

of dirt, snow, and debris. Dirt, snow,

or foreign substances on the lens

may adversely affect the sensing

performance of the radar.

Warning message and warning

light

Forward Collision Avoidance Assist

(FCA) System disabled.

Radar blocked

When the sensor cover is blocked

with dirt, snow, or debris, the FCA

system operation may stop tem-

porarily. If this occurs, a warning

message will appear on the LCD dis-

play.

Remove any dirt, snow, or debris and

clean the radar sensor cover before

operating the FCA system.

The FCA may not properly operate in

an area (e.g. open terrain), where

any substances are not detected

after turning ON the engine.

Driving your vehicle

ODH048475L

• Do not apply foreign objects

such as a bumper sticker or a

bumper guard near the radar

sensor. Doing so may

adversely affect the sensing

performance of the radar.

• Always keep the radar sensor

and cover clean and free of

dirt and debris.

• Use only a soft cloth to wash

the vehicle. Do not spray pres-

surized water directly on the

sensor or sensor cover.

• Be careful not to apply unnec-

essary force on the radar sen-

sor or sensor cover. If the sen-

sor is forcibly moved out of

proper alignment, the FCA

system may not operate cor-

rectly. In this case, a warning

message may not be dis-

played. Have the vehicle

inspected by an authorized

retailer of Genesis Branded

products.

(Continued)

CAUTION

ODH057028

ODH058562

■ Front radar

■ Front camera

5-71

Driving your vehicle

System malfunction

Check Forward Collision Avoidance

Assist System

• When the FCA is not working prop-

erly, the FCA warning light ( )

will illuminate and the warning

message will appear for a few sec-

onds. After the message disap-

pears, the master warning light

( ) will illuminate. In this case,

have the vehicle inspected by an

authorized retailer of Genesis

Branded products.

• The FCA warning message may

appear along with the illumination

of the ESC (Electronic Stability

Control) warning light.

(Continued)

• If the front bumper becomes

damaged in the area around

the radar sensor, the FCA sys-

tem may not operate properly.

We recommend you to have

the vehicle inspected by an

authorized retailer of Genesis

Branded products.

• Use only Genesis/Hyundai

Part to repair or replace a

damaged sensor or sensor

cover. Do not apply paint to

the sensor cover.

• The FCA is only a supplemen-

tal system for the driver's con-

venience. The driver should

hold the responsibility to con-

trol the vehicle operation. Do

not solely depend on the FCA

system. Rather, maintain a

safe braking distance, and, if

necessary, depress the brake

pedal to reduce the driving

speed.

• In certain instances and

under certain driving condi-

tions, the FCA system may

activate prematurely. This ini-

tial warning message appears

on the LCD display with a

warning chime.

Also, in certain instances the

front radar sensor or camera

recognition system may not

detect the vehicle or pedestri-

an ahead. The FCA system

may not activate and the

warning message will not be

displayed.

(Continued)

WARNING

ODH048477N

5-72

Limitations of the system

The Forward Collision-Avoidance

Assist (FCA) System is designed to

monitor the vehicle ahead or a

pedestrian in the roadway through

radar signals and camera recogni-

tion to warn the driver that a collision

is imminent, and if necessary, apply

emergency braking.

In certain situations, the radar sen-

sor or the camera may not be able to

detect the vehicle or pedestrian

ahead. In these cases, the FCA sys-

tem may not operate normally. The

driver must pay careful attention in

the following situations where the

FCA operation may be limited.

Driving your vehicle

(Continued)

• If there is a malfunction with

the FCA system, the Forward

Collision-Avoidance assist

system is not applied even

though the braking system is

operating normally.

• If the vehicle in front stops

suddenly, you may have less

control of the brake system.

Therefore, always keep a safe

distance between your vehicle

and the vehicle in front of you.

• The FCA system may activate

during braking and the vehi-

cle may stop suddenly shift-

ing loose objects toward the

passengers. Always keep

loose objects secured.

• The FCA system may not acti-

vate if the driver applies the

brake pedal to avoid a colli-

sion.

• The FCA system operates

only to detect vehicles or

pedestrians in front of the

vehicle.

• The FCA system does not

operate when the vehicle is in

reverse.

• The FCA system is not

designed to detect other

objects on the road such as

animals.

• The FCA system does not

detect cross traffic vehicles

that are approaching.

• The FCA system cannot

detect the driver approaching

the side view of a parked vehi-

cle (for example on a dead

end street.)

In these cases, you must main-

tain a safe braking distance,

and if necessary depress the

brake pedal to reduce the driv-

ing speed in order to maintain a

safe distance.

WARNING

5-73

Driving your vehicle

Detecting vehicles

The sensor may be limited when:

• The radar sensor or camera is

blocked with a foreign object or

debris

• Inclement weather such as heavy

rain or snow obscures the field of

view of the radar sensor or camera

• There is interference by electro-

magnetic waves

• There is severe irregular reflection

from the radar sensor

• The vehicle in front is too small to

be detected by the camera recog-

nition system (for example a motor-

cycle or a bicycle, etc.)

• The vehicle in front is an oversize

vehicle or trailer that is too big to

be detected by the camera recog-

nition system (for example a tractor

trailer, etc.)

• The driver's field of view is not well

illuminated (either too dark or too

much reflection or too much back-

light that obscures the field of view)

• The vehicle in front does not have

their rear lights properly turned ON

• The outside brightness changes

suddenly, for example when enter-

ing or exiting a tunnel

• The vehicle in front is driving errat-

ically

• The vehicle is on unpaved or

uneven rough surfaces, or roads

with sudden gradient changes

• The vehicle is moving under

ground level or inside a building

• The vehicle is driven near areas

containing metal substances such

as a construction zone, railroad,

etc.

- Driving on a curve

The performance of the FCA system

may be limited when driving on a

curved road.

In certain instances on a curved

road, the FCA system may activate

prematurely.

Also, in certain instances the front

radar sensor or camera recognition

system may not detect the vehicle

traveling on a curved road.

In these cases, the driver must main-

tain a safe braking distance, and if

necessary, depress the brake pedal

to reduce your driving speed in order

to maintain a safe distance.

ODH053092

5-74

The FCA system may recognize a

vehicle in the next lane when driving

on a curved road.

In this case, the system may unnec-

essarily alarm the driver and apply

the brake.

Always pay attention to road and

driving conditions, while driving. If

necessary, depress the brake pedal

to reduce your driving speed in order

to maintain a safe distance.

Also, when necessary depress the

accelerator pedal to prevent the sys-

tem from unnecessarily decelerating

your vehicle.

- Driving on a slope

The performance of the FCA

decreases while driving upward or

downward on a slope, not recogniz-

ing the vehicle in front in the same

lane. It may unnecessarily produce

the warning message and the warn-

ing alarm, or it may not produce the

warning message and the warning

alarm at all.

When the FCA suddenly recognizes

the vehicle in front while passing

over a slope, you may experience

sharp deceleration.

Always keep your eyes forward while

driving upward or downward on a

slope, and, if necessary, depress the

brake pedal to reduce your driving

speed in order to maintain distance.

Driving your vehicle

ODH053093 ODH053094

5-75

Driving your vehicle

- Changing lanes

When a vehicle changes lanes in

front of you, the FCA system may not

immediately detect the vehicle, espe-

cially if the vehicle changes lanes

abruptly. In this case, you must main-

tain a safe braking distance, and if

necessary, depress the brake pedal

to reduce your driving speed in order

to maintain a safe distance.

When driving in stop-and-go traffic,

and a stopped vehicle in front of you

merges out of the lane, the FCA sys-

tem may not immediately detect the

new vehicle that is now in front of

you. In this case, you must maintain

a safe braking distance, and if nec-

essary, depress the brake pedal to

reduce your driving speed in order to

maintain a safe distance.

- Detecting the vehicle in front of you

If the vehicle in front of you has cargo

that extends rearward from the cab,

or when the vehicle in front of you

has higher ground clearance, addi-

tional special attention is required.

The FCA system may not be able to

detect the cargo extending from the

vehicle. In these instances, you must

maintain a safe braking distance

from the rearmost object, and if nec-

essary, depress the brake pedal to

reduce your driving speed in order to

maintain distance.

ODH053095 ODH053098 ODH053100

5-76

Detecting pedestrians

The sensor may be limited when:

• The pedestrian is not fully detected

by the camera recognition system,

for example, if the pedestrian is

leaning over or is not fully walking

upright

• The pedestrian is moving very

quickly or appears abruptly in the

camera detection area

• The pedestrian is wearing clothing

that easily blends into the back-

ground, making it difficult to be

detected by the camera recogni-

tion system

• The outside lighting is too bright

(e.g. when driving in bright sunlight

or in sun glare) or too dark (e.g.

when driving on a dark rural road

at night)

• It is difficult to detect and distin-

guish the pedestrian from other

objects in the surroundings, for

example, when there is a group of

pedestrians or a large crowd

• There is an item similar to a per-

son's body structure

• The pedestrian is small

• The pedestrian has impaired

mobility

• The sensor recognition is limited

✽✽

NOTICE

In some instances, the FCA system

may be cancelled when subjected to

electromagnetic interference.

Driving your vehicle

• Do not use the Forward

Collision-Avoidance Assist

(FCA) System when towing a

vehicle. Application of the

FCA system while towing may

adversely affect the safety of

your vehicle or the towing

vehicle.

• Use extreme caution when the

vehicle in front of you has

cargo that extends rearward

from the cab, or when the

vehicle in front of you has

higher ground clearance.

(Continued)

• The FCA system is designed

to detect and monitor the

vehicle ahead or detect a

pedestrian in the roadway

through radar signals and

camera recognition. It is not

designed to detect bicycles,

motorcycles, or smaller

wheeled objects such as lug-

gage bags, shopping carts, or

strollers.

• Never try to test the operation

of the FCA system. Doing so

may cause severe injury or

death.

WARNING

5-77

Driving your vehicle

✽✽

NOTICE

This device complies with Part 15 of

the FCC rules.

Operation is subject to the following

two conditions:

1. This device may not cause harm-

ful interference, and

2. This device must accept any inter-

ference received, including inter-

ference that may cause undesired

operation.

5-78

Driving your vehicle

➀ Cruise Indicator ( )

➁ Set Speed

➂ Vehicle-to-Vehicle Distance

The Smart Cruise Control System

allows you to program the vehicle to

maintain constant speed and dis-

tance detecting the vehicle ahead

without depressing the accelerator/

brake pedal.

SSMMAARRTT CCRRUUIISSEE CCOONNTTRROOLL WWIITTHH SSTTOOPP && GGOO SSYYSSTTEEMM

ODH047489N

For your safety, please read the

owner's manual before using

the Smart Cruise Control sys-

tem.

WARNING

The Smart Cruise Control

System is not a substitute for

safe driving practices, but a

convenience function only. It is

the responsibility of the driver

to always check the speed and

distance to the vehicle ahead.

WARNING

Do not use Smart Cruise

Control system when towing a

trailer.

WARNING

Take the following precautions:

• Always set the vehicle speed

under the speed limit.

• If the Smart Cruise Control is

left on, (CRUISE indicator

light in the instrument cluster

is illuminated) the Smart

Cruise Control can be activat-

ed unintentionally.

Keep the Smart Cruise

Control System off (CRUISE

indicator light OFF) when the

Smart Cruise Control is not in

use, to avoid inadvertently

setting a speed.

• Use the Smart Cruise Control

System only when traveling

on open highways in good

weather.

• Do not use the Smart Cruise

Control when it may not be

safe to keep the vehicle at a

constant speed:

(Continued)

WARNING

5-79

Driving your vehicle

To Adjust the Sensitivity of

Smart Cruise Control

The sensitivity of vehicle speed

when following the front vehicle to

maintain the set distance can be

adjusted. Go to the 'User Settings →

Driver Assistance → SCC Reaction

→ Fast/Normal/Slow' on the LCD

display. You may select one of the

three stages you prefer.

• Fast:

Vehicle speed following the front

vehicle to maintain the set distance

is faster than normal speed.

• Normal:

Vehicle speed following the front

vehicle to maintain the set distance

is normal

• Slow:

Vehicle speed following the front

vehicle to maintain the set distance

is slower than normal speed.

✽✽

NOTICE

The last selected smart cruise con-

trol speed is remained in the system.

ODH048601N

(Continued)

- When driving in heavy traffic

or when traffic conditions

make it difficult to drive at a

constant speed

- When driving on rainy, icy, or

snow-covered roads

- When driving with limited

view (possibly due to bad

weather, such as fog, snow,

rain or sandstorm)

- When driving on hilly or

windy roads

- When driving in windy areas

- When driving in parking lots

- When driving near crash

barriers

- When driving on a sharp

curve

- When driving with limited

view (possibly due to bad

weather, such as fog, snow,

rain or sandstorm)

- When the vehicle sensing

ability decreases due to

vehicle modification result-

ing level difference of the

vehicle's front and rear

5-80

Driving your vehicle

To convert to Cruise Control

Mode

The driver may choose to only use

the Cruise Control Mode (speed con-

trol function) by doing as follows:

1. Turn the Smart Cruise Control

System on (the cruise indicator

light will be on but the system will

not be activated).

2. Push and hold the Vehicle-to-

Vehicle Distance button for more

than 2 seconds.

3. Choose between "Smart Cruise

Control" and "Cruise Control".

When the system is canceled using

the CRUISE button or the CRUISE

button is used after the engine is

turned on, the Smart Cruise Control

will turn on.

Smart Cruise Control speed

To set Smart Cruise Control

speed

1. Push the CRUISE button on the

steering wheel to turn the system

on. The CRUISE indicator will illu-

minate.

2. Accelerate to the desired speed.

The Smart Cruise Control speed

can be set as follows:

• 20 ~ 120 mph (30 ~ 200 km/h) :

when there is no vehicle in front

• 0 ~ 120 mph (0 ~ 200 km/h) :

when there is a vehicle in front

ODH053023

When using the Cruise Control

Mode, you must manually

adjust the distance to other

vehicles by depressing the

accelerator or brake pedal. The

system does not automatically

adjust the distance to vehicles

in front of you.

WARNING

ODH057216L

ODH057239L

5-81

Driving your vehicle

3. Push the toggle switch down

(SET-), and release it at the

desired speed. The Set Speed

and Vehicle-to-Vehicle Distance

on the LCD display will illuminate.

4. Release the accelerator pedal.

The desired speed will automati-

cally be maintained.

If there is a vehicle in front of you, the

speed may decrease to maintain the

distance to the vehicle ahead.

On a steep grade, the vehicle may

slow down or speed up slightly while

going uphill or downhill.

✽✽

NOTICE

Vehicle speed may decrease on an

upward slope and increase on a

downward slope.

To increase Smart Cruise

Control set speed

Follow either of these procedures:

• Push the toggle switch up (RES+),

and hold it. Your vehicle set speed

will increase by approximately 5

mph (10 km/h). Release the toggle

switch at the speed you want.

• Push the toggle switch up (RES+),

and release it immediately. The

cruising speed will increase by

approximately 1.0 mph (1.0 km/h)

each time you move the toggle

switch up in this manner.

• You can set the speed to 120 mph

(200 km/h).

ODH053025

ODH053024

5-82

Driving your vehicle

To decrease the Smart Cruise

Control set speed

Follow either of these procedures:

• Push the toggle switch down (SET-),

and hold it. Your vehicle set speed

will decrease by approximately 5

mph (10 km/h). Release the toggle

switch at the speed you want.

• Push the toggle switch down (SET-),

and release it immediately. The

cruising speed will decrease

approximately by 1.0 mph (1.0 km/h)

each time you move the toggle

switch down in this manner.

• You can set the speed to 20 mph

(30 km/h).

To temporarily accelerate with

the Smart Cruise Control on

If you want to speed up temporarily

when the Smart Cruise Control is on,

depress the accelerator pedal.

Increased speed will not interfere

with Smart Cruise Control operation

or change the set speed.

To return to the set speed, take your

foot off the accelerator.

If you push the toggle switch down

(SET-) at increased speed, the cruis-

ing speed will be set again.

✽✽

NOTICE

Be careful when accelerating tem-

porarily, because the speed is not

controlled automatically at this

time even if there is a vehicle in front

of you.

Check the driving condition

before using the toggle switch.

Driving speed sharply increas-

es, when you push up and hold

the toggle switch.

CAUTION

ODH053024

5-83

Driving your vehicle

Smart Cruise Control will be

temporarily canceled when:

Cancelled manually

• Depressing the brake pedal.

• Pressing the CANCEL button

located on the steering wheel.

The Smart Cruise Control turns off

temporarily when the indicator on the

LCD display turns off.

The CRUISE indicator is illuminated

continuously.

Cancelled automatically

• The driver's door is opened.

• The shift lever is shifted to N

(Neutral), R (Reverse) or P (Park).

• The EPB (Electronic Parking

Brake) is applied.

• The vehicle speed is over 130 mph

(210 km/h)

• The vehicle stops on a steep

incline.

• The ESC (Electronic Stability

Control), TCS (Traction Control

System) or ABS is operating.

• The ESC is turned off.

• The sensor or the cover is dirty or

blocked with foreign matter.

• When the vehicle is stopped for

more than 5 minutes.

• The vehicle stops and goes repeat-

edly for a long period of time.

• The driver starts driving by pushing

the toggle switch up (RES+) or

down (SET-), approximately 3 min-

utes after the vehicle is stopped by

the Smart Cruise Control system

with no other vehicle ahead.

• The driver starts driving by pushing

the toggle switch up (RES+) or

down (SET-), after stopping the

vehicle with a vehicle stopped far

away in front.

• The accelerator pedal is continu-

ously depressed for more than one

minute.

• The FCA is activated.

Each of these actions will cancel

the Smart Cruise Control opera-

tion. (The Set Speed and Vehicle-

to-Vehicle Distance on the LCD

display will go off.)

In a condition the Smart Cruise

Control is cancelled automatically,

the Smart Cruise Control will not

resume even though the RES+ or

SET- toggle switch is pushed. Also,

the EPB will be applied when the

vehicle is stopped.

✽✽

NOTICE

If the Smart Cruise Control is can-

celled by other than the reasons

mentioned, have the system checked

by an authorized retailer of Genesis

Branded products.

ODH053026

5-84

Driving your vehicle

Smart Cruise Control canceled

If the system is cancelled, the warn-

ing chime will sound and a message

will appear for a few seconds.

You must adjust the vehicle speed by

depressing the accelerator or brake

pedal according to the road condition

ahead and driving condition.

Always check the road conditions.

Do not rely on the warning chime.

To resume Smart Cruise Control

set speed

If any method other than the

CRUISE toggle switch was used to

cancel cruising speed and the sys-

tem is still activated, the cruising

speed will automatically resume

when you push the toggle switch up

(RES+) or down (SET-).

If you push the toggle switch up

(RES+), the speed will resume to the

recently set speed. However, if vehi-

cle speed has dropped below

approximately 20 mph (30 km/h), it

will resume when there is a vehicle in

front of your vehicle.

✽✽

NOTICE

Always check the road conditions

when you push the toggle switch up

(RES+) to resume speed.

To turn Cruise Control off

Push the CRUISE button (the

CRUISE indicator light will go off).

ODH053023

ODH047483L

ODH053025

5-85

Driving your vehicle

Smart Cruise Control Vehicle-

to-Vehicle Distance

To set Vehicle-to-Vehicle

Distance

When the Smart Cruise Control

System is ON, you can set and main-

tain the distance from the vehicle

ahead of you without pressing the

accelerator or brake pedal.

Each time the button is pressed, the

Vehicle-to-Vehicle distance changes

as follows:

For example, if you drive at 56 mph

(90 km/h), the distance maintain as

follows:

Distance 4 - approximately 172 feet

(52.5 m)

Distance 3 - approximately 130 feet

(40 m)

Distance 2 - approximately 106 feet

(32.5 m)

Distance 1 - approximately 82 feet

(25 m)

✽✽

NOTICE

Distance 4 is always set when the

system is used for the first time after

starting the engine.

When the lane ahead is clear:

The vehicle speed will maintain the

set speed.

ODH047576N

Distance 4 Distance 3 Distance 2

Distance 1

ODH053027

5-86

Driving your vehicle

When there is a vehicle ahead

of you in your lane:

• Your vehicle speed will slow down

or speed up to maintain the select-

ed distance.

• If the vehicle ahead speeds up,

your vehicle will travel at a steady

cruising speed after accelerating to

the set speed.

(Continued)

• Even if the warning chime is

not activated, always pay

attention to the driving condi-

tions to prevent dangerous

situations from occurring.

When using the Smart Cruise

Control System:

• The warning chime sounds

and the Vehicle-to Vehicle

Distance indicator blinks if

the vehicle is unable to main-

tain the selected distance

from the vehicle ahead.

• If the warning chime sounds,

depress the accelerator or

brake pedal to actively adjust

the vehicle speed, and the dis-

tance to the vehicle ahead.

(Continued)

WARNING

ODH057218N

Distance 4 Distance 3

Distance 2

Distance 1

ODH047576N/ODH047481N/

ODH047487N/ODH047485N

5-87

Driving your vehicle

In traffic situation

• In traffic, your vehicle will stop if the

vehicle ahead of you stops. Also, if

the vehicle ahead of you starts

moving, your vehicle will start as

well. However, if the vehicle stops

for more than 3 seconds, you must

depress the accelerator pedal or

push up the toggle switch (RES+)

to start driving.

• If you push the Smart Cruise

Control toggle switch (RES+ or

SET-) while Auto Hold and Smart

Cruise Control is operating (The

green AUTO HOLD indicator), Auto

Hold will be released regardless of

accelerator pedal operation and

the vehicle will start to move.

Sensor to detect distance to

the vehicle ahead

The Smart Cruise Control uses a

sensor to detect distance to the vehi-

cle ahead.

ODH057028

ODH047493L

If the vehicle ahead (vehicle

speed: less than 20 mph

(30km/h)) disappears to the next

lane, the warning chime will

sound and a message will

appear. Adjust your vehicle

speed for vehicles or objects

that can suddenly appear in

front of you by depressing the

brake pedal.

Always pay attention to the road

condition ahead.

CAUTION

ODH057242L

5-88

Driving your vehicle

Warning messages

Smart Cruise Control disabled.

Radar blocked

When the sensor lens cover is

blocked with dirt, snow, or debris, the

Smart Cruise Control System opera-

tion may stop temporarily. If this

occurs, a warning message will

appear on the LCD display. Remove

any dirt, snow, or debris and clean

the radar sensor lens cover before

operating the Smart Cruise Control

System. The Smart Cruise Control

system may not properly activate, if

the radar is totally contaminated, or if

any substance is not detected after

turning on the engine (e.g. in an

open terrain).

Check Smart Cruise Control

System

The message will appear when the

Vehicle-to-Vehicle distance control

system is not functioning normally.

Take your vehicle to an authorized

retailer of Genesis Branded products

and have the system checked.

• Do not install accessories

around the sensor and do not

replace the bumper by your-

self. It may interfere with the

sensor performance.

• Always keep the sensor and

bumper clean.

• To prevent sensor cover dam-

age from occurring, wash the

car with a soft cloth. Do not

spray pressurized water

directly on the sensor or sen-

sor cover.

• Do not paint the sensor cover.

• Do not damage the sensor or

sensor area by a strong

impact. If the sensor moves

slightly off position, the Smart

Cruise Control System will

not operate correctly. If this

occurs, have your vehicle

checked by an authorized

retailer of Genesis Branded

products.

• Use only a Genesis/Hyundai

sensor cover for your vehicle.

CAUTION

ODH047497L

ODH047495L

5-89

Driving your vehicle

Limitations of the system

The Smart Cruise Control System

may have limits to its ability to detect

distance to the vehicle ahead due to

road and traffic conditions.

Driving on a curve

The Smart Cruise Control System

may not detect a moving vehicle in

your lane, and then your vehicle

could accelerate to the set speed.

Also, the vehicle speed will

decrease when the vehicle ahead is

recognized suddenly.

Select the appropriate set speed on

curves and apply the brakes or

accelerator pedal if necessary.

Your vehicle speed can be reduced

due to a vehicle in the adjacent lane.

Apply the accelerator pedal and

select the appropriate set speed.

Check to be sure that the road con-

ditions permit safe operation of the

Smart Cruise Control.

ODH053093

ODH053092

5-90

Driving your vehicle

Driving on a slope

During uphill or downhill driving, the

Smart Cruise Control System may

not detect a moving vehicle in your

lane, and cause your vehicle to

accelerate to the set speed. Also, the

vehicle speed will rapidly decrease

when the vehicle ahead is recog-

nized suddenly.

Select the appropriate set speed on

inclines and apply the brake or accel-

erator pedal if necessary.

Changing lanes

A vehicle which moves into your lane

from an adjacent lane cannot be rec-

ognized by the sensor until it is in the

sensor's detection range.

The sensor may not detect immedi-

ately when a vehicle cuts in sudden-

ly. Always pay attention to the traffic,

road and driving conditions.

If a slower vehicle moves into your

lane, your speed may decrease to

maintain the distance to the vehicle

ahead.

If a faster vehicle which moves into

your lane, your vehicle will acceler-

ate to the set speed.

Vehicle recognition

Some vehicles in your lane cannot

be recognized by the sensor:

- Narrow vehicles such as motorcy-

cles or bicycles

- Vehicles offset to one side

- Slow-moving vehicles or sudden-

decelerating vehicles

- Stopped vehicles

- Vehicles with small rear profile such

as trailers with no loads

ODH053096ODH053095ODH053094

5-91

Driving your vehicle

A vehicle ahead cannot be recog-

nized correctly by the sensor if any of

following occurs:

- When the vehicle is pointing

upwards due to overloading in the

trunk

- While the steering wheel is operat-

ing

- When driving to one side of the lane

- When driving on narrow lanes or on

curves

Apply the brake or accelerator pedal

if necessary.

Your vehicle may accelerate when a

vehicle ahead of you disappears.

When you are warned that the vehi-

cle ahead of you is not detected,

drive with caution.

When vehicles are at a standstill and

the vehicle in front of you changes to

the next lane, be careful when your

vehicle starts to move because it

may not recognize the stopped vehi-

cle in front of you.

In this case, you must maintain a

safe braking distance, and if neces-

sary, depress the brake pedal to

reduce your driving speed in order to

maintain a safe distance.

ODH053098ODH053097

5-92

Driving your vehicle

Always look out for pedestrians when

your vehicle is maintaining a dis-

tance with the vehicle ahead.

Always be cautious for vehicles with

higher height or vehicles carrying

loads that sticks out from the back of

the vehicle.

When using the Smart Cruise

Control take the following pre-

cautions:

• If an emergency stop is nec-

essary, you must apply the

brakes. The vehicle cannot be

stopped at every emergency

situation by using the Smart

Cruise Control System.

• Keep a safe distance accord-

ing to road conditions and

vehicle speed. If the Vehicle-

to-Vehicle distance is too

close during a high-speed

driving, a serious collision

may result.

• Always maintain sufficient

braking distance and deceler-

ate your vehicle by applying

the brakes if necessary.

(Continued)

WARNING

ODH053100ODH053099

5-93

Driving your vehicle

✽✽

NOTICE

This device complies with Part 15 of

the FCC rules.

Operation is subject to the following

two conditions:

1. This device may not cause harm-

ful interference, and

2. This device must accept any inter-

ference received, including inter-

ference that may cause undesired

operation.

(Continued)

• The Smart Cruise Control

System may not recognize

complex driving situations so

always pay attention to driv-

ing conditions and control

your vehicle speed.

The Smart Cruise Control

System may not operate tem-

porarily due to:

• Electrical interference

• Modifying the suspension

• Differences of tire abrasion or

tire pressure

• Installing different type of

tires

CAUTION

(Continued)

• The Smart Cruise Control

System cannot recognize a

stopped vehicle, pedestrians

or an oncoming vehicle.

Always look ahead cautiously

to prevent unexpected and

sudden situations from occur-

ring.

• Vehicles moving in front of

you with a frequent lane

change may cause a delay in

the system's reaction or may

cause the system to react to a

vehicle actually in an adjacent

lane. Always drive cautiously

to prevent unexpected and

sudden situations from occur-

ring.

• Always be aware of the select-

ed speed and Vehicle-to-

Vehicle distance.

(Continued)

5-94

Driving your vehicle

The Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) sys-

tem detects the lane markers on the

road with a camera at the front wind-

shield, and assists the driver's steer-

ing to help keep the vehicle in the

lanes.

When the system detects the vehicle

straying from its lane, it alerts the

driver with a visual and steering

wheel vibration warning, while apply-

ing a slight counter-steering torque,

trying to prevent the vehicle from

moving out of its lane.

LLAANNEE KKEEEEPPIINNGG AASSSSIISSTT ((LLKKAA)) SSYYSSTTEEMM

• Do not disassemble LKA cam-

era temporarily for tinted win-

dow or attaching any types of

coatings and accessories. If

you disassemble a camera

and assemble it again, take

your vehicle to an authorized

retailer of Genesis Branded

products and have the system

checked to need a calibration.

• When you replace the wind-

shield glass, LKA camera or

related parts of the steering,

take your vehicle to an author-

ized retailer of Genesis

Branded products and have

the system checked to need a

calibration.

• The system detects lane

markers and controls the

steering wheel by a camera,

therefore, if the lane markers

are hard to detect, the system

may not work properly.

Always be cautious when

using the system.

(Continued)

WARNING

• Driver is responsible for being

aware of surroundings and

steering the vehicle for safe

driving practices.

• Do not steer the steering

wheel suddenly when the

steering wheel is being assist-

ed by the system.

• LKA helps prevent the driver

from moving out of the lane

unintentionally by assisting

the driver's steering. However,

the system is just a conven-

ience function and the steer-

ing wheel is not always con-

trolled. While driving, the driv-

er should pay attention to the

steering wheel.

• The operation of the LKA can

be cancelled or not work

properly according to road

condition and surroundings.

Always be cautious when

driving.

WARNING

ODH057029

5-95

Driving your vehicle

LKA operation

To activate/deactivate the LKA:

With the ignition switch in the ON

position, press the LKA button locat-

ed on the instrument panel on the

lower left side of the steering wheel.

The indicator in the cluster display

will initially illuminate white.

When the indicator(white) activated

in the previous ignition cycle, the

system turns on without any control.

(Continued)

• When the lane markers are

hard to detect, please refer to

"Limitation of the System".

• Do not remove or damage the

related parts of LKA.

• Do not place objects on the

crash pad that reflects light

such as mirrors, white paper,

etc. it may cause malfunction

of LKA if the sunlight is

reflected.

• If you continue to drive with

your hands off the steering

wheel, the LKA will stop con-

trolling the steering wheel

after the hands off alarm.

After then, if you drive with

your hands on the steering

wheel, the control will be acti-

vated again.

• If the vehicle speed is high,

steering torque for assistance

will not be enough to keep

your vehicle within the lane. If

so, the vehicle may move out

of its lane.

(Continued)

ODH054161N

(Continued)

• If you attach objects to the

steering wheel, the system

may not assist steering.

• If you attach objects to the

steering wheel, hands off

alarm may not work properly.

5-96

Driving your vehicle

If you press the LKA button again,

the indicator on the cluster display

will go off.

The color of indicator will

change depend on the

condition of LKA.

- White : Sensor does not detect the

lane marker or vehicle speed is

less than 40 mph (64 km/h).

- Green : Sensor detects the lane

marker and system is able to con-

trol the steering.

LKA activation

• To see the LKA screen on the LCD

display in the cluster, Tab to the

ASSIST mode ( ). For more

details, refer to "LCD Display" in

chapter 3.

• After LKA is activated, if both lane

markers are detected, vehicle

speed is over 40 mph (64 km/h)

and all the activation conditions are

satisfied, a green steering wheel

indicator will illuminate and the

steering wheel will be controlled.

The Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)

system is a system to help pre-

vent the driver from leaving the

lane. However, the driver should

not solely rely on the system

but always check the road con-

ditions when driving.

WARNING

ODH058219L

5-97

Driving your vehicle

If the speed of the vehicle is over 40

mph (64 km/h) and the system

detects lane markers, the color

changes from gray to white.

If the vehicle leaves a lane, the lane

marker you cross will blink on the

LCD display.

❈ Haptic specification

If the vehicle leaves a lane, the lane

marker you cross will blink on the

LCD display with steering wheel

vibration warning.

When the conditions below are met,

LKA will be enable to assist steering.

• Vehicle speed is above 40 mph (64

km/h).

• Both lane markers are detected by

LKA.

• The vehicle is between the lane

markers.

If LKA can assist steering, a green

steering wheel indicator will illumi-

nate.

■ Left lane line

■ Right lane line

ODH058222N/ODH058223N

ODH058219L

■ Lane Line undetected

■ Lane Line detected

ODH058220N/ODH058221N

5-98

Driving your vehicle

If the vehicle moves out its lane

because steering torque for assis-

tance is not enough, the line indica-

tor of deviation direction will blink.

Keep hands on steering wheel

If the driver takes hands off the steer-

ing wheel for several seconds while

the LKA is activated, the system will

warn the driver.

■ Left lane line

■ Right lane line

ODH058224L/ODH058225L

ODH048521L

• The warning message may

appear late according to road

conditions. Therefore, always

have your hands on the steer-

ing wheel while driving.

• If the steering wheel is held

very lightly the message may

still appear because the LKA

system may not recognize

that the driver has their hands

on the wheel.

WARNING

5-99

Driving your vehicle

Driver's grasp not detected.

LKA system will be disabled tem-

porarily

If the driver still does not have their

hands on the steering wheel after the

message "Keep hands on steering

wheel", the system will not control

the steering wheel and warn the driv-

er only when the driver crosses the

lane lines.

However, if the driver has their hands

on the steering wheel again, the sys-

tem will start controlling the steering

wheel.

LKA malfunction

Check Lane Keeping Assist

system

If there is a problem with the system

a message will appear for a few sec-

onds. If the problem continues the

LKA system failure indicator will illu-

minate.

LKA system failure indicator

The LKA system failure

indicator (yellow) will illu-

minate if the LKA system

is not working properly.

We recommend that the

system be checked by an

authorized retailer of

Genesis Branded prod-

ucts.

ODH058170N

ODH058243N

5-100

Driving your vehicle

The system will be cancelled when:

• You change lanes with the turn sig-

nal.

- Using the turn signal to change

lanes.

- If you change lanes without the

turn signal on, the steering wheel

might be controlled.

• LKA can transit to steering assist

mode when the car is near to mid-

dle of the lane after system on or

the lane was changed. LKA can

not assist steering if the vehicle fol-

lows lane marker too close contin-

uously before transition to steering

assist mode.

• The control of ESC (Electronic

Stability Control) or VSM (Vehicle

Stability Management) is activated.

• The steering will not be assisted

when your drive fast on a sharp

curve.

• The steering will not be assisted

when vehicle speed is below 40

mph (64 km/h) and over 110 mph

(177 km/h).

• The steering will not be assisted

when you change lanes fast.

• The steering will not be assisted

when you brake suddenly.

• The steering will not be assisted

when the lane is very wide or nar-

row.

• The steering will not be assisted

when only one side lane marker is

detected.

• There are more than two lane

markers such as a construction

area.

• Radius of a curve is too small.

• When you turn steering wheel sud-

denly, the LKA will be disabled

temporarily.

• Driving on a steep slope or hill.

• The driver is responsible for

accurate steering.

• Even though the steering is

assisted by the system, the

driver may control the steer-

ing wheel.

• Turn off the system and drive

the vehicle in below situa-

tions.

- In bad weather

- In bad road condition

- When the steering wheel

needs to be controlled by the

driver frequently.

• The steering wheel may feel

heavier when the steering

wheel is assisted by the sys-

tem than when it is not.

WARNING

5-101

Driving your vehicle

LKA function change

Active LKA

The Active LKA mode provides more

frequent steering wheel control in

comparison with the Standard LKA

mode. Active LKA can reduce the dri-

ver’s fatigue to assist the steering for

maintaining the vehicle in the middle

of the lane.

Standard LKA

The Standard LKA mode guides the

driver to help keep the vehicle within

the lanes. It rarely controls the steer-

ing wheel, when the vehicle drives

well inside the lanes. However, it

starts to control the steering wheel,

when the vehicle is about to deviate

out of the lanes.

Lane Departure Warning

LDW system alerts the driver with a

visual and steering wheel vibration

warning when the system detects the

vehicle leaving the lane. In this

mode, the steering wheel will not be

controlled. When the vehicle’s front

wheel contacts the inside edge of

lane line, LKA issues the lane depar-

ture warning.

The driver can change LKA to Lane Departure Warning (LDW) system or the

LKA mode between Standard LKA and Active LKA from the User Settings

Mode on the LCD display.

ODH058244N/ODH058245N/ODH058246N

➡➡ ➡➡

5-102

Limitations of the System

The driver must be cautious in the

below situations may not work prop-

erly when :

• It is difficult to distinguish the lane

marker from road when the lane

marker is covered with dust.

• It is difficult to distinguish the color

of the lane marker from road.

• There is something looks like a

lane marker.

• The lane marker is indistinct or

damaged.

• The number of lanes increases/

decreases or the lane lines are

crossing (Driving through a toll

plaza/toll gate, merged/divided

lane).

• There are more than two lane

markers.

• The lane marker is very thick or

thin.

• The lane marker is not visible due

to snow, rain, stain, a puddle or

other factors.

• A shadow is on the lane marker

because of a median strip,

guardrail, noise barriers and oth-

ers.

• When the lane markers are compli-

cated or a structure substitutes for

the lines such as a construction

area.

• There are crosswalk signs or other

symbols on the road.

• The lane marker in a tunnel is cov-

ered with dirt or oil.

• The brightness of outside changes

suddenly when entering or existing

a tunnel.

• The headlamps are not on at night

or in a tunnel, or light level is low.

• There is a boundary structure in

the roadway.

• The light of street, sun, oncoming

vehicle and so on reflects from the

water on the road.

• When light shines brightly in the

reverse direction you drive.

• The lane suddenly disappears

such as at the intersection.

• The distance from the vehicle

ahead is very short or the vehicle

ahead drives hiding the lane line.

• You drive on a steep grade or a

sharp curve.

• The vehicle vibrates heavily.

• The temperature near inside mirror

is very high due to direct sun light.

• The lens or windshield is covered

by strange materials.

• The sensor cannot detect the lane

because of fog, heavy rain or snow.

• The windshield is fogged by humid

air in the vehicle.

• Putting something on the crash

pad.

Driving your vehicle

5-103

Driving your vehicle

✽✽

NOTICE

This device complies with Part 15 of

the FCC rules.

Operation is subject to the following

two conditions:

1. This device may not cause harm-

ful interference, and

2. This device must accept any inter-

ference received, including inter-

ference that may cause undesired

operation.

5-104

Driving your vehicle

The Driver Attention Warning (DAW)

System is designed as a safety fea-

ture to help reduce drowsy or inat-

tentive driving. The DAW displays a

bar graph that is intended to repre-

sent the driver's attention and fatigue

level while driving.

System Setting and Activation

System setting

• The Driver Attention Warning

(DAW) system is set to be in the

OFF position, when your vehicle is

first delivered to you from the fac-

tory.

• To turn ON the Driver Attention

Warning (DAW) system, turn on

the engine, and then select 'User

Settings → Driver Assistance →

Driver Attention Warning → High

Sensitivity/Normal Sensitivity' on

the LCD display.

• The driver can select the mode of

the Driver Attention Warning

(DAW) system.

- Off : The Driver Attention Warning

(DAW) system is deactivated.

- Normal Sensitivity : The Driver

Attention Warning (DAW) system

helps alert the driver of his/her

fatigue level or inattentive driving

practices.

- High Sensitivity : The Driver

Attention Warning (DAW) system

helps alert the driver of his/her

fatigue level or inattentive driving

practices faster than Normal

mode.

• The set-up of the Driver Attention

Warning (DAW) system will be

maintained, as selected, when the

engine is re-started.

DDRRIIVVEERR AATTTTEENNTTIIOONN WWAARRNNIINNGG ((DDAAWW)) SSYYSSTTEEMM ((IIFF EEQQUUIIPPPPEEDD))

ODH058247N

ODH048561N

5-105

Driving your vehicle

Prerequisite for activation

The Driver Attention Warning (DAW)

system is operable, when driving

speed is between 40 mph (64 km/h)

and 110 mph (177 km/h).

Driver's attention level

• The driver can monitor their driving

conditions on the LCD display.

- Select 'User Settings Mode' and

then 'Driver Assistance' on the

LCD display.

For more detail, refer to "LCD

Display" in chapter 3.

• The driver’s attention level is dis-

played on the scale of 1 to 5. The

lower the number is, the more inat-

tentive the driver is.

• The number decreases when the

driver does not take a break for a

certain period of time.

• The number increases when the

driver attentively drives for a cer-

tain period of time.

• With the system on while driving, it

displays ‘Last Break time’ and level

reflected that.

ODH048510N

ODH047512L

ODH047514L

■ Attentive driving

■ System off

■ Inattentive driving

5-106

Driving your vehicle

Take a break

• The "Consider taking a break"

message appears on the LCD dis-

play and a warning sounds in order

to suggest the driver to take a

break, when the driver’s attention

level is below 1.

• The Driver Attention Warning

(DAW) system does not suggest

the driver to take a break, when the

total driving time is shorter than 10

minutes.

• The message appears on the LCD

display and warning sounds even if

you do not choose the Driver

Attention Warning (DAW) system.

Resetting the system

• The last break time is set to 00:00

and the driver's attention level is

set to 5 (very attentive) when the

driver resets the Driver Attention

Warning (DAW) system.

• The Driver Attention Warning

(DAW) system resets in the follow-

ing situations.

- The engine is turned OFF.

- The driver unfastens the seat belt

and then opens the driver’s door.

- Stop lasting more than 10 minutes.

The Driver Attention Warning (DAW)

system operates again, when the

driver restarts driving.

System standby

The Driver Attention Warning (DAW)

system enters the ready status and

displays the 'Standby' screen in the

following situations.

- The camera sensor keeps failing to

detect the lanes.

- Driving speed remains under 40

mph (64 km/h) or over 110 mph

(177 km/h).

ODH047597L ODH048602NODH047516L

5-107

Driving your vehicle

System malfunction

When the "Check Driver Attention

Warning (DAW) system" warning

message appears, the system is not

working properly. In this case, we

recommend you to have the vehicle

inspected by an authorized retailer of

Genesis Branded products.

✽✽

NOTICE

The Driver Attention Warning

(DAW) system utilizes the camera

sensor on the front windshield for its

operation.

To keep the camera sensor in the

best condition, you should observe

the followings:

• Do not disassemble camera tem-

porarily for tinted window or

attaching any types of coatings and

accessories. If you disassemble a

camera and assemble it again, take

your vehicle to an authorized

retailer of Genesis Branded prod-

ucts and have the system checked

to need a calibration.

• Do not locate any reflective

objects (i.e. white paper, mirror)

over the instrument panel. Any

light reflection may cause a mal-

function of the Driver Attention

Warning (DAW) system.

• Pay extreme caution to keep the

camera sensor out of water.

(Continued)

• The Driver Attention Warning

(DAW) system is not a substi-

tute for safe driving practices,

but a convenience function

only. It is the responsibility of

the driver to always drive cau-

tiously to prevent unexpected

and sudden situations from

occurring. Pay attention to the

road conditions at all times.

• It may suggest a break

according to the driver's driv-

ing pattern or habits even if

the driver doesn't feel

fatigued.

• The driver, who feels fatigued,

should take a break, even

though there is no break sug-

gestion by the Driver Attention

Warning (DAW) system.

WARNING

ODH058176N

5-108

Driving your vehicle

(Continued)

• Do not arbitrarily disassemble the

camera assembly, nor apply any

impact on the camera assembly.

• Playing the vehicle audio system

at high volume may offset the

Driver Attention Warning (DAW)

system warning sounds.

The Driver Attention Warning

(DAW) system may not properly

operate with limited alerting in

the following situations:

• Not properly recognize lane

(See the LKA)

• Rough or intentionally eva-

sive driving

• Large tire pressure deviation,

uneven wear, poor wheel

alignment, etc.

• Severe winding road

• Uneven road surface condi-

tion

• Windy road

• The vehicle drives through a

windy area.

(Continued)

• The vehicle is controlled by

the following driving assist

systems:

- Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)

system

- Forward Collision-

Avoidance Assist (FCA)

System

- Smart Cruise Control (SCC)

System

CAUTION

5-109

Driving your vehicle

Hazardous driving conditions

When hazardous driving conditions

are encountered such as water,

snow, ice, mud or sand:

Drive cautiously and allow extra dis-

tance for braking.

Avoid sudden movements in braking

or steering.

If stuck in snow, mud, or sand, use

second gear. Accelerate slowly to

avoid spinning the drive wheels.

Use sand, rock salt, or other non-slip

material under the drive wheels to

provide traction when stuck in ice,

snow, or mud.

Rocking the vehicle

If it is necessary to rock the vehicle

to free it from snow, sand, or mud,

first turn the steering wheel right and

left to clear the area around your

front wheels. Then, shift back and

forth between R (Reverse) and a for-

ward gear.

Try to avoid spinning the wheels, and

do not race the engine.

To prevent transmission wear, wait

until the wheels stop spinning before

shifting gears. Release the accelera-

tor pedal while shifting, and press

lightly on the accelerator pedal while

the transmission is in gear. Slowly

spinning the wheels in forward and

reverse directions causes a rocking

motion that may free the vehicle.

SSPPEECCIIAALL DDRRIIVVIINNGG CCOONNDDIITTIIOONNSS

Downshifting with an automatic

transmission while driving on

slippery surfaces can cause an

accident. The sudden change in

tire speed could cause the tires

to skid. Be careful when down-

shifting on slippery surfaces.

WARNING

If the tires spin at high speed the

tires can explode, and you or

others may be injured. Do not

attempt this procedure if people

or objects are anywhere near the

vehicle.

The vehicle can overheat caus-

ing an engine compartment fire

or other damage. Spin the

wheels as little as possible and

avoid spinning the wheels at

speeds over 35 mph (56 km/h) as

indicated on the speedometer.

WARNING

5-110

Driving your vehicle

Smooth cornering

Avoid braking or gear changing in

corners, especially when roads are

wet. Ideally, corners should always

be taken under gentle acceleration.

Driving at night

Night driving presents more hazards

than driving in the daylight. Here are

some important tips to remember:

• Slow down and keep more dis-

tance between you and other vehi-

cles, as it may be more difficult to

see at night, especially in areas

where there may not be any street

lights.

• Adjust your mirrors to reduce the

glare from other driver's head-

lamps.

• Keep your headlamps clean and

properly aimed. Dirty or improperly

aimed headlamps will make it

much more difficult to see at night.

• Avoid staring directly at the head-

lamps of oncoming vehicles. You

could be temporarily blinded, and it

will take several seconds for your

eyes to readjust to the darkness.

If you are still stuck after rock-

ing the vehicle a few times, have

the vehicle pulled out by a tow

vehicle to avoid engine over-

heating, possible damage to the

transmission, and tire damage.

See "Towing" in chapter 6.

To prevent damage to the trans-

mission, turn OFF the ESC prior

to rocking the vehicle.

CAUTION

5-111

Driving your vehicle

Driving in the rain

Rain and wet roads can make driving

dangerous. Here are a few things to

consider when driving in the rain or

on slick pavement:

• Slow down and allow extra follow-

ing distance. A heavy rainfall

makes it harder to see and increas-

es the distance needed to stop

your vehicle.

• Turn OFF your Cruise Control. (if

equipped)

• Replace your windshield wiper

blades when they show signs of

streaking or missing areas on the

windshield.

• Be sure your tires have enough

tread. If your tires do not have

enough tread, making a quick stop

on wet pavement can cause a skid

and possibly lead to an accident.

Refer to "Tire replacement" in

chapter 7.

• Turn on your headlamps to make it

easier for others to see you.

• Driving too fast through large pud-

dles can affect your brakes. If you

must go through puddles, try to

drive through them slowly.

• If you believe your brakes may be

wet, apply them lightly while driv-

ing until normal braking operation

returns.

Hydroplaning

If the road is wet enough and you are

going fast enough, your vehicle may

have little or no contact with the road

surface and actually ride on the

water. The best advice is SLOW

DOWN when the road is wet. The

risk of hydroplaning increases as the

depth of tire tread decreases. (Refer

to "Tire replacement" in chapter

7.)

Driving in flooded areas

Avoid driving through flooded areas

unless you are sure the water is no

higher than the bottom of the wheel

hub. Drive through any water slowly.

Allow adequate stopping distance

because brake performance may be

reduced.

After driving through water, dry the

brakes by gently applying them sev-

eral times while the vehicle is moving

slowly.

5-112

Driving your vehicle

Snow or icy conditions

You need to keep sufficient distance

between your vehicle and the vehicle

in front of you.

Apply the brakes gently. Speeding,

rapid acceleration, sudden brake

applications, and sharp turns are

potentially very hazardous practices.

During deceleration, use engine

braking to the fullest extent. Sudden

brake applications on snowy or icy

roads may cause skids to occur.

To drive your vehicle in deep snow, it

may be necessary to use snow tires

or to install tire chains on your tires.

Always carry emergency equipment.

Some of the items you may want to

carry include tire chains, tow straps

or chains, a flashlight, emergency

flares, sand, a shovel, jumper cables,

a window scraper, gloves, ground

cloth, coveralls, a blanket, etc.

Snow tires

WWIINNTTEERR DDRRIIVVIINNGG

Standard tire Recommended snow tire

Front Rear Front Rear

Tire size

Wheel

size

Tire size

Wheel

size

Tire size

Wheel

size

Tire size

Wheel

size

245/45R18 8.0Jx18 245/45R18 8.0Jx18

245/45R18

8.0Jx18 245/45R18 8.0Jx18

245/40R19

8.5Jx19

245/40R19

275/35R19

8.5Jx19

9.0Jx19

245/40R19 8.5Jx19 275/35R19 9.0Jx19 245/40R19

8.5Jx19

245/40R19

275/35R19

8.5Jx19

9.0Jx19

We recommend you use snow tires when road temperature is below 45°F

(7°C). Refer to the below chart, and mount the recommended snow tire for

your vehicle.

5-113

Driving your vehicle

If you mount snow tires on your vehi-

cle, make sure to use the same infla-

tion pressure as the original tires.

However, if you mount 245/40R19

size tire on the rear, the tire inflation

pressure should maintain 35psi.

Mount snow tires on all four wheels

to balance your vehicle's handling in

all weather conditions. The traction

provided by snow tires on dry road

may not be as high as your vehicle's

original equipment tires. Check with

the tire dealer for maximum speed

recommendations.

✽✽

NOTICE

Do not install studded tires without

first checking local, state and munic-

ipal regulations for possible restric-

tions against their use.

Tire chains

Since the sidewalls on some radial

tires are thinner than other types of

tires, they may be damaged by

mounting certain types of tire chains

on them. Therefore, the use of snow

tires is recommended instead of tire

chains. Do not mount tire chains on

vehicles equipped with aluminum

wheels; if unavoidable use

AutoSock

(fabric snow chain).

Install the tire chain after reviewing

the instructions provided with the tire

chains. Damage to your vehicle

caused by improper tire chain use is

not covered by your vehicle manu-

facturer’s warranty.

AutoSock

is a Registered trade-

mark of AutoSock.

The use of AutoSock

(fabric

snow chain) may adversely

affect vehicle handling:

• Drive less than 20 mph (30

km/h) or the chain manufac-

turer's recommended speed

limit, whichever is lower.

• Drive carefully and avoid

bumps, holes, sharp turns,

and other road hazards, which

may cause the vehicle to

bounce.

• Avoid sharp turns or locked

wheel braking.

WARNING

ODH053135

5-114

Driving your vehicle

✽✽

NOTICE

• Install AutoSock

(fabric snow

chain or equivalent product) on

the rear tires for 2WD vehicles or

on all four tires for AWD vehicles.

It should be noted that installing

AutoSock

(fabric snow chain) on

the tires will provide a greater

driving force, but will not prevent

side skids.

• Do not install studded tires with-

out first checking local, state and

municipal regulations for possible

restrictions against their use.

Chain Installation

When installing AutoSock

(fabric

snow chain or equivalent product),

follow the manufacturer's instructions

and mount them as tightly possible.

Drive slowly (less than 20 mph (30

km/h)) with chains installed. If you

hear the chains contacting the body

or chassis, stop and tighten them. If

they still make contact, slow down

until the noise stops. Remove the

AutoSock

(fabric snow chain or

equivalent product) as soon as you

begin driving on cleared roads.

When mounting AutoSock

(fabric

snow chain or equivalent product),

park the vehicle on level ground

away from traffic.

Turn on the vehicle Hazard Warning

Flasher and place a triangular emer-

gency warning device behind the

vehicle (if available).

Always place the vehicle in P (Park),

apply the parking brake and turn off

the engine before installing tire

chains.

AutoSock

is a Registered trade-

mark of AutoSock.

Winter precaution

Use high quality ethylene glycol

coolant

Your vehicle is delivered with high

quality ethylene glycol coolant in the

cooling system. It is the only type of

coolant that should be used because

it helps prevent corrosion in the cool-

ing system, lubricates the water

pump and prevents freezing. Be sure

to replace or replenish your coolant

in accordance with the maintenance

schedule in section 7. Before winter,

have your coolant tested to assure

that its freezing point is sufficient for

the temperatures anticipated during

the winter.

Check battery and cables

Winter puts additional burdens on the

battery system. Visually inspect the

battery and cables as described in

section 7. The level of charge in your

battery can be checked by an author-

ized retailer of Genesis Branded

products or a service station.

When using AutoSock

(fabric

snow chain):

• Wrong size chains or improp-

erly installed chains can dam-

age your vehicle's brake lines,

suspension, body and wheels.

• If you hear noise caused by

chains contacting the body,

retighten the chain to prevent

contact with the vehicle body.

• To prevent body damage,

retighten the chains after driv-

ing 0.3~0.6 miles (0.5~1.0 km).

CAUTION

5-115

Driving your vehicle

Change to "winter weight" oil if

necessary

In some climates it is recommended

that a lower viscosity "winter weight"

oil be used during cold weather. See

section 8 for recommendations. If

you aren't sure what weight oil you

should use, consult an authorized

retailer of Genesis Branded prod-

ucts.

Check spark plugs and ignition

system

Inspect your spark plugs as

described in section 7 and replace

them if necessary. Also check all

ignition wiring and components to be

sure they are not cracked, worn or

damaged in any way.

To keep locks from freezing

To keep the locks from freezing,

squirt an approved de-icer fluid or

glycerine into the key opening. If a

lock is covered with ice, squirt it with

an approved de-icing fluid to remove

the ice. If the lock is frozen internally,

you may be able to thaw it out by

using a heated key. Handle the heat-

ed key with care to avoid injury.

Use approved window washer

anti-freeze in system

To keep the water in the window

washer system from freezing, add an

approved window washer anti-freeze

solution in accordance with instruc-

tions on the container. Window wash-

er anti-freeze is available from an

authorized retailer of Genesis

Branded products and most auto

parts outlets. Do not use engine

coolant or other types of anti-freeze

as these may damage the paint fin-

ish.

Don't let your parking brake

freeze

Under some conditions your parking

brake can freeze in the engaged

position. This is most likely to happen

when there is an accumulation of

snow or ice around or near the rear

brakes or if the brakes are wet. If

there is a risk of the parking brake

may freezing, apply it only temporar-

ily while you put the shift lever in P

(automatic transaxle) or in first or

reverse gear (manual transaxle) and

block the rear wheels so the vehicle

cannot roll. Then release the parking

brake.

Don't let ice and snow accumu-

late underneath

Under some conditions, snow and

ice can build up under the fenders

and interfere with the steering. When

driving in severe winter conditions

where this may happen, you should

periodically check underneath the

car to be sure the movement of the

front wheels and the steering com-

ponents is not obstructed.

5-116

Driving your vehicle

Carry emergency equipment

Depending on the severity of the

weather where you drive your car,

you should carry appropriate emer-

gency equipment. Some of the items

you may want to carry include tire

chains, tow straps or chains, flash-

light, emergency flares, sand, a

shovel, jumper cables, a window

scraper, gloves, ground cloth, cover-

alls, a blanket, etc.

Don't place foreign objects or

materials in the engine com-

partment

Placement of foreign objects or

materials which prevent cooling of

the engine, in the engine compart-

ment, may cause a failure or com-

bustion. The manufacturer is not

responsible for the damage caused

by such placement.

Two labels on your driver’s door sill

show how much weight your vehicle

was designed to carry: the Tire and

Loading Information Label and the

Certification Label.

Before loading your vehicle, familiar-

ize yourself with the following terms

for determining your vehicle's weight

ratings, from the vehicle's specifica-

tions and the Certification Label:

Base Curb Weight

This is the weight of the vehicle

including a full tank of fuel and all

standard equipment. It does not

include passengers, cargo, or option-

al equipment.

Vehicle Curb Weight

This is the weight of your new vehicle

when you picked it up from your deal-

er plus any aftermarket equipment.

Cargo Weight

This figure includes all weight added

to the Base Curb Weight, including

cargo and optional equipment.

GAW (Gross Axle Weight)

This is the total weight placed on

each axle (front and rear) - including

vehicle curb weight and all payload.

GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating)

This is the maximum allowable

weight that can be carried by a single

axle (front or rear). These numbers

are shown on the Certification Label.

The total load on each axle must

never exceed its GAWR.

GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight)

This is the Base Curb Weight plus

actual Cargo Weight plus passen-

gers.

GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight

Rating)

This is the maximum allowable

weight of the fully loaded vehicle

(including all options, equipment,

passengers and cargo). The GVWR

is shown on the Certification Label

located on the driver’s door sill.

VVEEHHIICCLLEE LLOOAADD LLIIMMIITT

5-117

Driving your vehicle

Tire loading information label

The label located on the driver's door

sill gives the original tire size, cold

tire pressures recommended for your

vehicle, the number of people that

can be in your vehicle and vehicle

capacity weight.

Vehicle capacity weight

904 lbs. (410 kg)

Vehicle capacity weight is the maxi-

mum combined weight of occupants

and cargo. If your vehicle is equipped

with a trailer, the combined weight

includes the tongue load.

Seating capacity

Total : 5 persons

(Front seat : 2 persons,

Rear seat : 3 persons)

Seating capacity is the maximum

number of occupants including a

driver, your vehicle may carry.

However, the seating capacity may

be reduced based upon the weight of

all of the occupants, and the weight

of the cargo being carried or towed.

Do not overload the vehicle as there

is a limit to the total weight, or load

limit including occupants and cargo,

the vehicle can carry.

Towing capacity

We do not recommend using this

vehicle for trailer towing.

Cargo capacity

The cargo capacity of your vehicle

will increase or decrease depending

on the weight and the number of

occupants and the tongue load, if

your vehicle is equipped with a trail-

er.

ODH054202N

ODH058203N

5-118

Driving your vehicle

Steps for determining correct

load limit

1. Locate the statement "The com-

bined weight of occupants and

cargo should never exceed XXX

kg or XXX lbs.'' on your vehicle's

placard.

2. Determine the combined weight of

the driver and passengers that will

be riding in your vehicle.

3. Subtract the combined weight of

the driver and passengers from

XXX kg or XXX lbs.

4. The resulting figure equals the

available amount of cargo and lug-

gage load capacity. For example, if

the "XXX" amount equals 1400

lbs. and there will be five 150 lb

passengers in your vehicle, the

amount of available cargo and lug-

gage load capacity is 650 lbs.

(1400 - 750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.)

5. Determine the combined weight of

luggage and cargo being loaded

on the vehicle. That weight may

not safely exceed the available

cargo and luggage load capacity

calculated in Step 4.

6. If your vehicle will be towing a trail-

er, load from your trailer will be

transferred to your vehicle.

Consult this manual to determine

how this reduces the available

cargo and luggage load capacity

of your vehicle.

Do not overload the vehicle as

there is a limit to the total

weight, or load limit, including

occupants and cargo, the vehi-

cle can carry. Overloading can

shorten the life of the vehicle. If

the GVWR or the GAWR is

exceeded, parts on the vehicle

can break, and it can change

the handling of your vehicle.

These could cause you to lose

control and result in an acci-

dent.

WARNING

5-119

Driving your vehicle

Example 1

Maximum Load

(1400 lbs.)

(635 kg)

Passenger Weight

(150 lbs. × 2 = 300 lbs.)

(68 kg × 2 = 136 kg)

Cargo Weight

(1100 lbs.)

(499 kg)

Example 2

Maximum Load

(1400 lbs.)

(635 kg)

Passenger Weight

(150 lbs. × 5 = 750 lbs.)

(68 kg × 5 = 340 kg)

Cargo Weight

(650 lbs.)

(295 kg)

Example 3

Maximum Load

(1400 lbs.)

(635 kg)

Passenger Weight

(172 lbs. × 5 = 860 lbs.)

(78 kg × 5 = 390 kg)

Cargo Weight

(540 lbs.)

(245 kg)

≥≥

5-120

Driving your vehicle

Certification label

The certification label is located on

the driver's door sill at the center pil-

lar and shows the maximum allow-

able weight of the fully loaded vehi-

cle. This is called the GVWR (Gross

Vehicle Weight Rating). The GVWR

includes the weight of the vehicle, all

occupants, fuel and cargo.

This label also tells you the maxi-

mum weight that can be supported

by the front and rear axles, called

Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).

The total weight of the vehicle,

including all occupants, accessories,

cargo, and trailer tongue load must

not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight

Rating (GVWR) or the Gross Axle

Weight Rating (GAWR). To find out

the actual loads on your front and

rear axles, you need to go to a weigh

station and weigh your vehicle. Be

sure to spread out your load equally

on both sides of the centerline.

OBH059070

Overloading

• Never exceed the GVWR for

your vehicle, the GAWR for

either the front or rear axle

and vehicle capacity weight.

Exceeding these ratings can

affect your vehicle's handling

and braking ability, and cause

an accident.

• Do not overload your vehicle.

Overloading your vehicle can

cause heat buildup in your

vehicle's tires and possible

tire failure, increased stop-

ping distances and poor vehi-

cle handling-all of which may

result in a crash.

WARNING

Overloading your vehicle may

cause damage. Repairs would

not be covered by your warran-

ty. Do not overload your vehicle.

CAUTION

5-121

Driving your vehicle

If you carry items inside your

vehicle (e.g., suitcases, tools,

packages, or anything else),

they are moving as fast as the

vehicle. If you have to stop or

turn quickly, or if there is a

crash, the items will keep going

and can cause an injury if they

strike the driver or a passenger.

• Put items in the cargo area of

your vehicle. Try to spread the

weight evenly.

• Do not stack items, like suit-

cases, inside the vehicle

above the tops of the seats.

• Do not leave an unsecured

child restraint in your vehicle.

• When you carry something

inside the vehicle, secure it.

WARNING

TTRRAAIILLEERR TTOOWWIINNGG

We do not recommend using this vehicle for trailer towing.

What to do in an emergency

Hazard warning flasher ........................................6-2

In case of an emergency while driving ..............6-2

If the engine stalls while driving...................................6-2

If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing ........6-2

If you have a flat tire while driving..............................6-3

If the engine will not start ...................................6-3

If the engine doesn't turn over or turns over

slowly ..................................................................................6-3

If the engine turns over normally but doesn't

start.......................................................................................6-3

Jump starting ..........................................................6-4

Push-starting .....................................................................6-6

If the engine overheats ........................................6-7

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS).........6-9

Check tire pressure...........................................................6-9

Tire pressure monitoring system................................6-10

Low tire pressure telltale..............................................6-11

Low tire pressure position and tire pressure

telltale ................................................................................6-11

TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System)

malfunction indicator .....................................................6-12

Changing a tire with TPMS...........................................6-13

If you have a flat tire..........................................6-15

Jack and tools ..................................................................6-15

Changing tires .................................................................6-16

Jack label...........................................................................6-21

Towing ...................................................................6-22

Towing service .................................................................6-22

Removable towing hook ................................................6-23

Emergency towing ..........................................................6-24

6-2

The hazard warning flasher serves

as a warning to other drivers to exer-

cise extreme caution when

approaching, overtaking, or passing

your vehicle.

It should be used whenever emer-

gency repairs are being made or

when the vehicle is stopped near the

edge of a roadway.

To turn the hazard warning flasher

on or off, press the hazard warning

flasher button with the Engine Start/

Stop button in any position. The but-

ton is located in the center fascia

panel. All turn signal lights will flash

simultaneously.

• The hazard warning flasher oper-

ates whether your vehicle is run-

ning or not.

• The turn signals do not work when

the hazard flasher is on.

If the engine stalls while driving

• Reduce your speed gradually,

keeping a straight line. Move cau-

tiously off the road to a safe place.

• Turn on your hazard warning flash-

er.

• Try to start the engine again. If your

vehicle will not start, contact an

authorized retailer of Genesis

Branded products or seek other

qualified assistance.

If the engine stalls at a cross-

road or crossing

If the engine stalls at a crossroad or

crossing, if safe to do so, move the

shift lever to the N (Neutral) position

and then push the vehicle to a safe

location.

HHAAZZAARRDD WWAARRNNIINNGG FFLLAASSHHEERR

What to do in an emergency

ODH067001N

IINN CCAASSEE OOFF AANN EEMMEERRGGEENNCCYY

WWHHIILLEE DDRRIIVVIINNGG

6-3

What to do in an emergency

If you have a flat tire while

driving

If a tire goes flat while you are driving:

• Take your foot off the accelerator

pedal and let the vehicle slow down

while driving straight ahead. Do not

apply the brakes immediately or

attempt to pull off the road as this

may cause loss of vehicle control

resulting in an accident. When the

vehicle has slowed to such a speed

that it is safe to do so, brake care-

fully and pull off the road. Drive off

the road as far as possible and park

on firm, level ground. If you are on

a divided highway, do not park in

the median area between the two

traffic lanes.

• When the vehicle is stopped, press

the hazard warning flasher button,

move the shift lever into P (Park),

and apply the parking brake, and

place the Engine Start/Stop button

in the OFF position.

• Have all passengers get out of the

vehicle. Be sure they all get out on

the side of the vehicle that is away

from traffic.

• When changing a flat tire, follow

the instructions provided later in

this chapter.

If the engine doesn't turn over

or turns over slowly

• Be sure the shift lever is in N

(Neutral) or P (Park). The engine

starts only when the shift lever is in

N (Neutral) or P (Park).

• Check the battery connections to

be sure they are clean and tight.

• Turn on the interior light. If the light

dims or goes out when you operate

the starter, the battery is drained.

Do not push or pull the vehicle to

start it. This could cause damage to

your vehicle. See instructions for

"Jump Starting" provided in this

chapter.

If the engine turns over nor-

mally but doesn't start

• Check the fuel level and add fuel if

necessary.

If the engine still does not start, have

your vehicle checked by an author-

ized retailer of Genesis Branded

products.

IIFF TTHHEE EENNGGIINNEE WWIILLLL NNOOTT SSTTAARRTT

Push or pull starting the vehicle

may cause the catalytic con-

verter to overload which can

lead to damage to the emission

control system.

WARNING

6-4

What to do in an emergency

Jump starting can be dangerous if

done incorrectly. Follow the jump

starting procedure in this section to

avoid serious injury or damage to

your vehicle. If in doubt about how to

properly jump start your vehicle, we

strongly recommend that you have a

service technician or towing service

do it for you.

JJUUMMPP SSTTAARRTTIINNGG

To prevent SERIOUS INJURY or

DEATH to you or bystanders,

always follow these precautions

when working near or handling

the battery:

Always read and follow

instructions carefully

when handling a battery.

Wear eye protection

designed to protect the

eyes from acid splashes.

Keep all flames, sparks,

or smoking materials

away from the battery.

(Continued)

WARNING

(Continued)

Hydrogen is always

present in battery cells,

is highly combustible,

and may explode if ignit-

ed.

Keep batteries out of

reach of children.

Batteries contain sulfu-

ric acid which is highly

corrosive. Do not allow

acid to contact your

eyes, skin or clothing.

If acid gets into your eyes, flush

your eyes with clean water for at

least 15 minutes and get imme-

diate medical attention. If acid

gets on your skin, thoroughly

wash the area. If you feel pain or

a burning sensation, get med-

ical attention immediately.

(Continued)

• When lifting a plastic-cased

battery, excessive pressure

on the case may cause battery

acid to leak. Lift with a battery

carrier or with your hands on

opposite corners.

• Do not attempt to jump start

your vehicle if your battery is

frozen.

• NEVER attempt to recharge

the battery when the vehicle’s

battery cables are connected

to the battery.

• The electrical ignition system

works with high voltage.

NEVER touch these compo-

nents with the engine running

or when the Engine Start/Stop

button is in the ON position.

• Do not allow the (+) and (-)

jumper cables to touch. It may

cause sparks.

• The battery may rupture or

explode when you jump start

with a low or frozen battery.

6-5

What to do in an emergency

✽✽

NOTICE

An inappropriately disposed

battery can be harmful to

the environment and human

health. Dispose of the bat-

tery according to your local

law(s) or regulations.

Jump starting procedure

✽✽

NOTICE

Your vehicle has a battery in the

trunk compartment, but when you

jump start your vehicle, use the

jumper terminal in the engine com-

partment.

1. Position the vehicles close enough

that the jumper cables will reach,

but do not allow the vehicles to

touch.

2. Avoid fans or any moving parts in

the engine compartment at all

times, even when the vehicles are

turned off.

3. Turn off all electrical devices such

as radios, lights, air conditioning,

etc. Put the vehicles in P (Park)

and set the parking brakes. Turn

both vehicles OFF.

4. Open the engine hood.

5. Open the small service cover with

a screwdriver.

6. Remove the engine room fuse box

cover.

To prevent damage to your vehi-

cle:

• Only use a 12-volt power sup-

ply (battery or jumper system)

to jump start your vehicle.

• Do not attempt to jump start

your vehicle by push-starting.

CAUTION

ODH063031

ODH063032

6-6

What to do in an emergency

7. Connect the jumper cables in the

exact sequence shown in the illus-

tration. First connect one jumper

cable to the red, positive (+)

jumper terminal of your vehicle (1).

8. Connect the other end of the

jumper cable to the red, positive

(+) battery/jumper terminal of the

assisting vehicle (2).

9. Connect the second jumper cable

to the black, negative (-) battery/

chassis ground of the assisting

vehicle (3).

10. Connect the other end of the sec-

ond jumper cable to the black,

negative (-) chassis ground of

your vehicle (4).

Do not allow the jumper cables to

contact anything except the cor-

rect battery or jumper terminals

or the correct ground. Do not lean

over the battery when making

connections.

11. Start the engine of the assisting

vehicle and let it run at approxi-

mately 2,000 rpm for a few min-

utes. Then start your vehicle.

If your vehicle will not start after a

few attempts, it probably requires

servicing. In this event please seek

qualified assistance. If the cause of

your battery discharging is not

apparent, have your vehicle checked

by an authorized retailer of Genesis

Branded products.

Disconnect the jumper cables in the

exact reverse order you connected

them:

1. Disconnect the jumper cable from

the black, negative (-) chassis

ground of your vehicle (4).

2. Disconnect the other end of the

jumper cable from the black, neg-

ative (-) battery/chassis ground of

the assisting vehicle (3).

3. Disconnect the second jumper

cable from the red, positive (+)

battery/jumper terminal of the

assisting vehicle (2).

4. Disconnect the other end of the

jumper cable from the red, positive

(+) jumper terminal of your vehicle

(1).

Push-starting

Vehicles equipped with automatic

transmission cannot be push-start-

ed.

Follow the directions in this chapter

for jump-starting.

Never tow a vehicle to start it

because the sudden surge for-

ward when the engine starts

could cause a collision with the

tow vehicle.

WARNING

6-7

What to do in an emergency

If your temperature gauge indicates

overheating, you experience a loss

of power, or hear loud pinging or

knocking, the engine may be over-

heating. If this happens, you should:

1. Pull off the road and stop as soon

as it is safe to do so.

2. Place the shift lever in P (Park)

and set the parking brake. If the air

conditioning is ON, turn it OFF.

3. If engine coolant is running out

under the vehicle or steam is com-

ing out from the hood, stop the

engine. Do not open the hood until

the coolant has stopped running

or the steaming has stopped. If

there is no visible loss of engine

coolant and no steam, leave the

engine running and check to be

sure the engine cooling fan is

operating. If the fan is not running,

turn the engine off.

4. Check for coolant leaking from the

radiator, hoses or under the vehi-

cle. (If the air conditioning had

been in use, it is normal for cold

water to be draining from it when

you stop.)

5. If engine coolant is leaking out,

stop the engine immediately and

call the nearest authorized retailer

of Genesis Branded products for

assistance.

IIFF TTHHEE EENNGGIINNEE OOVVEERRHHEEAATTSS

While the engine is

running, keep hands,

clothing and tools

away from the mov-

ing parts such as the

cooling fan and drive

belt to prevent seri-

ous injury.

WARNING

6-8

What to do in an emergency

6. If you cannot find the cause of the

overheating, wait until the engine

temperature has returned to nor-

mal. Then, if coolant has been

lost, carefully add coolant to the

reservoir to bring the fluid level in

the reservoir up to the halfway

mark.

7. Proceed with caution, keeping

alert for further signs of overheat-

ing. If overheating happens again,

call an authorized retailer of

Genesis Branded products for

assistance.

• Serious loss of coolant indi-

cates a leak in the cooling

system and should be

checked as soon as possible

by an authorized retailer of

Genesis Branded products.

• When the engine overheats

from low engine coolant, sud-

denly adding engine coolant

may cause cracks in the

engine. To prevent damage,

add engine coolant slowly in

small quantities.

CAUTION

NEVER remove the

radiator cap, drain

plug and heater hose

connector cap while

the engine and radia-

tor are hot. Hot coolant and

steam may blow out under pres-

sure, causing serious injury.

Turn the engine off and wait

until the engine cools down.

Use extreme care when remov-

ing the radiator cap. Wrap a

thick towel around it, and turn it

counterclockwise slowly to the

first stop. Step back while the

pressure is released from the

cooling system. When you are

sure all the pressure has been

released, press down on the

cap, using a thick towel, and

continue turning counterclock-

wise to remove it.

WARNING

6-9

What to do in an emergency

(1) Low Tire Pressure Telltale/

TPMS Malfunction Indicator

(2) Low Tire Pressure Position

Telltale and Tire Pressure Telltale

(Shown on the LCD display)

Check tire pressure

• You can check the tire pressure in

the Information Mode on the clus-

ter.

Refer to "User Settings Mode" in

chapter 3.

• Tire pressure is displayed 1~2 min-

utes after driving.

• If tire pressure is not displayed

when the vehicle is stopped, "Drive

to display" message will appear.

After driving, check the tire pres-

sure.

• The displayed tire pressure values

may differ from those measured

with a tire pressure gauge.

• You can change the tire pressure

unit in the User Settings Mode on

the cluster.

- psi, kpa, bar

Refer to "User Settings Mode"

in chapter 3.

TTIIRREE PPRREESSSSUURREE MMOONNIITTOORRIINNGG SSYYSSTTEEMM ((TTPPMMSS))

ODH063007

ODH048346L

ODH067029L

6-10

What to do in an emergency

Tire pressure monitoring sys-

tem

Each tire, including the spare (if pro-

vided), should be checked monthly

when cold and inflated to the inflation

pressure recommended by the vehi-

cle manufacturer on the vehicle plac-

ard or tire inflation pressure label. (If

your vehicle has tires of a different

size than the size indicated on the

vehicle placard or tire inflation pres-

sure label, you should determine the

proper tire inflation pressure for

those tires.)

As an added safety feature, your

vehicle has been equipped with a tire

pressure monitoring system (TPMS)

that illuminates a low tire pressure

telltale when one or more of your

tires is significantly under-inflated.

Accordingly, when the low tire pres-

sure telltale illuminates, you should

stop and check your tires as soon as

possible, and inflate them to the

proper pressure. Driving on a signifi-

cantly under-inflated tire causes the

tire to overheat and can lead to tire

failure.

Under-inflation also reduces fuel effi-

ciency and tire tread life, and may

affect the vehicle's handling and

stopping ability.

Please note that the TPMS is not a

substitute for proper tire mainte-

nance, and it is the driver's responsi-

bility to maintain correct tire pres-

sure, even if under-inflation has not

reached the level to trigger illumina-

tion of the TPMS low tire pressure

telltale.

Your vehicle has also been equipped

with a TPMS malfunction indicator to

indicate when the system is not

operating properly. The TPMS mal-

function indicator is combined with

the low tire pressure telltale. When

the system detects a malfunction,

the telltale will flash for approximate-

ly one minute and then remain con-

tinuously illuminated. This sequence

will continue upon subsequent vehi-

cle start-ups as long as the malfunc-

tion exists.

When the malfunction indicator is

illuminated, the system may not be

able to detect or signal low tire pres-

sure as intended. TPMS malfunc-

tions may occur for a variety of rea-

sons, including the installation of

replacement or alternate tires or

wheels on the vehicle that prevent

the TPMS from functioning properly.

Always check the TPMS malfunction

telltale after replacing one or more

tires or wheels on your vehicle to

ensure that the replacement or alter-

nate tires and wheels allow the TPMS

to continue to function properly.

Over-inflation or under-inflation

can reduce tire life, adversely

affect vehicle handling, and

lead to sudden tire failure that

may cause loss of vehicle con-

trol resulting in an accident.

WARNING

6-11

What to do in an emergency

✽✽

NOTICE

If any of the below happens, have

the system checked by an authorized

retailer of Genesis Branded prod-

ucts.

1. The Low Tire Pressure Telltale/

TPMS Malfunction Indicator

does not illuminate for 3 seconds

when the Engine Start/Stop but-

ton is turned to the ON position

or engine is running.

2. The TPMS Malfunction Indicator

remains illuminated after blink-

ing for approximately 1 minute.

3. The Low Tire Pressure Position

Telltale remains illuminated.

Low tire pressure

telltale

Low tire pres-

sure position

and tire pres-

sure telltale

When the tire pressure monitoring

system warning indicators are illumi-

nated and warning message dis-

played on the cluster LCD display,

one or more of your tires is signifi-

cantly under-inflated. The Low Tire

Pressure Position Telltale will indi-

cate which tire is significantly under-

inflated by illuminating the corre-

sponding position light.

If either telltale illuminates, immedi-

ately reduce your speed, avoid hard

cornering and anticipate increased

stopping distances. You should stop

and check your tires as soon as pos-

sible. Inflate the tires to the proper

pressure as indicated on the vehi-

cle's placard or tire inflation pressure

label located on the driver's side cen-

ter pillar outer panel.

If you cannot reach a service station

or if the tire cannot hold the newly

added air, replace the low pressure

tire with the spare tire.

The Low Tire Pressure Telltale will

remain on and the TPMS Malfunction

Indicator may blink for one minute

and then remain illuminated (when

the vehicle is driven approximately

20 minutes at speed above 15.5 mph

(25 km/h)) until you have the low

pressure tire repaired and replaced

on the vehicle.

✽✽

NOTICE

The spare tire is not equipped with a

tire pressure sensor.

ODH048346L

6-12

What to do in an emergency

TPMS (Tire Pressure

Monitoring System)

malfunction indicator

The TPMS Malfunction Indicator will

illuminate after it blinks for approxi-

mately one minute when there is a

problem with the Tire Pressure

Monitoring System.

Have the system checked by an

authorized retailer of Genesis

Branded products as soon as possi-

ble.

✽✽

NOTICE

If there is a malfunction with the

TPMS, the Low Tire Pressure

Position Telltale will not be dis-

played even though the vehicle has

an under-inflated tire.

In winter or cold weather, the

Low Tire Pressure Telltale may

be illuminated if the tire pres-

sure was adjusted to the recom-

mended tire inflation pressure

in warm weather. It does not

mean your TPMS is malfunc-

tioning because the decreased

temperature leads to a propor-

tional lowering of tire pressure.

When you drive your vehicle

from a warm area to a cold area

or from a cold area to a warm

area, or the outside temperature

is greatly higher or lower, you

should check the tire inflation

pressure and adjust the tires to

the recommended tire inflation

pressure.

CAUTION

Low pressure damage

Significantly low tire pressure

makes the vehicle unstable and

can contribute to loss of vehicle

control and increased braking

distances.

Continued driving on low pres-

sure tires can cause the tires to

overheat and fail.

WARNING

6-13

What to do in an emergency

Changing a tire with TPMS

If you have a flat tire, the Low Tire

Pressure and Position telltales will

come on. Have the flat tire repaired

by an authorized retailer of Genesis

Branded products as soon as possi-

ble or replace the flat tire with the

spare tire.

The spare tire (if equipped) does not

come with a tire pressure monitoring

sensor. When the low pressure tire or

the flat tire is replaced with the spare

tire, the Low Tire Pressure Telltale

will remain on.

Also, the TPMS Malfunction Indicator

will illuminate after blinking for one

minute if the vehicle is driven at

speed above 15.5 mph (25 km/h) for

approximately 20 minutes.

Once the original tire equipped with

a tire pressure monitoring sensor is

reinflated to the recommended pres-

sure and reinstalled on the vehicle,

the Low Tire Pressure Telltale and

TPMS Malfunction Indicator will go

off within a few minutes.

If the indicators do not extinguish

after a few minutes, please visit an

authorized retailer of Genesis

Branded products.

Each wheel is equipped with a tire

pressure sensor mounted inside the

tire behind the valve stem (except for

the spare tire). You must use TPMS

specific wheels. It is recommended

that you always have your tires serv-

iced by an authorized retailer of

Genesis Branded products as soon

as possible.

The TPMS Malfunction Indicator

may illuminate after blinking for

one minute if the vehicle is near

electric power supply cables or

radio transmitters such as

police stations, government

and public offices, broadcasting

stations, military installations,

airports, transmitting towers,

etc. Additionally, the TPMS

Malfunction Indicator may illu-

minate if snow chains are used

or electronic devices such as

computers, chargers, remote

starters, navigation, etc. This

may interfere with normal oper-

ation of the TPMS.

CAUTION

Never use a puncture-repairing

agent not approved by an

authorized retailer of Genesis

Branded products to repair

and/or inflate a low pressure

tire. Tire sealant not approved

by an authorized retailer of

Genesis Branded products may

damage the tire pressure sen-

sor.

CAUTION

6-14

What to do in an emergency

You may not be able to identify a tire

with low pressure by simply looking

at it. Always use a good quality tire

pressure gauge to measure. Please

note that a tire that is hot (from being

driven) will have a higher pressure

measurement than a tire that is cold.

A cold tire means the vehicle has

been sitting for 3 hours and driven for

less than 1 mile (1.6 km) in that 3

hour period.

Allow the tire to cool before measur-

ing the inflation pressure. Always be

sure the tire is cold before inflating to

the recommended pressure.

✽✽

NOTICE

This device complies with Part 15 of

the FCC rules.

Operation is subject to the following

three conditions:

1. This device may not cause harm-

ful interference, and

2. This device must accept any inter-

ference received, including inter-

ference that may cause undesired

operation.

3. Changes or modifications not

expressly approved by the party

responsible for compliance could

void the user's authority to oper-

ate the equipment.

• The TPMS cannot alert you to

severe and sudden tire dam-

age caused by external fac-

tors such as nails or road

debris.

• If you feel any vehicle instabil-

ity, immediately take your foot

off the accelerator, apply the

brakes gradually with light

force, and slowly move to a

safe position off the road.

WARNING

Tampering with, modifying, or

disabling the Tire Pressure

Monitoring System (TPMS)

components may interfere with

the system's ability to warn the

driver of low tire pressure con-

ditions and/or TPMS malfunc-

tions. Tampering with, modify-

ing, or disabling the Tire

Pressure Monitoring System

(TPMS) components may void

the warranty for that portion of

the vehicle.

WARNING

6-15

What to do in an emergency

Jack and tools

➀ Jack handle

② Jack

③ Wheel nut wrench

The jack, jack handle, and wheel lug

nut wrench are stored in the luggage

compartment under the luggage box

cover.

The jack is provided for emergency

tire changing only.

Turn the winged hold down bolt

counterclockwise to remove the

spare tire.

Store the spare tire in the same com-

partment by turning the winged hold

down bolt clockwise.

To prevent the spare tire and tools

from "rattling", store them in their

proper location.

IIFF YYOOUU HHAAVVEE AA FFLLAATT TTIIRREE

Changing a tire can be danger-

ous. Follow the instructions in

this section when changing a

tire to reduce the risk of serious

injury or death.

WARNING

ODH067008

ODH063030

6-16

What to do in an emergency

If it is hard to loosen the tire hold-

down wing bolt by a hand, you can

loosen it easily using the Jack handle.

1. Put the Jack handle (1) into the

inside of tire hold-down wing bolt.

2. Turn the tire hold-down wing bolt

counterclockwise by the Jack han-

dle to utilize the principles of the

lever and fulcrum.

Changing tires

Follow these steps to change your

vehicle's tire:

1. Park on a level, firm surface.

2. Move the shift lever into P (Park),

apply the parking brake, and place

the Engine Start/Stop button in the

OFF position.

3. Press the hazard warning flasher

button.

4. Remove the wheel lug nut wrench,

jack, jack handle, and spare tire

from the vehicle.

A vehicle can slip or roll off of a

jack causing serious injury or

death to you or those nearby.

Take the following safety pre-

cautions:

• Never place any portion of

your body under a vehicle that

is supported by a jack.

• NEVER attempt to change a

tire in the lane of traffic.

ALWAYS move the vehicle

completely off the road on

level, firm ground away from

traffic before trying to change

a tire. If you cannot find a

level, firm place off the road,

call a towing service for assis-

tance.

• Be sure to use the jack pro-

vided with the vehicle.

(Continued)

• ALWAYS place the jack on the

designated jacking positions

on the vehicle and NEVER on

the bumpers or any other part

of the vehicle for jacking sup-

port.

• Do not start or run the engine

while the vehicle is on the

jack.

• Do not allow anyone to remain

in the vehicle while it is on the

jack.

• Keep children away from the

road and the vehicle.

WARNING

ODH064034

When you remove or store the

spare tire, don't give a shock to

the battery.

Shock to the battery may cause

failure of electrical circuits.

CAUTION

6-17

What to do in an emergency

5. Block both the front and rear of the

tire diagonally opposite of the tire

you are changing.

6. Insert the screwdriver into the

groove of the wheel cap and pry

gently to remove the wheel cap (If

equipped).

7. Loosen the wheel lug nuts coun-

terclockwise one turn each in the

order shown above, but do not

remove any lug nuts until the tire

has been raised off of the ground.

8. Place the jack at the designated

jacking position under the frame

closest to the tire you are chang-

ing. The jacking positions are

plates welded to the frame with

two tabs and a raised dot. Never

jack any other position or part of

the vehicle. It may damage to the

side seal molding.

ODH067010

Block

ODH063011 ODH067012N

6-18

What to do in an emergency

9. Insert the jack handle into the jack

and turn it clockwise, raising the

vehicle until the tire clears the

ground. Make sure the vehicle is

stable on the jack.

10. Loosen the lug nuts with the

wheel lug nut wrench and

remove them with your fingers.

Remove the wheel from the

studs and lay it flat on the ground

out of the way. Remove any dirt

or debris from the studs, mount-

ing surfaces, and wheel.

11. Install the spare tire onto the

studs of the hub.

12. Tighten the lug nuts with your fin-

gers onto the studs with the

smaller end of the lug nuts clos-

est to the wheel.

13. Lower the vehicle to the ground

by turning the jack handle coun-

terclockwise.

14. Use the wheel lug nut wrench to

tighten the lug nuts in the order

shown. Double-check each lug

nut until they are tight. After

changing tires, we recommend

that an authorized retailer of

Genesis Branded products tight-

en the lug nuts to their proper

torque as soon as possible. The

wheel lug nut should be tight-

ened to 79~94 lbf·ft (11~13

kgf·m).

ODH063013 ODH063014

6-19

What to do in an emergency

If you have a tire gauge, check the

tire pressure (see "Tires and

Wheels" in chapter 8 for tire pressure

instructions.). If the pressure is lower

or higher than recommended, drive

slowly to the nearest service station

and adjust it to the recommended

pressure. Always reinstall the valve

cap after checking or adjusting tire

pressure. If the cap is not replaced,

air may leak from the tire. If you lose

a valve cap, buy another and install it

as soon as possible. After changing

tires, secure the flat tire and return

the jack and tools to their proper stor-

age locations.

✽✽

NOTICE

Check the tire pressure as soon as

possible after installing a spare tire.

Adjust it to the recommended pres-

sure.

If any of the equipment such as the

jack, lug nuts, studs, or other equip-

ment is damaged or in poor condi-

tion, do not attempt to change the

tire and call for assistance.

Use of compact spare tires

(if equipped)

Compact spare tires are designed for

emergency use only. Drive carefully

on the compact spare tire and

always follow the safety precautions.

Your vehicle has metric threads

on the studs and lug nuts. Make

certain during tire changing

that the same nuts that were

removed are reinstalled. If you

have to replace your lug nuts

make sure they have metric

threads to avoid damaging the

studs and ensure the wheel is

properly secured to the hub.

Consult an authorized retailer

of Genesis Branded products

for assistance.

CAUTION

To prevent compact spare tire

failure and loss of control pos-

sibly resulting in an accident:

• Use the compact spare tire

only in an emergency.

• NEVER operate your vehicle

over 50 mph (80 km/h).

• Do not exceed the vehicle’s

maximum load rating or the

load carrying capacity shown

on the sidewall of the com-

pact spare tire.

• Do not use the compact spare

tire continuously. Repair or

replace the original tire as

soon as possible to avoid fail-

ure of the compact spare tire.

(Continued)

WARNING

6-20

What to do in an emergency

When driving with the compact spare

tire mounted to your vehicle:

• Check the tire pressure after

installing the compact spare tire.

The compact spare tire should be

inflated to 60 psi (420 kPa).

• Do not take this vehicle through an

automatic car wash while the com-

pact spare tire is installed.

• Do not use the compact spare tire

on any other vehicle because this

tire has been designed especially

for your vehicle.

• The compact spare tire’s tread life

is shorter than a regular tire.

Inspect your compact spare tire

regularly and replace worn com-

pact spare tires with the same size

and design, mounted on the same

wheel.

• Do not use more than one compact

spare tire at a time.

✽✽

NOTICE

When the original tire and wheel are

repaired and reinstalled on the vehi-

cle, the lug nut torque must be set

correctly. The correct lug nut tight-

ening torque is 79-94 lbf·ft (11-13

kgf·m).

To prevent damaging the com-

pact spare tire and your vehicle:

• Drive slowly enough for the

road conditions to avoid all

hazards, such as a potholes

or debris.

• Avoid driving over obstacles.

The compact spare tire diame-

ter is smaller than the diame-

ter of a conventional tire and

reduces the ground clearance

approximately 1 inch (25 mm).

• Do not use tire chains on the

compact spare tire. Because

of the smaller size, a tire chain

will not fit properly.

• Do not use the compact spare

tire on any other wheels, nor

should standard tires, snow

tires, wheel covers or trim

rings be used with the com-

pact spare wheel.

CAUTION

(Continued)

• On AWD vehicles, do not use

the compact spare tire contin-

uously. It may damage to the

AWD driving system or the

differential. Temporarily use

the compact spare tire for

emergency only.

6-21

What to do in an emergency

Jack label

1. Model Name

2. Maximum allowable load

3. When using the jack, set your

parking brake.

4. When using the jack, stop the

engine.

5. Do not get under a vehicle that is

supported by a jack.

6. The designated locations under

the frame

7. When supporting the vehicle, the

base plate of jack must be vertical

under the lifting point.

8. Shift into Reverse gear on vehicles

with manual transmission or move

the shift lever to the P position on

vehicles with automatic transmis-

sion.

9. The jack should be used on firm

level ground.

10. Jack manufacturer

11. Production date

12. Representative company and

address

OHYK065010

OHYK065011

OHYK064002

• Type A

■ Example

• Type B

• Type C

The actual Jack label in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

For more detailed specifications, refer to the label attached to the jack.

6-22

What to do in an emergency

Towing service

If emergency towing is necessary,

we recommend having it done by an

authorized retailer of Genesis

Branded products or a commercial

tow-truck service. Proper lifting and

towing procedures are necessary to

prevent damage to the vehicle. The

use of wheel dollies or flatbed is rec-

ommended.

When towing the vehicle by flatbed

equipment, secure wheels by using

chocks and tie-down straps (or soft

belts).

Do not place straps over body panels

or through the wheels.

On AWD vehicles, your vehicle must

be towed with a wheel lift and dollies

or flatbed equipment with all the

wheels off the ground.

On 2WD vehicles, it is acceptable to

tow the vehicle with the front wheels

on the ground (without dollies) and

the rear wheels off the ground.

If any of the loaded wheels or sus-

pension components are damaged

or the vehicle is being towed with the

rear wheels on the ground, use a

towing dolly under the rear wheels.

When being towed by a commercial

tow truck and wheel dollies are not

used, the rear of the vehicle should

always be lifted, not the front.

TTOOWWIINNGG

ODH067020N

Dolly

ODH067033N

Do not lift the vehicle by the tow

fitting or body and chassis

parts. Otherwise the vehicle

may be damaged.

CAUTION

The AWD vehicle should never

be towed with the wheels on the

ground. This can cause serious

damage to the transmission or

the AWD system.

CAUTION

Dolly

6-23

What to do in an emergency

When towing your vehicle in an

emergency without wheel dollies :

1. Set the Engine Start/Stop button

in the ACC position.

2. Place the shift lever in N (Neutral).

3. Release the parking brake.

Removable towing hook

(if equipped)

1. Open the trunk, and remove the

towing hook from the tool case.

2. Remove the hole cover pressing

the lower part of the cover on the

bumper.

ODH067021N

ODH067022N

• Do not tow the vehicle with

the rear wheels on the ground

as this may cause damage to

the vehicle.

• Do not tow with sling-type

equipment. Use wheel lift or

flatbed equipment.

CAUTION

Failure to place the transmis-

sion shift lever in N (Neutral)

may cause internal damage to

the transmission.

CAUTION

ODH067015

ODH063016

■ Front

■ Rear

6-24

What to do in an emergency

3. Install the towing hook by turning it

clockwise into the hole until it is

fully secured.

4. Remove the towing hook and

install the cover after use.

Emergency towing

(if equipped)

If towing is necessary, we recom-

mend you to have it done by an

authorized retailer of Genesis

Branded products or a commer-

cial tow truck service.

If towing service is not available in an

emergency, your vehicle may be

temporarily towed using a cable or

chain secured to the emergency tow-

ing hook at the front (or rear) of the

vehicle.

Use extreme caution when towing

the vehicle with a cable or chain. A

driver must be in the vehicle to steer

it and operate the brakes.

Towing in this manner may be done

only on hard-surfaced roads for a

short distance and at low speeds.

Also, the wheels, axles, power train,

steering and brakes must all be in

good condition.

ODH067017

ODH063018

■ Front

■ Rear

6-25

What to do in an emergency

Always follow these emergency tow-

ing precautions:

• Place the Engine Start/Stop button

in the ACC position so the steering

wheel is not locked.

• Place the shift lever in N (Neutral).

• Release the parking brake.

• Depress the brake pedal with more

force than normal since you will

have reduced braking perform-

ance.

• More steering effort will be

required because the power steer-

ing system will be disabled.

• Use a vehicle heavier than your

own to tow your vehicle.

• The drivers of both vehicles should

communicate with each other fre-

quently.

• Before emergency towing, check

that the hook is not broken or dam-

aged.

• Fasten the towing cable or chain

securely to the hook.

• Do not jerk the hook. Apply steady

and even force.

• Use a towing cable or chain less

than 16 feet (5 m) long. Attach a

white or red cloth (about 12 inches

(30 cm) wide) in the middle of the

cable or chain for easy visibility.

• Drive carefully so the towing cable

or chain remains tight during tow-

ing.

• Before towing, check the automat-

ic transmission for fluid leaks under

your vehicle. If the automatic trans-

mission fluid is leaking, flatbed

equipment or a towing dolly must

be used.

ODH067025N

To avoid damage to your vehicle

and vehicle components when

towing:

• Always pull straight ahead

when using the towing hooks.

Do not pull from the side or at

a vertical angle.

• Do not use the towing hooks

to pull a vehicle out of mud,

sand or other conditions from

which the vehicle cannot be

driven out under its own

power.

• Limit the vehicle speed to 10

mph (15 km/h) and drive less

than 1 mile (1.5 km) when tow-

ing to avoid serious damage

to the automatic transmis-

sion.

CAUTION

Maintenance

Engine compartment .............................................7-3

Maintenance services ...........................................7-6

Owner's responsibility......................................................7-6

Owner maintenance precautions ..................................7-6

Owner maintenance...............................................7-7

Owner maintenance schedule........................................7-8

Scheduled maintenance services ......................7-10

Normal maintenance schedule

(Lambda 3.8 GDI/Tau 5.0 GDI)......................................7-11

Maintenance under severe usage conditions

(Lambda 3.8 GDI/Tau 5.0 GDI)......................................7-14

Normal maintenance schedule

(Lambda 3.3 T-GDI).........................................................7-16

Maintenance under severe usage conditions

(Lambda 3.3 T-GDI).........................................................7-19

Explanation of scheduled maintenance

items.......................................................................7-21

Engine oil ..............................................................7-24

Checking the engine oil level.......................................7-24

Checking the engine oil and filter ..............................7-25

Engine coolant......................................................7-27

Checking the engine coolant level..............................7-27

Changing engine coolant...............................................7-29

Brake fluid ............................................................7-30

Checking the brake fluid level.....................................7-30

Washer fluid .........................................................7-32

Checking the washer fluid level ..................................7-32

Parking brake .......................................................7-32

Checking the parking brake .........................................7-32

Air cleaner ............................................................7-33

Filter replacement...........................................................7-33

Climate control air filter .....................................7-34

Filter inspection...............................................................7-34

Wiper blades.........................................................7-36

Blade inspection ..............................................................7-36

Blade replacement ..........................................................7-36

Battery...................................................................7-38

For best battery service................................................7-39

Battery recharging .........................................................7-40

Reset features .................................................................7-42

Tires and wheels..................................................7-43

Tire care............................................................................7-43

Recommended cold tire inflation pressures.............7-44

Check tire inflation pressure........................................7-45

Tire rotation .....................................................................7-46

Wheel alignment and tire balance ..............................7-47

Tire replacement .............................................................7-47

Wheel replacement.........................................................7-48

Tire traction......................................................................7-48

Tire maintenance ............................................................7-49

Tire sidewall labeling......................................................7-49

Tire terminology and definitions.................................7-53

All season tires ................................................................7-56

Summer tires ....................................................................7-56

Snow tires .........................................................................7-56

Radial-ply tires ................................................................7-57

Low aspect ratio tires....................................................7-57

Fuses......................................................................7-59

Instrument panel fuse replacement ...........................7-60

Engine compartment panel fuse replacement.........7-62

Fuse/Relay panel description ......................................7-64

Light bulbs.............................................................7-76

Headlamp, position lamp, turn signal lamp, side

marker and front fog lamp bulb replacement .........7-76

Side repeater lamp replacement .................................7-79

Rear combination light bulb replacement .................7-80

High mounted stop lamp ...............................................7-82

License plate light bulb replacement .........................7-82

Interior light bulb replacement ....................................7-82

Appearance care..................................................7-83

Exterior care ....................................................................7-83

Interior care......................................................................7-88

Emission control system .....................................7-91

Crankcase emission control system...........................7-91

Evaporative emission control system including

Onboard Refueling Vapor Recovery (ORVR)............7-91

Exhaust emission control system ...............................7-92

California perchlorate notice .............................7-95

7-3

Maintenance

EENNGGIINNEE CCOOMMPPAARRTTMMEENNTT

1. Engine coolant reservoir

2. Radiator cap

3. Brake fluid reservoir

4. Air cleaner

5. Engine oil dipstick

6. Engine oil filler cap

7. Windshield washer fluid reservoir

8. Fuse box

9. Jumper terminal

ODH018010L

■■

Gasoline Engine (Lambda 3.3 T-GDI)

The actual engine compartment the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

7-4

Maintenance

1. Engine coolant reservoir

2. Radiator cap

3. Brake fluid reservoir

4. Air cleaner

5. Engine oil dipstick

6. Engine oil filler cap

7. Windshield washer fluid reservoir

8. Fuse box

9. Jumper terminal

ODH018005L

■■

Gasoline Engine (Lambda 3.8 GDI)

The actual engine compartment the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

7-5

Maintenance

1. Engine coolant reservoir

2. Radiator cap

3. Brake fluid reservoir

4. Air cleaner

5. Engine oil dipstick

6. Engine oil filler cap

7. Windshield washer fluid reservoir

8. Fuse box

9. Jumper terminal

ODH018006L

■■

Gasoline Engine (Tau 5.0 GDI)

The actual engine compartment the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

7-6

Maintenance

MMAAIINNTTEENNAANNCCEE SSEERRVVIICCEESS

You should exercise the utmost care

to prevent damage to your vehicle

and injury to yourself whenever per-

forming any maintenance or inspec-

tion procedures.

We recommend you have your vehi-

cle maintained and repaired by an

authorized retailer of Genesis

Branded products. An authorized

retailer of Genesis Branded products

meets Genesis Branded Vehicle's

high service quality standards and

receives technical support from

Genesis Branded Vehicle in order to

provide you with a high level of serv-

ice satisfaction.

Owner's responsibility

Maintenance service and record reten-

tion are the owner's responsibility.

You should retain documents that

show proper maintenance has been

performed on your vehicle in accor-

dance with the scheduled mainte-

nance service charts shown on the

following pages. You need this infor-

mation to establish your compliance

with the servicing and maintenance

requirements of your vehicle war-

ranties.

Detailed warranty information is pro-

vided in your Owner's Handbook &

Warranty Information booklet.

Repairs and adjustments required as

a result of improper maintenance or

a lack of required maintenance are

not covered.

Owner maintenance precau-

tions

Inadequate, incomplete or insuffi-

cient servicing may result in opera-

tional problems with your vehicle that

could lead to vehicle damage, an

accident, or personal injury. This

chapter provides instructions only for

the maintenance items that are easy

to perform. Several procedures can

be done only by an authorized retail-

er of Genesis Branded products with

special tools.

Your vehicle should not be modified

in any way. Such modifications may

adversely affect the performance,

safety or durability of your vehicle

and may, in addition, violate condi-

tions of the limited warranties cover-

ing the vehicle.

Certain modifications may also be in

violation of regulations established

by the U.S. Department of

Transportation and other federal or

state agencies.

✽✽

NOTICE

Improper owner maintenance dur-

ing the warranty period may affect

warranty coverage. For details, read

the separate Owner's Handbook &

Warranty Information booklet pro-

vided with the vehicle. If you're

unsure about any service or mainte-

nance procedure, have it done by an

authorized retailer of Genesis

Branded products.

7-7

Maintenance

OOWWNNEERR MMAAIINNTTEENNAANNCCEE

The following lists are vehicle checks

and inspections that should be per-

formed by the owner or an author-

ized retailer of Genesis Branded

products at the frequencies indicated

to help ensure safe, dependable

operation of your vehicle.

Any adverse conditions should be

brought to the attention of your deal-

er as soon as possible.

These Owner Maintenance vehicle

checks are generally not covered by

warranties and you may be charged

for labor, parts and lubricants used.

Performing maintenance work

on a vehicle can be dangerous.

If you lack sufficient knowledge

and experience or the proper

tools and equipment to do the

work, have it done by an author-

ized retailer of Genesis Branded

products. ALWAYS follow these

precautions for performing

maintenance work:

• Park your vehicle on level

ground, move the shift lever

into the P (Park, for automatic

transmission vehicle) posi-

tion, apply the parking brake,

place the Engine Start/Stop

button in the OFF position.

• Block the tires (front and

back) to prevent the vehicle

from moving.

Remove loose clothing or jew-

elry that can become entan-

gled in moving parts.

(Continued)

WARNING

(Continued)

• If you must run the engine

during maintenance, do so

out doors or in an area with

plenty of ventilation.

• Keep flames, sparks, or smok-

ing materials away from the

battery and fuel-related parts.

7-8

Maintenance

Owner maintenance schedule

When you stop for fuel:

• Check the engine oil level.

• Check coolant level in the engine

coolant reservoir.

• Check the windshield washer fluid

level.

• Check for low or under-inflated

tires.

While operating your vehicle:

• Note any changes in the sound of

the exhaust or any smell of

exhaust fumes in the vehicle.

• Check for vibrations in the steering

wheel. Notice if there is any

increased steering effort or loose-

ness in the steering wheel, or

change in its straight-ahead posi-

tion.

• Notice if your vehicle constantly

turns slightly or "pulls" to one side

when traveling on smooth, level

road.

• When stopping, listen and check

for unusual sounds, pulling to one

side, increased brake pedal travel

or "hard-to-push" brake pedal.

• If any slipping or changes in the

operation of your transmission

occurs, check the transmission

fluid level.

• Check the automatic transmission

P (Park) function.

• Check the parking brake.

• Check for fluid leaks under your

vehicle (water dripping from the air

conditioning system during or after

use is normal).

At least monthly:

• Check coolant level in the engine

coolant reservoir.

• Check the operation of all exterior

lights, including the stoplights, turn

signals and hazard warning flash-

ers.

• Check the inflation pressures of all

tires including the spare for tires

that are worn, show uneven wear,

or are damaged.

• Check for loose wheel lug nuts.

Be careful when checking your

engine coolant level when the

engine is hot. This may result in

coolant being blown out of the

opening and cause serious

burns and other injuries.

WARNING

7-9

Maintenance

At least twice a year:

(i.e., every Spring and Fall):

• Check radiator, heater and air con-

ditioning hoses for leaks or dam-

age.

• Check windshield washer spray

and wiper operation. Clean wiper

blades with clean cloth dampened

with washer fluid.

• Check headlight alignment.

• Check muffler, exhaust pipes,

shields and clamps.

• Check the seat belts for wear and

function.

At least once a year:

• Clean body and door drain holes.

• Lubricate door hinges and hood

hinges.

• Lubricate door and hood locks and

latches.

• Lubricate door rubber weather

strips.

• Check the air conditioning system.

• Inspect and lubricate automatic

transmission linkage and controls.

• Clean the battery and terminals.

• Check the brake fluid level.

SSCCHHEEDDUULLEEDD MMAAIINNTTEENNAANNCCEE SSEERRVVIICCEESS

7-10

Maintenance

Follow Normal Maintenance Schedule if the vehicle is usually operated where none of the following conditions apply.

If any of the following conditions apply, you must follow the Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions.

• Repeated short distance driving.

• Driving in dusty conditions or sandy areas.

• Extensive use of brakes.

• Driving in areas where salt or other corrosive materials are used.

• Driving on rough or muddy roads.

• Driving in mountainous areas.

• Extended periods of idling or low speed operation.

• Driving for a prolonged period in cold temperatures and/or extremely humid climates.

• More than 50% driving in heavy city traffic during hot weather above 90°F (32°C).

For additional information or assistance see your authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

7-11

Maintenance

Normal Maintenance Schedule (Lambda 3.8 GDI/Tau 5.0 GDI)

I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.

R : Replace or change.

: The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur or tension is reduced.

: If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive is recommended. Additives are available from your

authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products along with information on how to use them. Do not mix other additives.

: Inspect for excessive valve noise and/or engine vibration and adjust if necessary. Have an authorized retailer of Genesis

Branded products perform the operation.

Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first

Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180

Miles×1,000 7.5 15 22.5 30 37.5 45 52.5 60 67.5 75 82.5 90 97.5 105 112.5

Km×1,000 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180

Drive belts *

At first, inspect at 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 72 months,

after that, inspect every 15,000 miles (24,000 km) or 24 months

Engine oil and engine oil filter R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R

Fuel additives *

Add every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 12 months

Air cleaner filter I I R I I R I I R I I R I I R

Spark plugs Replace every 97,500 miles (156,000 km)

Valve clearance (3.8 GDI) *

Inspect every 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 72 months

Rotate tires Rotate every 7,500 miles (12,000 km)

MAINTENANCE

INTERVALS

MAINTENANCE

ITEM

7-12

Maintenance

I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.

R : Replace or change.

Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first

Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180

Miles×1,000 7.5 15 22.5 30 37.5 45 52.5 60 67.5 75 82.5 90 97.5 105 112.5

Km×1,000 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180

Climate control air filter (if equipped) R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R

Vacuum hose I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Engine coolant

At first, replace at 120,000 miles (192,000 km) or 10 years :

after that, replace every 30,000 miles (48,000 km) or 24 months

Battery condition I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Brake lines, hoses and connections I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Disc brakes and pads I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Steering gear rack, linkage and boots I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Driveshaft and boots I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Suspension mounting bolts I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Air conditioner refrigerant I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Air conditioner compressor I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Propeller shaft I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Exhaust pipe and muffler I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

MAINTENANCE

INTERVALS

MAINTENANCE

ITEM

Normal Maintenance Schedule (Lambda 3.8 GDI/Tau 5.0 GDI) (CONT.)

7-13

Maintenance

I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.

R : Replace or change.

: Front/rear differential oil should be changed anytime they have been submerged in water.

: Fuel filter & Fuel tank air filter are considered to be maintenance free but periodic inspection is recommended for this mainte-

nance schedule depends on fuel quality. If there are some important safety matters like fuel flow restriction, surging, loss of

power, hard starting problem, etc. replace the fuel filter immediately regardless of maintenance schedule and consult an

authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products for details.

Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first

Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180

Miles×1,000 7.5 15 22.5 30 37.5 45 52.5 60 67.5 75 82.5 90 97.5 105 112.5

Km×1,000 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180

Automatic transaxle fluid No check, No service required

Front (AWD) / rear differential oil *

I I I

Vapor hose, fuel filler cap and fuel tank I I I I I I I

Fuel tank air filter *

I I I I I I I

Fuel filter *

I I I I I I I

Fuel lines, hoses and connections I I I

Parking brake I I I I I I I

Brake fluid I I I I I I I

MAINTENANCE

INTERVALS

MAINTENANCE

ITEM

Normal Maintenance Schedule (Lambda 3.8 GDI/Tau 5.0 GDI) (CONT.)

7-14

Maintenance

Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions (Lambda 3.8 GDI/Tau 5.0 GDI)

The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars normally used under severe driving conditions. Refer

to the chart below for the appropriate maintenance intervals.

R : Replace or change.

I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.

MAINTENANCE ITEM

MAINTENANCE

OPERATION

MAINTENANCE INTERVALS

DRIVING

CONDITION

Engine oil and filter

Every 3,750 miles (6,000 km) or

6 months

A, B, C, D, E, F, G,

H, I, J, K

Air cleaner filter I More frequently C, E

Spark plugs

More frequently A, B, H, I, K

Automatic transaxle fluid

Every 60,000 miles (96,000 km) A, C, D, E, F, G, H, I

Front brake disc/pads, calipers I More frequently C, D, G, H

Rear brake disc/pads I More frequently C, D, G, H

Parking brake I More frequently C, D, G, H

7-15

Maintenance

Severe driving conditions

A - Repeatedly driving short distance of less than 5 miles (8 km)

in normal temperature or less than 10 miles (16 km) in freez-

ing temperature

B - Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long dis-

tances

C- Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or salt-

spread roads

D- Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in

very cold weather

E - Driving in heavy dust condition

F -Driving in heavy traffic area

G- Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain road repeatedly

H- Towing a Trailer, or using a camper, or roof rack

I - Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other commercial use or vehicle

towing

J - Driving over 106 mph (170 km/h)

K - Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditions

MAINTENANCE ITEM

MAINTENANCE

OPERATION

MAINTENANCE INTERVALS

DRIVING

CONDITION

Steering gear box, linkage & boots/

Lower arm ball joint, upper arm ball joint

I More frequently C, D, E, F, G, H, I

Drive shafts and boots I

Every 3,750 miles (6,000 km) or

6 months

C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J

Front(AWD)/rear differential oil

Every 75,000 miles (120,000 km) C, G, H, I, J

Climate control air filter

(for evaporator and blower unit)

More frequently C, E

Propeller shaft I

Every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or

6 months

C, E

7-16

Maintenance

Normal Maintenance Schedule (Lambda 3.3 Turbo-GDI)

I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.

R : Replace or change.

: The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur or tension is reduced.

: If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive is recommended. Additives are available from your

authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products along with information on how to use them. Do not mix other additives.

: Inspect for excessive valve noise and/or engine vibration and adjust if necessary. Have an authorized retailer of Genesis

Branded products perform the operation.

Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first

Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180

Miles×1,000 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72 78 84 90

Km×1,000 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150

Drive belts *

At first, inspect at 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 72 months,

after that, inspect every 15,000 miles (24,000 km) or 24 months

Engine oil and engine oil filter R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R

Fuel additives *

Add every 6,000 miles (10,000 km) or 12 months

Air cleaner filter I I R I I R I I R I I R I I R

Spark plugs Replace every 42,000 miles (70,000 km)

Valve clearance *

Inspect every 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 72 months

Rotate tires Rotate every 6,000 miles (10,000 km)

MAINTENANCE

INTERVALS

MAINTENANCE

ITEM

Maintenance

I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.

R : Replace or change.

Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first

Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180

Miles×1,000 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72 78 84 90

Km×1,000 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150

Climate control air filter (if equipped) R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R

Vacuum hose I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Engine coolant

At first, replace at 120,000 miles (200,000 km) or 10 years :

after that, replace every 30,000 miles (50,000 km) or 24 months

Intercooler, in/out hose, air intake hose I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Battery condition I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Brake lines, hoses and connections I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Disc brakes and pads I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Steering gear rack, linkage and boots I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Driveshaft and boots I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Suspension mounting bolts I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Air conditioner refrigerant I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Air conditioner compressor I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Propeller shaft I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Exhaust pipe and muffler I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

MAINTENANCE

INTERVALS

MAINTENANCE

ITEM

Normal Maintenance Schedule (Lambda 3.3 Turbo-GDI) (CONT.)

7-17

7-18

Maintenance

I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.

R : Replace or change.

: Front/rear differential oil should be changed anytime they have been submerged in water.

: Fuel filter & Fuel tank air filter are considered to be maintenance free but periodic inspection is recommended for this mainte-

nance schedule depends on fuel quality. If there are some important safety matters like fuel flow restriction, surging, loss of

power, hard starting problem, etc. replace the fuel filter immediately regardless of maintenance schedule and consult an

authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products for details.

Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first

Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180

Miles×1,000 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72 78 84 90

Km×1,000 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150

Automatic transaxle fluid No check, No service required

Front (AWD) / rear differential oil *

I I I

Vapor hose, fuel filler cap and fuel tank I I I I I I I

Fuel tank air filter *

I I I I I I I

Fuel filter *

I I I I I I I

Fuel lines, hoses and connections I I I

Parking brake I I I I I I I

Brake fluid I I I I I I I

MAINTENANCE

INTERVALS

MAINTENANCE

ITEM

Normal Maintenance Schedule (Lambda 3.3 Turbo-GDI) (CONT.)

7-19

Maintenance

Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions (Lambda 3.3 Turbo-GDI)

The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars normally used under severe driving conditions. Refer

to the chart below for the appropriate maintenance intervals.

R : Replace or change.

I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.

MAINTENANCE ITEM

MAINTENANCE

OPERATION

MAINTENANCE INTERVALS

DRIVING

CONDITION

Engine oil and filter

Every 3,000 miles (5,000 km) or

6 months

A, B, C, D, E, F, G,

H, I, J, K

Air cleaner filter I More frequently C, E

Spark plugs

More frequently A, B, H, I, K

Automatic transaxle fluid

Every 60,000 miles (100,000 km) A, C, D, E, F, G, H, I

Front brake disc/pads, calipers I More frequently C, D, G, H

Rear brake disc/pads I More frequently C, D, G, H

Parking brake I More frequently C, D, G, H

7-20

Maintenance

Severe driving conditions

A - Repeatedly driving short distance of less than 5 miles (8 km)

in normal temperature or less than 10 miles (16 km) in freez-

ing temperature

B - Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long dis-

tances

C- Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or salt-

spread roads

D- Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in

very cold weather

E - Driving in heavy dust condition

F -Driving in heavy traffic area

G- Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain road repeatedly

H- Towing a Trailer, or using a camper, or roof rack

I - Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other commercial use or vehicle

towing

J - Driving over 106 mph (170 km/h)

K - Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditions

MAINTENANCE ITEM

MAINTENANCE

OPERATION

MAINTENANCE INTERVALS

DRIVING

CONDITION

Steering gear box, linkage & boots/

Lower arm ball joint, upper arm ball joint

I More frequently C, D, E, F, G, H, I

Drive shafts and boots I

Every 3,000 miles (5,000 km) or

6 months

C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J

Front(AWD)/rear differential oil

Every 72,000 miles (120,000 km) C, G, H, I, J

Climate control air filter

(for evaporator and blower unit)

More frequently C, E

Propeller shaft I

Every 3,000 miles (5,000 km) or

6 months

C, E

7-21

Maintenance

EEXXPPLLAANNAATTIIOONN OOFF SSCCHHEEDDUULLEEDD MMAAIINNTTEENNAANNCCEE IITTEEMMSS

Engine oil and filter

The engine oil and filter should be

changed at the intervals specified in

the maintenance schedule. If the car

is being driven in severe conditions,

more frequent oil and filter changes

are required.

Drive belts

Inspect all drive belts for evidence of

cuts, cracks, excessive wear or oil

saturation and replace if necessary.

Drive belts should be checked peri-

odically for proper tension and

adjusted as necessary.

Fuel filter

A clogged filter can limit the speed at

which the vehicle may be driven,

damage the emission system and

cause multiple issues such as hard

starting. If an excessive amount of

foreign matter accumulates in the

fuel tank, the filter may require

replacement more frequently. After

installing a new filter, run the engine

for several minutes, and check for

leaks at the connections. Fuel filters

should be installed by an authorized

retailer of Genesis Branded prod-

ucts.

Fuel lines, fuel hoses and con-

nections

Check the fuel lines, fuel hoses and

connections for leakage and dam-

age. Have an authorized retailer of

Genesis Branded products replace

any damaged or leaking parts imme-

diately.

Vapor hose and fuel filler cap

The vapor hose and fuel filler cap

should be inspected at those inter-

vals specified in the maintenance

schedule. Make sure a new vapor

hose or fuel filler cap is correctly

replaced.

Air cleaner filter

A Genesis/Hyundai Part air cleaner

filter is recommended when the filter

is replaced.

Spark plugs

Make sure to install new spark plugs

of the correct part number and heat

range.

When you are inspecting the

belt, place the Engine Start/

Stop button in the OFF or ACC

position.

CAUTION

Do not disconnect and inspect

spark plugs when the engine is

hot. You may burn yourself.

WARNING

7-22

Maintenance

Valve clearance

(Lambda engine)

Inspect for excessive valve noise

and/or engine vibration and adjust if

necessary. Have an authorized retail-

er of Genesis Branded products per-

form the operation.

Cooling system

Check cooling system components,

such as radiator, coolant reservoir,

hoses and connections for leakage

and damage. Replace any damaged

parts.

Engine coolant

The coolant should be changed at

the intervals specified in the mainte-

nance schedule.

Automatic transmission fluid

Automatic transmission fluid should

not be checked under normal usage

conditions. But in severe conditions,

the fluid should be changed at an

authorized retailer of Genesis

Branded products in accordance to

the scheduled maintenance at the

beginning of this chapter.

✽✽

NOTICE

Automatic transmission fluid color

is basically red.

As the vehicle is driven, the auto-

matic transmission fluid will begin

to look darker. This is a normal con-

dition and you should not judge the

need to replace the fluid based upon

the changed color.

The use of a non-specified fluid

could result in transmission

malfunction and failure. Use

only the specified automatic

transmission fluid (refer to

"Recommended Lubricants and

Capacities" in chapter 8).

CAUTION

7-23

Maintenance

Brake hoses and lines

Visually check for proper installation,

chafing, cracks, deterioration and

any leakage. Replace any deteriorat-

ed or damaged parts immediately.

Brake fluid

Check brake fluid level in the brake

fluid reservoir. The level should be

between the MIN and the MAX

marks on the side of the reservoir.

Use only hydraulic brake fluid con-

forming to DOT 3 or DOT 4 specifi-

cation.

Parking brake

Inspect the parking brake system

including the parking brake pedal

and cables.

Brake discs, pads, calipers

and rotors

Check the pads for excessive wear,

discs for run out and wear, and

calipers for fluid leakage.

Exhaust pipe and muffler

Visually inspect the exhaust pipes,

muffler and hangers for cracks, dete-

rioration, or damage. Start the

engine and listen carefully for any

exhaust gas leakage. Tighten con-

nections or replace parts as neces-

sary.

Suspension mounting bolts

Check the suspension connections

for looseness or damage. Retighten

to the specified torque.

Steering gear box, linkage &

boots/lower arm ball joint

With the vehicle stopped and the

engine off, check for excessive free-

play in the steering wheel. Check the

linkage for bends or damage. Check

the dust boots and ball joints for

deterioration, cracks, or damage.

Replace any damaged parts.

Drive shafts and boots

Check the drive shafts, boots and

clamps for cracks, deterioration, or

damage. Replace any damaged

parts and, if necessary, repack the

grease.

Air conditioning refrigerant

Check the air conditioning lines and

connections for leakage and dam-

age.

7-24

Maintenance

EENNGGIINNEE OOIILL

Checking the engine oil level

1. Follow all of the oil manufacturer's

precautions.

2. Be sure the vehicle is on level

ground in P (Park) with the park-

ing brake set and the wheels

blocked.

3. Turn the engine on and allow the

engine to reach normal operating

temperature.

4. Turn the engine off and wait about

five minutes for the oil to return to

the oil pan.

5. Pull the dipstick out, wipe it clean,

and re-insert it fully.

6. Pull the dipstick out again and

check the level. The level should

be between F and L.

7. If it is near or at L, add enough oil

to bring the level to F.

✽✽

NOTICE

To prevent damage to your engine:

• Do not overfill with engine oil.

Add oil in small quantities and

recheck level to ensure engine is

not overfilled.

• Do not spill engine oil when

adding or changing engine oil. Use

a funnel to help prevent oil from

being spilled on engine compo-

nents. Wipe off spilled oil immedi-

ately.

ODH077090N

ODH077002L

ODH077061L

■ Lambda 3.8 GDI

■ Lambda 3.3 T-GDI

■ Tau 5.0 GDI

7-25

Maintenance

✽✽

NOTICE

Use only the specified engine oil

(refer to "Recommended

Lubricants and Capacities" in chap-

ter 8).

Checking the engine oil and

filter

Have engine oil and filter changed by

an authorized retailer of Genesis

Branded products according to the

Maintenance Schedule at the begin-

ning of this chapter.

ODH077091N

ODH076003N

ODH076062N

■ Lambda 3.8 GDI

■ Lambda 3.3 T-GDI

■ Tau 5.0 GDI

7-26

Maintenance

CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65

WARNING

Engine oil contains chemicals

known to the State of California

to cause cancer, birth defects

and reproductive harm. Used

engine oil may cause irritation

or cancer of the skin if left in

contact with the skin for pro-

longed periods of time. Always

protect your skin by washing

your hands thoroughly with

soap and warm water as soon

as possible after handling used

oil.

WARNING

7-27

Maintenance

EENNGGIINNEE CCOOOOLLAANNTT

The high-pressure cooling system

has a reservoir filled with year-round

antifreeze coolant. The reservoir is

filled at the factory.

Check the antifreeze protection and

coolant level at least once a year, at

the beginning of the winter season

and before traveling to a colder cli-

mate.

Checking the engine coolant

level

Never remove the

radiator cap, drain

plug and heater hose

connector cap while

the engine and radia-

tor are hot. Hot coolant and

steam may blow out under pres-

sure, causing serious injury.

(Continued)

WARNING

(Continued)

Turn the engine off and wait

until the engine cools down.

Use extreme care when remov-

ing the radiator cap. Wrap a

thick towel around it, and turn it

counterclockwise slowly to the

first stop. Step back while the

pressure is released from the

cooling system. When you are

sure all the pressure has been

released, press down on the

cap, using a thick towel, and

continue turning counterclock-

wise to remove it.

ODH078005

7-28

Maintenance

The electric motor for the cooling fan

is controlled by engine coolant tem-

perature, refrigerant pressure and

vehicle speed. As the engine coolant

temperature decreases, the electric

motor will automatically shut off. This

is a normal condition. If your vehicle

is equipped with GDI, the electric

motor for the cooling fan may begin

to operate at any time and continue

to operate until you disconnect the

negative battery cable.

Check the condition and connections

of all cooling system hoses and

heater hoses. Replace any swollen

or deteriorated hoses.

The coolant level should be filled

between the F and the L marks on

the side of the coolant reservoir

when the engine is cool.

If the coolant level is low, add enough

distilled (deionized) water to bring

the level to the F mark, but do not

overfill. If frequent additions are

required, we recommend that you

see an authorized retailer of Genesis

Branded products for a cooling sys-

tem inspection.

Recommended engine coolant

• When adding coolant, use only

deionized water, distilled water or

soft water for your vehicle and

never mix hard water in the coolant

filled at the factory.

• An improper coolant mixture can

result in severe malfunction or

engine damage.

• The engine in your vehicle has alu-

minum engine parts and must be

protected by an ethylene-glycol-

based coolant to prevent corrosion

and freezing.

• Do not use alcohol or methanol

coolant or mix them with the spec-

ified coolant.

• Do not use a solution that contains

more than 60% antifreeze or less

than 35% antifreeze, which would

reduce the effectiveness of the

solution.

The electric motor for

the cooling fan may

continue to operate

or start up when the

engine is not running

and can cause serious injury.

Keep hands, clothing and tools

away from the rotating fan

blades of the cooling fan.

WARNING

ODH078004

7-29

Maintenance

For mixing percentage, refer to the

following table:

✽✽

NOTICE

If in doubt about the mix ratio, a

50% water and 50% antifreeze mix

is the easiest to mix together as it

will be the same quantity of each. It

is suitable to use for most tempera-

ture ranges of -31°F and higher.

Changing engine coolant

Have coolant changed by an author-

ized retailer of Genesis Branded

products according to the

Maintenance Schedule at the begin-

ning of this chapter.

Ambient

Temperature

Mixture Percentage

(volume)

Antifreeze Water

5°F (-15°C) 35 65

-13°F (-25°C) 40 60

-31°F (-35°C) 50 50

-49°F (-45°C) 60 40

• Do not use engine coolant or

antifreeze in the washer fluid

reservoir.

• Engine coolant can severely

obscure visibility when

sprayed on the windshield

and may cause loss of vehicle

control resulting in an acci-

dent.

• Engine coolant may also

cause damage to paint and

body trim.

WARNING

To prevent damage to engine

parts, put a thick towel around

the radiator cap before refilling

the coolant to prevent the

coolant from overflowing into

engine parts, such as the gener-

ator.

CAUTION

7-30

Maintenance

BBRRAAKKEE FFLLUUIIDD

Checking the brake fluid level

Check the fluid level in the reservoir

periodically. The fluid level should be

between MAX and MIN marks on the

side of the reservoir.

Before removing the reservoir cap

and adding brake fluid, clean the

area around the reservoir cap thor-

oughly to prevent brake fluid contam-

ination.

If the level is low, add the specified

brake fluid to the MAX level. The level

will fall with accumulated mileage.

This is a normal condition associated

with the wear of the brake linings. If

the fluid level is excessively low, have

the brake system checked by an

authorized retailer of Genesis

Branded products.

If the brake system requires fre-

quent additions of fluid this

could indicate a leak in the

brake system. Have the vehicle

inspected by an authorized

retailer of Genesis Branded

products.

WARNING

Do not allow brake fluid to come

in contact with your eyes. If

brake fluid comes in contact

with your eyes, flush your eyes

with clean water for at least 15

minutes and get immediate

medical attention.

WARNING

ODH076006N

7-31

Maintenance

✽✽

NOTICE

Use only the specified brake fluid

(refer to "Recommended

Lubricants and Capacities" in chap-

ter 8).

• Do not allow brake fluid to

contact the vehicle’s body

paint, as paint damage will

result.

• Brake fluid, which has been

exposed to open air for an

extended time should NEVER

be used as its quality cannot

be guaranteed. It should be

disposed of properly.

• Do not use the wrong kind of

brake fluid. A few drops of

mineral based oil, such as

engine oil, in your brake sys-

tem can damage brake sys-

tem parts.

CAUTION

7-32

Maintenance

WWAASSHHEERR FFLLUUIIDD

Checking the washer fluid

level

Check the fluid level in the washer

fluid reservoir and add fluid if neces-

sary. Plain water may be used if

washer fluid is not available.

However, use washer solvent with

antifreeze characteristics in cold cli-

mates to prevent freezing.

Checking the parking brake

Foot type

Check whether the stroke is within

specification when the parking brake

pedal is depressed with 44 lb (20 kg,

196 N) of force. Also, the parking

brake alone should securely hold the

vehicle on a fairly steep grade. If the

stroke is more or less than specified,

have the parking brake adjusted by

an authorized retailer of Genesis

Branded products.

Stroke : 3 notch

To prevent serious injury or

death, take the following safety

precautions when using washer

fluid:

• Do not use engine coolant or

antifreeze in the washer fluid

reservoir.

Engine coolant can severely

obscure visibility when

sprayed on the windshield

and may cause loss of vehicle

control resulting in an acci-

dent or damage to paint and

body trim.

• Do not allow sparks or flame

to contact the washer fluid or

the washer fluid reservoir.

Washer fluid may contain

alcohol and can be flamma-

ble.

• Do not drink washer fluid and

avoid contact with skin.

Washer fluid is poisonous to

humans and animals.

• Keep washer fluid away from

children and animals.

CAUTION

ODH073007

ODH053142

PPAARRKKIINNGG BBRRAAKKEE

7-33

Maintenance

AAIIRR CCLLEEAANNEERR

Filter replacement

✽✽

NOTICE

If the vehicle is operated in extreme-

ly dusty or sandy areas, replace the

element more often than the usual

recommended intervals (refer to

"Maintenance Under Severe Usage

Conditions" in this chapter).

• Do not drive with the air clean-

er filter removed. This will

result in excessive engine

wear.

• When removing the air clean-

er filter, be careful that dust or

dirt does not enter the air

intake, or damage may result.

• Use a Genesis/Hyundai Part,

use of non-Genesis/Hyundai

Part could damage the air flow

sensor.

CAUTION

ODH078108

ODH078008

■ 3.3 T-GDI/5.0 GDI (Passenger side)

■ 3.8 GDI

ODH078109

■ 3.3 T-GDI/5.0 GDI (Driver side)

The air cleaner filter can be cleaned

for inspection using compressed air.

Do not attempt to wash or to rinse it,

as water will damage the filter. If

soiled, the air cleaner filter must be

replaced.

We recommend that you visit an

authorized retailer of Genesis

Branded products to replace air

cleaner filter.

Replace the filter according to the

Maintenance Schedule.

7-34

Maintenance

CCLLIIMMAATTEE CCOONNTTRROOLL AAIIRR FFIILLTTEERR

Filter inspection

The climate control air filter should

be replaced according to the

Maintenance Schedule. If the vehicle

is operated in severely air-polluted

cities or on dusty rough roads for a

long period, it should be inspected

more frequently and replaced earlier.

When you replace the climate control

air filter, replace it performing the fol-

lowing procedure, and be careful to

avoid damaging other components.

1. With the glove box open, remove

the stoppers on both sides to allow

the glove box to hang freely on the

hinges.

2. Remove the support rod (1).

ODH073010ODH073009

7-35

Maintenance

3. Remove the climate control air fil-

ter case by pulling out left sides of

the cover.

4. Replace the climate control air fil-

ter.

5. Reassemble in the reverse order

of disassembly.

✽✽

NOTICE

Install a new climate control air fil-

ter in the correct direction with the

arrow symbol (

↓↓

) facing downwards.

Otherwise, the climate control

effects may decrease, possibly with a

noise.

OVI075200KODH073011

7-36

Maintenance

WWIIPPEERR BBLLAADDEESS

Blade inspection

Contamination of either the wind-

shield or the wiper blades with for-

eign matter can reduce the effective-

ness of the windshield wipers.

Common sources of contamination

are insects, tree sap, and hot wax

treatments used by some commer-

cial car washes. If the blades are not

wiping properly, clean both the win-

dow and the blades with a clean

cloth dampened with washer fluid.

✽✽

NOTICE

Commercial hot waxes applied by

automatic car washes have been

known to make the windshield diffi-

cult to clean.

Blade replacement

When the wipers no longer clean

adequately, the blades may be worn

or cracked, and require replacement.

OLMB073019

To prevent damage to the wiper

blades, arms or other compo-

nents, do not:

• Use gasoline, kerosene, paint

thinner, or other solvents on

or near them.

• Attempt to move the wipers

manually.

• Use non-specified wiper

blades.

CAUTION

To prevent damage to the wiper

arms or other components, do

not attempt to move the wipers

manually.

CAUTION

The use of a non-specified

wiper blade could result in

wiper malfunction and failure.

CAUTION

7-37

Maintenance

Front windshield wiper blade

For your convenience, move the

windshield wiper blades to the serv-

ice position as follows;

After turning off the engine, move the

wiper switch to the single wiping

(MIST) position within 20 seconds

and hold the switch more than 2 sec-

onds until the wiper blade is in the

fully up position.

1. Raise the wiper arm.

2. Turn the wiper blade clip. Then lift

up the blade clip.

3. Push the clip (1) and push up the

wiper arm (2).

4. Push down the wiper arm (3) and

install the new blade assembly in

the reverse order of removal.

5. Return the wiper arm on the wind-

shield.

6. Turn ignition to the ON position

and wiper arms will return to the

normal operating position.

ODH073013

ODH073015

ODH073016

ODH073017

ODH073014

Do not allow the wiper arm to

fall against the windshield,

since it may chip or crack the

windshield.

CAUTION

7-38

Maintenance

BBAATTTTEERRYY

Jump starting can be dangerous if

done incorrectly. Follow the jump

starting procedure in this section to

avoid serious injury or damage to

your vehicle. If in doubt about how to

properly jump start your vehicle, we

strongly recommend that you have a

service technician or towing service

do it for you.

To prevent SERIOUS INJURY or

DEATH to you or bystanders,

always follow these precautions

when working near or handling

the battery:

Always read and follow

instructions carefully

when handling a battery.

Wear eye protection

designed to protect the

eyes from acid splashes.

Keep all flames, sparks,

or smoking materials

away from the battery.

Hydrogen is always

present in battery cells,

is highly combustible,

and may explode if ignit-

ed.

Keep batteries out of

reach of children.

(Continued)

WARNING

(Continued)

Batteries contain sulfu-

ric acid which is highly

corrosive. Do not allow

acid to contact your

eyes, skin or clothing.

If acid gets into your eyes, flush

your eyes with clean water for at

least 15 minutes and get imme-

diate medical attention. If acid

gets on your skin, thoroughly

wash the area. If you feel pain or

a burning sensation, get med-

ical attention immediately.

• When lifting a plastic-cased

battery, excessive pressure

on the case may cause battery

acid to leak. Lift with a battery

carrier or with your hands on

opposite corners.

• Do not attempt to jump start

your vehicle if your battery is

frozen.

(Continued)

7-39

Maintenance

For best battery service

The battery is in the trunk.

When replacing the battery, discon-

nect the negative (-) cable (1) and

remove the positive (+) battery fuse

box (2).

• When you do not use the vehi-

cle for a long time in a low

temperature area, disconnect

the battery and keep it

indoors.

• Always charge the battery

fully to prevent battery case

damage in low temperature

areas.

CAUTION

CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65

WARNING

Battery posts, terminals, and

related accessories contain

lead and lead compounds,

chemicals known to the State of

California to cause cancer, birth

defects and reproductive harm.

Batteries also contain other

chemicals known to the State of

California to cause cancer.

Wash hands after handling.

WARNING

(Continued)

• NEVER attempt to recharge

the battery when the vehicle’s

battery cables are connected

to the battery.

• The electrical ignition system

works with high voltage.

NEVER touch these compo-

nents with the engine running

or when the Engine Start/Stop

button is in the ON position.

ODH077029

ODH073030

7-40

Maintenance

• Keep the battery securely mount-

ed.

• Keep the battery top clean and dry.

• Keep the terminals and connec-

tions clean, tight, and coated with

petroleum jelly or terminal grease.

• Rinse any spilled acid from the bat-

tery immediately with a solution of

water and baking soda.

Battery recharging

By battery charger

Your vehicle has a maintenance-free,

calcium-based battery.

• If the battery becomes discharged

in a short time (because, for exam-

ple, the headlights or interior lights

were left on while the vehicle was

not in use), recharge it by slow

charging (trickle) for 10 hours.

• If the battery gradually discharges

because of high electric load while

the vehicle is being used, recharge

it at 20-30A for two hours.

AGM battery

• Absorbent Glass Matt (AGM)

batteries are maintenance-

free and we recommend that

the AGM battery be serviced

by an authorized retailer of

Genesis Branded products.

For charging your AGM bat-

tery, use only fully automatic

battery chargers that are spe-

cially developed for AGM bat-

teries.

• When replacing the AGM bat-

tery, we recommend that you

use parts for replacement

from an authorized retailer of

Genesis Branded products.

• Do not open or remove the

cap on top of the battery. This

may cause leaks of internal

electrolyte that could result in

severe injury.

CAUTION

7-41

Maintenance

By jump starting

After a jump start from a good bat-

tery, idle vehicle with headlights on

for 20-30 minutes and then drive the

vehicle for 20-30 minutes before it is

shut off. The vehicle may not restart

if you shut it off before the battery

had a chance to adequately

recharge. See "Jump Starting" in

chapter 6 for more information on

jump starting procedures.

✽✽

NOTICE

An inappropriately disposed

battery can be harmful to

the environment and human

health. Dispose of the bat-

tery according to your local

law(s) or regulations.

Always follow these instruc-

tions when recharging your

vehicle's battery to avoid the

risk of SERIOUS INJURY or

DEATH from explosions or acid

burns:

• Before performing mainte-

nance or recharging the bat-

tery, turn off all accessories

and press the Engine Start/

Stop button to the OFF posi-

tion.

• Keep all flames, sparks, or

smoking materials away from

the battery.

• Always work outdoors or in an

area with plenty of ventilation.

• Wear eye protection when

checking the battery during

charging.

• The battery must be removed

from the vehicle and placed in

a well ventilated area.

(Continued)

WARNING

(Continued)

• Watch the battery during

charging, and stop or reduce

the charging rate if the battery

cells begin boiling violently.

• The negative battery cable

must be removed first and

installed last when the battery

is disconnected. Disconnect

the battery charger in the fol-

lowing order:

(1) Turn off the battery charg-

er main switch.

(2) Unhook the negative

clamp from the negative

battery terminal.

(3) Unhook the positive clamp

from the positive battery

terminal.

• Always use a Genesis/

Hyundai Part approved bat-

tery when you replace the bat-

tery.

7-42

Maintenance

Reset features

Some items need to be reset after

the battery has been discharged or

the battery has been disconnected.

See chapter 3 for:

• Auto up/down window

• Sunroof

• Trip computer

• Climate control system

7-43

Maintenance

TTIIRREESS AANNDD WWHHEEEELLSS

Tire care

For proper maintenance, safety, and

maximum fuel economy, you must

always maintain recommended tire

inflation pressures and stay within

the load limits and weight distribution

recommended for your vehicle.

(Continued)

• Replace tires that are worn,

show uneven wear, or are

damaged. Worn tires can

cause loss of braking effec-

tiveness, steering) control, or

traction.

• ALWAYS replace tires with the

same size as each tire that

was originally supplied with

this vehicle. Using tires and

wheels other than the recom-

mended sizes could cause

unusual handling characteris-

tics or poor vehicle control, or

could negatively affect your

vehicle's Anti-Lock Brake

System (ABS) resulting in a

serious accident.

Tire failure may cause loss of

vehicle control resulting in an

accident. To reduce risk of

SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH,

take the following precautions:

• Inspect your tires monthly for

proper inflation as well as

wear and damage.

• The recommended cold tire

pressure for your vehicle can

be found in this manual and

on the tire label located on the

driver's side center pillar.

Always use a tire pressure

gauge to measure tire pres-

sure. Tires with too much or

too little pressure wear

unevenly causing poor han-

dling.

• Check the pressure of the

spare every time you check

the pressure of the other tires

on your vehicle.

(Continued)

WARNING

7-44

Maintenance

All specifications (sizes and pres-

sures) can be found on a label

attached to the driver's side center

pillar

Recommended cold tire infla-

tion pressures

All tire pressures (including the

spare) should be checked when the

tires are cold. "Cold tires" means the

vehicle has not been driven for at

least three hours or driven less than

1 mile (1.6 km).

Warm tires normally exceed recom-

mended cold tire pressures by 4 to 6

psi (28 to 41 kPa). Do not release air

from warm tires to adjust the pres-

sure or the tires will be under-inflat-

ed. For recommended inflation pres-

sure, refer to "Tire and Wheels" in

chapter 8.

Recommended pressures must

be maintained for the best ride,

vehicle handling, and minimum

tire wear.

Over-inflation or under-inflation

can reduce tire life, adversely

affect vehicle handling, and

lead to sudden tire failure that

could result in loss of vehicle

control resulting in an accident.

Severe under-inflation can lead

to severe heat build-up, causing

blowouts, tread separation and

other tire failures that can result

in the loss of vehicle control

resulting in an accident. This

risk is much higher on hot days

and when driving for long peri-

ods at high speeds.

WARNING

ODH083005L

7-45

Maintenance

Check tire inflation pressure

Check your tires, including the spare

tire, once a month or more.

How to check

Use a good quality tire pressure

gauge to check tire pressure. You

can not tell if your tires are properly

inflated simply by looking at them.

Radial tires may look properly inflat-

ed when they are under-inflated.

Remove the valve cap from the tire

valve stem. Press the tire gauge firm-

ly onto the valve to get a pressure

measurement. If the cold tire inflation

pressure matches the recommended

pressure on the tire and loading

information label, no further adjust-

ment is necessary. If the pressure is

low, add air until you reach the rec-

ommended pressure. Make sure to

put the valve caps back on the valve

stems. Without the valve cap, dirt or

moisture could get into the valve

core and cause air leakage. If a valve

cap is missing, install a new one as

soon as possible.

If you overfill the tire, release air by

pushing on the metal stem in the

center of the tire valve. Recheck the

tire pressure with the tire gauge. Be

sure to put the valve caps back on

the valve stems. Without the valve

cap, dirt or moisture could get into

the valve core and cause air leakage.

If a valve cap is missing, install a new

one as soon as possible.

Under-inflation results in exces-

sive wear, poor handling and

reduced fuel economy. Wheel

deformation is also possible.

Keep your tire pressures at the

proper levels. If a tire frequently

needs refilling, have it checked

by an authorized retailer of

Genesis Branded products.

Over-inflation produces a harsh

ride, excessive wear at the cen-

ter of the tire tread, and a

greater possibility of damage

from road hazards.

CAUTION

7-46

Maintenance

Tire rotation

To equalize tread wear, Genesis

Branded Vehicle recommends that

the tires be rotated every 7,500 miles

(12,000 km) or sooner if irregular

wear develops.

During rotation, check the tires for

correct balance.

When rotating tires, check for uneven

wear and damage. Abnormal wear is

usually caused by incorrect tire pres-

sure, improper wheel alignment, out-

of-balance wheels, severe braking or

severe cornering. Look for bumps or

bulges in the tread or side of tire.

Replace the tire if you find either of

these conditions. Replace the tire if

fabric or cord is visible. After rotation,

be sure to bring the front and rear tire

pressures to specification and check

lug nut tightness (proper torque is

79-94 lbf·ft [11-13 kgf·m]).

Disc brake pads should be inspected

for wear whenever tires are rotated.

✽✽

NOTICE

If your tire is unsymmetrical tire,

check the outside and inside marked

in tire.

If the inside tire is installed on out-

side, the vehicle driving and wear

performance may be damaged.

• Do not use the compact spare

tire for tire rotation.

• Do not mix bias ply and radial

ply tires under any circum-

stances. This may cause

unusual handling characteris-

tics that may cause loss of

vehicle control resulting in an

accident.

WARNING

ODH073802

ODH073803

■ 18 inch tire

■ 19 inch tire

7-47

Maintenance

Wheel alignment and tire bal-

ance

The wheels on your vehicle were

aligned and balanced carefully at the

factory to give you the longest tire life

and best overall performance.

In most cases, you will not need to

have your wheels aligned again.

However, if you notice unusual tire

wear or your vehicle pulling one way

or the other, the alignment may need

to be reset.

If you notice your vehicle vibrating

when driving on a smooth road, your

wheels may need to be rebalanced.

Tire replacement

If the tire is worn evenly, a tread wear

indicator will appear as a solid band

across the tread. This shows there is

less than 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) of tread

left on the tire. Replace the tire when

this happens.

Do not wait for the band to appear

across the entire tread before replac-

ing the tire.

OLMB073027

Tread wear indicator

Improper wheel weights can

damage your vehicle's alu-

minum wheels. Use only

approved wheel weights.

CAUTION

To reduce the risk of DEATH or

SERIOUS INJURY:

• Replace tires that are worn,

show uneven wear, or are

damaged. Worn tires can

cause loss of braking effec-

tiveness, steering control, and

traction.

• Always replace tires with the

same size as each tire that

was originally supplied with

this vehicle. Using tires and

wheels other than the recom-

mended sizes could cause

unusual handling characteris-

tics or poor vehicle control, or

could negatively affect your

vehicle's Anti-Lock Brake

System (ABS) resulting in a

serious accident.

(Continued)

WARNING

7-48

Maintenance

Compact spare tire replacement

A compact spare tire has a shorter

tread life than a regular size tire.

Replace it when you can see the

tread wear indicator bars on the tire.

The replacement compact spare tire

should be the same size and design

tire as the one provided with your

new vehicle and should be mounted

on the same compact spare tire

wheel. The compact spare tire is not

designed to be mounted on a regular

size wheel, and the compact spare

tire wheel is not designed for mount-

ing a regular size tire.

Wheel replacement

When replacing the metal wheels for

any reason, make sure the new

wheels are equivalent to the original

factory units in diameter, rim width

and offset.

Tire traction

Tire traction can be reduced if you

drive on worn tires, tires that are

improperly inflated or on slippery

road surfaces. Tires should be

replaced when tread wear indicators

appear. To reduce the possibility of

losing control, slow down whenever

there is rain, snow or ice on the road.

(Continued)

• Tires degrade over time, even

when they are not being used.

Regardless of the remaining

tread, Genesis Branded

Vehicle recommends that

tires be replaced after six (6)

years of normal service.

• It is best to replace all four

tires at the same time. If that

is not possible, or necessary,

then replace the two front or

two rear tires as a pair.

Replacing just one tire can

seriously affect your vehicle's

handling.

• Heat caused by hot climates

or frequent high loading con-

ditions can accelerate the

aging process. Failure to fol-

low this warning may cause

sudden tire failure, which

could lead to a loss of vehicle

control resulting in an acci-

dent.

The original tire should be

repaired or replaced as soon as

possible to avoid failure of the

spare and loss of vehicle con-

trol resulting in an accident.The

compact spare tire is for emer-

gency use only. Do not operate

your vehicle over 50 mph (80

km/h) when using the compact

spare tire.

WARNING

7-49

Maintenance

Tire maintenance

In addition to proper inflation, correct

wheel alignment helps to decrease

tire wear. If you find a tire is worn

unevenly, have your dealer check the

wheel alignment.

When you have new tires installed,

make sure they are balanced. This

will increase vehicle ride comfort and

tire life. Additionally, a tire should

always be rebalanced if it is removed

from the wheel.

Tire sidewall labeling

This information identifies and

describes the fundamental charac-

teristics of the tire and also provides

the tire identification number (TIN)

for safety standard certification. The

TIN can be used to identify the tire in

case of a recall.

1. Manufacturer or brand name

Manufacturer or brand name is

shown.

2. Tire size designation

A tire's sidewall is marked with a tire

size designation. You will need this

information when selecting replace-

ment tires for your car. The following

explains what the letters and num-

bers in the tire size designation

mean.

Example tire size designation:

(These numbers are provided as an

example only; your tire size designa-

tor could vary depending on your

vehicle.)

225/55R18 105T

225 - Tire width in millimeters.

55 - Aspect ratio. The tire’s section

height as a percentage of its

width.

R - Tire construction code (Radial).

18 - Rim diameter in inches.

105 - Load Index, a numerical code

associated with the maximum

load the tire can carry.

T - Speed Rating Symbol. See the

speed rating chart in this section

for additional information.

OLMB073028

5,6

7-50

Maintenance

Wheel size designation

Wheels are also marked with impor-

tant information that you need if you

ever have to replace one. The follow-

ing explains what the letters and

numbers in the wheel size designa-

tion mean.

Example wheel size designation:

6.5JX18

6.5 - Rim width in inches.

J - Rim contour designation.

18 - Rim diameter in inches.

Tire speed ratings

The chart below lists many of the dif-

ferent speed ratings currently being

used for passenger car tires. The

speed rating is part of the tire size

designation on the sidewall of the

tire. This symbol corresponds to that

tire's designed maximum safe oper-

ating speed.

3. Checking tire life (TIN : Tire

Identification Number)

Any tires that are over six years old,

based on the manufacturing date,

(including the spare tire) should be

replaced by new ones. You can find

the manufacturing date on the tire

sidewall (possibly on the inside of the

wheel), displaying the DOT Code.

The DOT Code is a series of num-

bers on a tire consisting of numbers

and English letters. The manufactur-

ing date is designated by the last four

digits (characters) of the DOT code.

DOT : XXXX XXXX OOOO

The front part of the DOT means a

plant code number, tire size and

tread pattern and the last four num-

bers indicate week and year manu-

factured.

For example:

DOT XXXX XXXX 2818 represents

that the tire was produced in the 28th

week of 2018.

Speed

Rating

Symbol

Maximum Speed

S 112 mph (180 km/h)

T 118 mph (190 km/h)

H 130 mph (210 km/h)

V 149 mph (240 km/h)

Z Above 149 mph (240 km/h)

7-51

Maintenance

4. Tire ply composition and

material

The number of layers or plies of rub-

ber-coated fabric in the tire. Tire

manufacturers also must indicate the

materials in the tire, which include

steel, nylon, polyester, and others.

The letter "R" means radial ply con-

struction; the letter "D" means diago-

nal or bias ply construction; and the

letter "B" means belted-bias ply con-

struction.

5. Maximum permissible infla-

tion pressure

This number is the greatest amount

of air pressure that should be put in

the tire. Do not exceed the maximum

permissible inflation pressure. Refer

to the Tire and Loading Information

label for recommended inflation

pressure.

6. Maximum load rating

This number indicates the maximum

load in kilograms and pounds that

can be carried by the tire. When

replacing the tires on the vehicle,

always use a tire that has the same

load rating as the factory installed

tire.

7. Uniform tire quality grading

Quality grades can be found where

applicable on the tire sidewall

between tread shoulder and maxi-

mum section width.

For example:

TREADWEAR 200

TRACTION AA

TEMPERATURE A

Tread wear

The tread wear grade is a compara-

tive rating based on the wear rate of

the tire when tested under controlled

conditions on a specified govern-

ment test course. For example, a tire

graded 150 would wear one-and-a-

half times (1½) as well on the gov-

ernment course as a tire graded 100.

The relative performance of tires

depends upon the actual conditions

of their use, however, and may

depart significantly from the norm

due to variations in driving habits,

service practices and differences in

road characteristics and climate.

These grades are molded on the

sidewalls of passenger vehicle tires.

The tires available as standard or

optional equipment on your vehicle

may vary with respect to grade.

7-52

Maintenance

Traction - AA, A, B & C

The traction grades, from highest to

lowest, are AA, A, B and C. Those

grades represent the tire’s ability to

stop on wet pavement as measured

under controlled conditions on spec-

ified government test surfaces of

asphalt and concrete. A tire marked

C may have poor traction perform-

ance.

Temperature - A, B & C

The temperature grades are A (the

highest), B and C representing the

tire’s resistance to the generation of

heat and its ability to dissipate heat

when tested under controlled condi-

tions on a specified indoor laboratory

test wheel.

Sustained high temperature can

cause the material of the tire to

degenerate and reduce tire life, and

excessive temperature can lead to

sudden tire failure. Grade C

responds to a level of performance

which all passenger car tires must

meet under the Federal Motor

Vehicle Safety Standard No. 109.

Grades B and A represent higher

levels of performance on the labora-

tory test wheel than the minimum

required by law.

The traction grade assigned to

this tire is based on straight-

ahead braking traction tests,

and does not include accelera-

tion, cornering, hydroplaning,

or peak traction characteristics.

WARNING

The temperature grade for this

tire is established for a tire that

is properly inflated and not

overloaded. Excessive speed,

under-inflation, over-inflation,

or excessive loading, either

separately or in combination,

can cause heat build-up and

possible sudden tire failure.

This may cause loss of vehicle

control resulting in an accident.

WARNING

7-53

Maintenance

Tire terminology and defini-

tions

Air Pressure

The amount of air inside the tire

pressing outward on the tire. Air

pressure is expressed in pounds per

square inch (psi) or kilopascal (kPa).

Accessory Weight

This means the combined weight of

optional accessories. Some exam-

ples of optional accessories are

automatic transmission, power

seats, and air conditioning.

Aspect Ratio

The relationship of a tire's height to

its width.

Belt

A rubber coated layer of cords that is

located between the plies and the

tread. Cords may be made from steel

or other reinforcing materials.

Bead

The tire bead contains steel wires

wrapped by steel cords that hold the

tire onto the rim.

Bias Ply Tire

A pneumatic tire in which the plies

are laid at alternate angles less than

90 degrees to the centerline of the

tread.

Cold Tire Pressure

The amount of air pressure in a tire,

measured in pounds per square inch

(psi) or kilopascals (kPa) before a tire

has built up heat from driving.

Curb Weight

This means the weight of a motor

vehicle with standard and optional

equipment including the maximum

capacity of fuel, oil and coolant, but

without passengers and cargo.

DOT Markings

A code molded into the sidewall of a

tire signifying that the tire is in com-

pliance with the U.S. Department of

Transportation motor vehicle safety

standards. The DOT code includes

the Tire Identification Number (TIN),

an alphanumeric designator which

can also identify the tire manufactur-

er, production plant, brand and date

of production.

7-54

Maintenance

GVWR

Gross Vehicle Weight Rating

GAWR FRT

Gross Axle Weight Rating for the

Front Axle.

GAWR RR

Gross Axle Weight Rating for the

Rear axle.

Intended Outboard Sidewall

The side of an asymmetrical tire, that

must always face outward when

mounted on a vehicle.

Kilopascal (kPa)

The metric unit for air pressure.

Light Truck (LT) Tire

A tire designated by its manufacturer

as primarily intended for use on light-

weight trucks or multipurpose pas-

senger vehicles.

Load Ratings

The maximum load that a tire is rated

to carry for a given inflation pressure.

Load Index

An assigned number ranging from 1

to 279 that corresponds to the load

carrying capacity of a tire.

Maximum Inflation Pressure

The maximum air pressure to which

a cold tire may be inflated. The max-

imum air pressure is molded onto the

sidewall.

Maximum Load Rating

The load rating for a tire at the maxi-

mum permissible inflation pressure

for that tire.

Maximum Loaded Vehicle

Weight

The sum of curb weight; accessory

weight; vehicle capacity weight; and

production options weight.

Normal Occupant Weight

The number of occupants a vehicle

is designed to seat multiplied by 150

pounds (68 kg).

Occupant Distribution

Designated seating positions.

Outward Facing Sidewall

An asymmetrical tire has a particular

side that faces outward when mount-

ed on a vehicle. The outward facing

sidewall bears white lettering or

bears manufacturer, brand, and/or

model name molding that is higher or

deeper than the same moldings on

the inner facing sidewall.

Passenger (P-Metric) tire

A tire used on passenger cars and

some light duty trucks and multipur-

pose vehicles.

Ply

A layer of rubber-coated parallel

cords

7-55

Maintenance

Pneumatic Tire

A mechanical device made of rubber,

chemicals, fabric and steel or other

materials, that, when mounted on an

automotive wheel, provides the trac-

tion and contains the gas or fluid that

sustains the load.

Production Options Weight

The combined weight of installed

regular production options weighing

over 5 lb. (2.3 kg) in excess of the

standard items which they replace,

not previously considered in curb

weight or accessory weight, includ-

ing heavy duty brakes, ride levelers,

roof rack, heavy duty battery, and

special trim.

Recommended Inflation

Pressure

Vehicle manufacturer's recommend-

ed tire inflation pressure as shown

on the tire placard.

Radial Ply Tire

A pneumatic tire in which the ply

cords that extend to the beads are

laid at 90 degrees to the centerline of

the tread.

Rim

A metal support for a tire and upon

which the tire beads are seated.

Sidewall

The portion of a tire between the

tread and the bead.

Speed Rating

An alphanumeric code assigned to a

tire indicating the maximum speed at

which a tire can operate.

Traction

The friction between the tire and the

road surface. The amount of grip pro-

vided.

Tread

The portion of a tire that comes into

contact with the road.

Treadwear Indicators

Narrow bands, sometimes called

"wear bars", that show across the

tread of a tire when only 1/16 inch of

tread remains.

UTQGS

Uniform Tire Quality Grading

Standards is a tire information sys-

tem that provides consumers with

ratings for a tire's traction, tempera-

ture and treadwear. Ratings are

determined by tire manufacturers

using government testing proce-

dures. The ratings are molded into

the sidewall of the tire.

Vehicle Capacity Weight

The number of designated seating

positions multiplied by 150 lbs. (68

kg) plus the rated cargo and luggage

load.

7-56

Maintenance

Vehicle Maximum Load on the

Tire

Load on an individual tire due to curb

and accessory weight plus maximum

occupant and cargo weight.

Vehicle Normal Load on the Tire

Load on an individual tire that is

determined by distributing to each

axle its share of the curb weight,

accessory weight, and normal occu-

pant weight and dividing by 2.

Vehicle Placard

A label permanently attached to a

vehicle showing the original equip-

ment tire size and recommended

inflation pressure.

All season tires

Genesis Branded Vehicle specifies

all season tires on some models to

provide good performance for use all

year round, including snowy and icy

road conditions. All season tires are

identified by ALL SEASON and/or

M+S (Mud and Snow) on the tire

sidewall. Snow tires have better

snow traction than all season tires

and may be more appropriate in

some areas.

Summer tires

Genesis Branded Vehicle specifies

summer tires on some models to

provide superior performance on dry

roads. Summer tire performance is

substantially reduced in snow and

ice. Summer tires do not have the tire

traction rating M+S (Mud and Snow)

on the tire side wall. If you plan to

operate your vehicle in snowy or icy

conditions, Genesis Branded Vehicle

recommends the use of snow tires or

all season tires on all four wheels.

Snow tires

If you equip your car with snow tires,

they should be the same size and

have the same load capacity as the

original tires. Snow tires should be

installed on all four wheels; other-

wise, poor handling may result. Snow

tires should carry 4 psi (28 kPa)

more air pressure than the pressure

recommended for the standard tires

on the tire label on the driver's side of

the center pillar, or up to the maxi-

mum pressure shown on the tire

sidewall, whichever is less. Do not

drive faster than 75 mph (120 km/h)

when your vehicle is equipped with

snow tires.

7-57

Maintenance

Radial-ply tires

Radial-ply tires provide improved

tread life, road hazard resistance and

smoother high speed ride. The radi-

al-ply tires used on this vehicle are of

belted construction, and are selected

to complement the ride and handling

characteristics of your vehicle.

Radial-ply tires have the same load

carrying capacity, as bias-ply or bias

belted tires of the same size, and use

the same recommended inflation

pressure. Mixing of radial-ply tires

with bias-ply or bias belted tires is

not recommended. Any combina-

tions of radial-ply and bias-ply or bias

belted tires when used on the same

vehicle will seriously deteriorate

vehicle handling. The best rule to fol-

low is: Identical pairs of radial-ply

tires should always be used as a set

for the front tires and a set for the

rear tires.

Longer wearing tires can be more

susceptible to irregular tread wear. It

is very important to follow the tire

rotation interval in this chapter to

achieve the tread life potential of

these tires. Cuts and punctures in

radial-ply tires are repairable only in

the tread area, because of sidewall

flexing. Consult your tire dealer for

radial-ply tire repairs.

Low aspect ratio tires

Low aspect ratio tires, the aspect

ratio is lower than 50, are provided

for sporty looks.

Because low aspect ratio tires are

optimized for handling and braking, it

may be more uncomfortable to ride

in and there is more noise compare

with normal tires.

Do not mix bias ply and radial

ply tires under any circum-

stances. This may cause unusu-

al handling characteristics that

may cause loss of vehicle con-

trol resulting in an accident.

WARNING

7-58

Maintenance

Because the sidewall of the low

aspect ratio tire is shorter than

the normal, the wheel and tire of

the low aspect ratio tire is easi-

er to be damaged. So, follow the

instructions below.

- When driving on a rough road

or off road, drive cautiously

because tires and wheels may

be damaged. And after driving,

inspect tires and wheels.

- When passing over a pothole,

speed bump, manhole, or curb

stone, drive slowly so that the

tires and wheels are not dam-

aged.

- If the tire is impacted, we rec-

ommend that you inspect the

tire condition or contact an

authorized retailer of Genesis

Branded products.

- To prevent damage to the tire,

inspect the tire condition and

pressure every 1,800 miles

(3,000km).

CAUTION

• It is not easy to recognize tire

damage with your own eyes.

But if there is the slightest

hint of tire damage, have the

tire checked or replaced

because the tire damage may

cause air leakage from the

tire.

• If the tire is damaged by driv-

ing on a rough road, off road,

pothole, manhole, or curb

stone, it will not be covered by

the warranty.

CAUTION

7-59

Maintenance

FFUUSSEESS

A vehicle's electrical system is pro-

tected from electrical overload dam-

age by fuses.

This vehicle has 2 (or 3) fuse panels,

one located in the driver's side panel

bolster, the other in the engine com-

partment near the battery.

If any of your vehicle's lights, acces-

sories, or controls do not work, check

the appropriate circuit fuse. If a fuse

has blown, the element inside the

fuse will be melted or broken.

If the electrical system does not

work, first check the driver's side

fuse panel. Before replacing a blown

fuse, disconnect the negative battery

cable. Always replace a blown fuse

with one of the same rating.

If the replacement fuse blows, this

indicates an electrical problem. Avoid

using the system involved and imme-

diately consult an authorized retailer

of Genesis Branded products.

✽✽

NOTICE

Four kinds of fuses are used: blade

type for lower amperage rating, car-

tridge type, multi fuse and fusible

link for higher amperage ratings.

NEVER replace a fuse with any-

thing but another fuse of the

same rating.

• A higher capacity fuse could

cause damage and possibly

cause a fire.

• Do not install a wire or alu-

minum foil instead of the

proper fuse - even as a tem-

porary repair. It may cause

extensive wiring damage and

possibly a fire.

WARNING

Normal

■ Blade type

■ Cartridge type

■ Multi fuse

Blown

Normal Blown

■ Fusible link

Normal

Blown

OLMB073029/OBH072060

7-60

Maintenance

Instrument panel fuse replace-

ment

1. Turn the engine off.

2. Turn all other switches OFF.

3. Open the fuse panel cover.

4. Refer to the label on the inside of

the fuse panel cover to locate the

suspected fuse location.

5. Pull the suspected fuse straight

out. Use the removal tool provided

in the engine compartment fuses

panel.

6. Remove and check the suspected

fuse; replace it if it is blown. Spare

fuses are provided in the instru-

ment panel fuse panels (or in the

engine compartment fuse panel).

7. Push in a new fuse of the same

rating, and make sure it fits tightly

in the clips. If it fits loosely, consult

an authorized retailer of Genesis

Branded products.

Do not use a screwdriver or any

other metal object to remove

fuses because it may cause a

short circuit and damage the

system.

CAUTION

ODH078054

ODH073031

7-61

Maintenance

In an emergency, if you do not have

a spare fuse, use a fuse of the same

rating from a circuit you may not

need for operating the vehicle, such

as the cigarette lighter fuse.

If the headlamps or other electrical

components do not work and the

fuses are OK, check the fuse panel

in the engine compartment. If a fuse

is blown, it must be replaced with the

same rating.

Fuse switch

Always, place the fuse switch to the

ON position.

If you move the switch to the OFF

position, some items such as audio

and digital clock must be reset and

the smart key may not work properly.

ODH073032

• Always place the fuse switch

in the ON position while driv-

ing the vehicle.

• Do not move the transporta-

tion fuse switch repeatedly.

The fuse switch may be dam-

aged.

CAUTION

7-62

Maintenance

Engine compartment panel

fuse replacement

1. Turn the engine off.

2. Turn all other switches OFF.

3. Remove the fuse panel cover by

pressing the tap and pulling up.

4. Remove and check the suspected

fuse; replace it if it is blown. To

remove or insert the fuse, use the

fuse puller in the engine compart-

ment fuse panel.

5. Push in a new fuse of the same

rating, and make sure it fits tightly

in the clips. If it fits loosely, consult

an authorized retailer of Genesis

Branded products.

Main fuse

If the main fuse is blown, it must be

removed as follows:

1. Turn off the engine.

2. Disconnect the negative battery

cable.

3. Remove the fuse panel cover by

pressing the tab and pulling it up.

4. Remove the nuts shown in the pic-

ture above.

5. Replace the fuse with a new one

of the same rating.

6. Reinstall in the reverse order of

removal.

ODH078054

ODH078056

ODH078057

After checking the fuse box in

the engine compartment,

securely install the fuse box

cover. If not, electrical failures

may occur from water leaking in.

CAUTION

7-63

Maintenance

✽✽

NOTICE

If the main fuse is blown, consult an

authorized retailer of Genesis

Branded products.

Multi fuse

If the multi fuse is blown, it must be

removed as follows:

1. Turn off the engine.

2. Disconnect the negative battery

cable.

3. Remove the fuse panel cover by

pressing the tab and pulling up.

4. Remove the bolts shown in the

picture above.

5. Replace the fuse with a new one

of the same rating.

6. Reinstall in the reverse order of

removal.

✽✽

NOTICE

If the multi fuse is blown, consult an

authorized retailer of Genesis

Branded products.

ODH078055

7-64

Maintenance

Fuse/Relay panel description

Instrument panel fuse panel

Inside the fuse/relay box cover, you

can find the fuse/relay label describ-

ing fuse/relay name and capacity.

✽✽

NOTICE

Not all fuse panel descriptions in

this manual may be applicable to

your vehicle; the information is

accurate at the time of printing.

When you inspect the fuse box on

your vehicle, refer to the fuse box

label.

ODH073035

ODH077051N

7-65

Maintenance

Instrument panel fuse panel

Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected

SUNROOF 25A Sunroof Motor

MULTIMEDIA 2 10A A/V & Navigation Head Unit, Keyboard, Front Monitor, I-BOX

MULTIMEDIA 1 15A A/V & Navigation Head Unit

CLUSTER 10A Instrument Cluster, Head-Up Display

MODULE 6 15A

Head Lamp LH/RH, Adaptive Front Lighting Module, A/T Shift Lever IND.

Auto Head Lamp Leveling Device Module, Auto Hold & Driver Mode Switch

MEMORY 1 10A

Steering Tilt & Telescopic Module, External Buzzer, BCM, Tire Pressure Monitoring Module,

Security Indicator, A/C Control Module, Digital Clock, Head-Up Display, Instrument Cluster,

Driver Lumbar Support Unit, Driver IMS Control Module, Power Trunk Lid Control Module

PRESAFETY

SEAT BELT

10A Pre-Active Seat Belt Module

E-SHIFTER 2 10A Electronic ATM Shift Lever

SMART KEY 3 10A Smart Key Control Module

POWER HANDLE 15A Steering Tilt & Telescopic Module

SMART KEY 2 15A Smart Key Control Module

POWER OUTLET 2 20A Front Power Outlet & Cigarette Lighter

MODULE 3 10A

Multifunction Switch, BCM, Sport Mode Switch, Stop Lamp Switch, Driver/Passenger Door Module,

Rear Door Module LH/RH

A/BAG IND 10A A/C Control Module, Instrument Cluster

7-66

Maintenance

Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected

P/DOOR DRV 15A Driver Door Latch

MODULE 9 10A BCM

INTERIOR LAMP 10A Front Vanity Lamp LH/RH, Room Lamp, Room Lamp LH/RH, Overhead Console Lamp

B/ALARM HORN 10A Burglar Alarm Horn

HEATED

STEERING

15A BCM

POWER OUTLET 120A Front Power Outlet & Cigarette Lighter

MODULE 4 10A

Blind-spot Collision Warning Radar LH/RH, Crash Pad Switch, ECS Unit, Parking Distance Warning-for-

ward Sensor (Center) LH/RH, Console Switch, Tire Pressure Monitoring Module, Console Switch LH/RH,

Steering Tilt & Telescopic Module, Parking Distance Warning-Reverse Sensor LH/RH, Parking Distance

Warning-Reverse Sensor (Center) LH/RH, Electric Parking Brake Module, Lane Keeping Assist Module,

Parking Distance Warning-Forward Sensor LH/RH

POWER OUTLET 3 20A Metal Core Block (PCB #1 - Power Outlet Relay)

P/WDW LH 30A Driver Power Window Module, Rear Power Window Module LH

MODULE 1 10A

Electronic Parking Brake Switch, Hazard Switch, Rain Sensor, Data Link Connector,

Driver/Passenger Door Module, Rear Door Module LH/RH

MODULE 5 10A

Head Lamp LH/RH, A/V Navigation Head Unit, Module, A/C Control Module, Electro Chromic Mirror,

I-BOX, Driver/Passenger CCS Module, Driver/Passenger Seat Warmer Control Module, AMP,

Rear CCS Module LH/RH, Rear Seat Warmer Control Module LH/RH, Driver IMS Control Module,

Driver Power Seat Switch

P/DOOR PASS 15A Passenger Door Latch

S/HEATER PASS 20A Passenger CCS Module, Passenger Seat Warmer Control Module

MODULE 10 10A Driver/Passenger Power side view Mirror

7-67

Maintenance

Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected

E-SHIFTER 1 10A Electronic ATM Shift Lever

SMART KEY 1 10A Start/Stop Button Switch

MODULE 7 10A

Surround View Monitor Module, Sunroof Motor, Head-Up Display, Cooling Fan Controller,

Passenger Lumbar Support Unit

MODULE 8 10A Smart Key Control Module, BCM

MODULE 2 20A

Smart Key Control Module, Overhead Console Lamp, BCM, AMP

Digital Clock, Keyboard, I-BOX, A/V & Navigation Head Unit, Front Monitor, Electronic ATM Shift Lever,

Front Wireless Charger, Front Power Outlet & Cigarette Lighter, Multi-View Camera Module,

Metal Core Block (PCB #1 - Power Outlet Relay)

P/SEAT DRV 1 30A Driver IMS Control Module, Driver Power Seat Relay Box

P/SEAT PASS 1 30A Passenger Power Seat Relay Box

DOOR LAMP 10A Driver/Passenger Door Module, Rear Door Module LH/RH

BRAKE SWITCH 10A Smart Key Control Module, Stop Lamp Switch

A/CON 20A Metal Core Block (PCB #1 - Blower Relay), Ionizer, CO2 Sensor, A/C Control Module

7-68

Maintenance

Engine compartment fuse panel

Inside the fuse/relay box cover, you

can find the fuse/relay label describ-

ing fuse/relay name and capacity.

✽✽

NOTICE

Not all fuse panel descriptions in

this manual may be applicable to

your vehicle; the information is

accurate at the time of printing.

When you inspect the fuse panel in

your vehicle, refer to the fuse panel

label.

ODH078033

ODH077034N

7-69

Maintenance

Engine compartment fuse panel

Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected

ALT 200A

Alternator, Multifuse (BATT) - B+2/ B+5/ MDPS 1,

Fuse - P/SEAT DRV 2/ P/SEAT RR/ SEAT LUMBAR/ ESC 1/ ESC 2

B+1 60A

IGPM (Fuse - BRAKE SWITCH, E-SHIFTER 1 Leak Current Autocut Device (Fuse - INTERIOR LAMP/

MULTI MEDIA 1/ MEMORY 3), IPS 1)

B+3 60A IGPM (Fuse - SMART KEY 1/ SMART KEY 2/ MODULE 1/ B/A HORN, IPS 2/IPS 3/IPS 5/IPS 7)

B+4 60A IGPM (Fuse - DOOR LAMP/ MODULE 9/ MODULE 10, IPS 4/ IPS6/ IPS)

B+6 60A Metal Core Block (PCB #1 Fuse - ECU 3/ IG2/ MODULE 1)

B+7 80A Metal Core Block (PCB #2 Fuse - HORN/ ACC/ EPB 1/ EPB 2/ B/UP LAMP)

B+2 60A

IGPM (Fuse - P/HANDLE/ P/WDW LH/ P/SEAT DRV 1/ P/SEAT PASS 1/ S/HEATER PASS/ POWER

OUTLET 3/ SUNROOF/ P/DOOR DRV/ P/DOOR PASS)

B+5 80A Metal Core Block (PCB #1 Fuse - BLOWER/ DEICER/ H/LAMP WASHER/ H/LAMP HI SOL)

MDPS 1 125A MDPS Unit

C/FAN 80A Cooling Fan Controller

P/SEAT

30A Not Used

ESC 2 40A ESC Module, Multipurpose Check Connector

ESC 1 40A ESC Module, Multipurpose Check Connector

P/SEAT DRV 2 25A Driver IMS Control Module, Driver Power Seat Switch, Driver Power Seat Relay Box

VACUUM

PUMP

40A Vacuum Pump Relay

WIPER 1 30A Wiper Motor

7-70

Maintenance

Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected

S/HEATER

DRV

25A Driver CCS Module, Driver Seat Warmer Control Module

4WD 30A 4WD ECM

PRESAFETY

SEAT BELT 1

30A Pre-Active Seat Belt Module

PRESAFETY

SEAT BELT 2

30A Pre-Active Seat Belt Module

IG2 30A IG2 Relay

ECU 3 30A Engine Control Relay

MODULE 1 10A 4WD ECM, Smart Cruise Control Radar, Active Air Flap

WIPER 2 10A Metal Core Block (PCB #2 - Wiper Relay)

WASHER 20A Washer Relay

SENSOR 2 10A

G6DN : Oxygen Sensor #1/#2/#3/#4, Variable Intake Solenoid Valve #1/#2

G8BE : Oxygen Sensor #1/#2/#3/#4, Electronic Thermostat

G6DP : Oxygen Sensor #1/#2/#3/#4, RCV Control Solenoid Valve

SENSOR 1 10A Oil Control Valve #1/#2/#3/#4, Canister Close Valve, Purge Control Solenoid Valve

SENSOR 3 10A Electronic Thermostat, Rear Junction Block (Fuel Pump Relay)

SENSOR 4 10A G8BE : Camshaft Position Sensor #1/#2/#3/#4

IGN COIL 15A

G6DN : Ignition Coil #1/#2/#3/#4/#5/#6

G8BE : Ignition Coil #1/#2/#3/#4/#5/#6/#7/#8

G6DP : Ignition Coil #1/#2/#3/#4/#5/#6

ECU 4 20A ECM

H/LAMP

HI SOL

10A H/LAMP HI SOL Relay

7-71

Maintenance

Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected

DEICER 20A Metal Core Block (PCB #2 - Front Deicer Relay)

H/LAMP

WASHER

25A Head Lamp Washer Relay

A/CON 2 10A A/C Control Module

BLOWER 40A Blower Relay

IG1 40A IG1 Relay

START 30A E/R Junction Block (RLY. 2 - Start Relay)

ECU 1 15A ECM

TCU 1 20A TCM

ESC 3 10A ESC Module

MODULE 3 10A Smart Cruise Control Radar, Active Air Flap, 4WD ECM

MDPS 2 10A MDPS Unit, Steering Angle Sensor

SENSOR 5 10A G6DP : Brake Boost Vacuum Pressure Sensor Switch

HORN 20A Horn Relay

ECU 2 10A ECM

TCU 2 15A TCM, Transmission Range Switch, P/N Relay, B/UP Lamp Relay

EPB 2 15A Electronic Parking Brake Module

EPB 1 15A Electronic Parking Brake Module

B/UP LAMP 10A B/UP Lamp Relay

ACC 40A ACC Relay

7-72

Maintenance

Trunk fuse panel

(Rear fuse box panel)

Inside the fuse/relay box covers, you

can find the fuse/relay label describ-

ing fuse/relay name and capacity.

✽✽

NOTICE

Not all fuse panel descriptions in

this manual may be applicable to

your vehicle. It is accurate at the

time of printing. When you inspect

the fuse box on your vehicle, refer to

the fuse box label.

ODH077052N

ODH077036

7-73

Maintenance

Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected

P/TRUNK 30A Power Trunk Lid Control Module

P/DOOR 15A Rear Door Latch RH RR RH

DOOR LOCK 2 15A Passenger Door Module

P/DOOR RR LH 15A Rear Door Latch LH

AIR BAG 15A Air Bag Relay

SPARE 1 10A Spare Fuse

P/SEAT PASS 2 25A Passenger Power Seat Relay Box

F/LID 10A Fuel Lid Open Relay, Crash Pad Switch

ECS 15A ECS Unit

DOOR LOCK 1 10A Driver Door Module

SPARE 6 15A Spare Fuse

TRUNK 10A Trunk Lid Relay, Power Trunk Module Buzzer

S/HEATER

RR RH

20A Rear Seat Warmer Control Module RH

FOG LAMP

10A Not Used

AMP 25A AMP

S/HEATER

RR LH

20A Rear Seat Warmer Control Module LH

P/WDW RH 30A Passenger Power Window Module, Rear Power Window Module RH

F/PUMP 20A Fuel Pump Relay

RR HTD 40A Rear Defogger Relay

Trunk fuse panel

7-74

Maintenance

Trunk fuse panel

(Battery box fuse panel)

Inside the fuse/relay box covers, you

can find the fuse/relay label describ-

ing fuse/relay name and capacity.

✽✽

NOTICE

Not all fuse panel descriptions in

this manual may be applicable to

your vehicle. It is accurate at the

time of printing. When you inspect

the fuse box on your vehicle, refer to

the fuse box label.

ODH077037

ODH077080

• Battery box fuse panel

7-75

Maintenance

Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected

B+9 100A

Rear Junction Block (Fuse - RR HTD/ P/TRUNK/ ECS/ F/LID/

P/DOOR RR RH/ DR LOCK 2/ P/DOOR RR LH/ AMP/

P/SEAT PASS 2/ DR LOCK 1/ TRUNK/ S/HEATER RR RH/

S/HEATER RR LH/ P/WDW RH/ F/PUMP/ AIR BAG)

B+8 80A Metal Core Block (PCB #2 Fuse - TCU/ ECU 1/ START/ IG 1)

AMS 10A Battery Sensor

Trunk fuse panel

7-76

Maintenance

LLIIGGHHTT BBUULLBBSS

Consult an authorized retailer of

Genesis Branded products to

replace most vehicle light bulbs. It is

difficult to replace vehicle light bulbs

because other parts of the vehicle

must be removed before you can get

to the bulb. This is especially true for

removing the headlamp assembly to

get to the bulb(s).

Removing/installing the headlamp

assembly can result in damage to

the vehicle.

✽✽

NOTICE

After heavy driving, rain or wash-

ing, headlamp and trunk lenses

could appear frosty. This condition

is caused by the temperature differ-

ence between the lamp inside and

the outside temperature. This is sim-

ilar to the condensation on your win-

dows inside your vehicle during the

rain and doesn’t indicate a problem

with your vehicle. If the water leaks

into the lamp bulb circuitry, have

your vehicle checked by an author-

ized retailer of Genesis Branded

products.

Headlamp, position lamp, turn

signal lamp, side marker and

front fog lamp bulb replace-

ment

(1) Turn signal lamp

(2) Headlamp (High/Low)

(3) Side marker

(4) Position lamp/Daytime running

lights

(5) Fog lamp

• Prior to replacing a lamp,

depress the foot brake, move

the shift lever into P (Park),

apply the parking brake press

the Engine Start/Stop button

to the OFF position, and take

the key with you when leaving

the vehicle to avoid sudden

movement of the vehicle and

to prevent possible electric

shock.

• Be aware the bulbs may be

hot and may burn your fin-

gers.

WARNING

ODH073039

■ Type A

7-77

Maintenance

(1) Headlamp(High)

(2) Headlamp(Low)

(3) Position lamp/Day time running

lamp/Front turn signal lamp

(4) Front fog lamp

(5) Side maker

Headlight (HID type)

If the light bulb does not operate,

have the vehicle checked by an

authorized retailer of Genesis

Branded products.

✽✽

NOTICE

HID lamps have superior perform-

ance vs. halogen bulbs.

HID lamps are estimated by the

manufacturer to last twice as long or

longer than halogen bulbs depend-

ing on their frequency of use. They

will probably require replacement

at some point in the life of the vehi-

cle. Cycling the headlamps on and

off more than typical use will short-

en HID lamps life. HID lamps do not

fail in the same manner as halogen

incandescent lamps. If a headlamp

goes out after a period of operation

but will immediately relight when

the headlamp switch is cycled it is

likely the HID lamp needs to be

replaced. HID lighting components

are more complex than conventional

halogen bulbs thus have higher

replacement cost.

HID Headlamp low beam

Do not attempt to replace or

inspect the low beam (XENON

bulb) due to electric shock dan-

ger. If the low beam (XENON

bulb) is not working, have your

vehicle checked by an author-

ized retailer of Genesis Branded

products.

WARNING

If your vehicle is equipped with

High Intensity Discharge (HID)

headlights, these headlights

contain mercury. So if you need

to have your vehicle disposed,

you should remove the HID

Headlights before disposal. The

removed HID headlights should

be recycled, re-used or dis-

posed as hazardous waste.

CAUTION

ODH077039

■ Type B

7-78

Maintenance

✽✽

NOTICE

We recommend that the headlamp

aiming be adjusted after an accident

or after the headlamp assembly is

reinstalled at an authorized retailer

of Genesis Branded products.

Headlamp

1. Turn off the engine.

2. Open the hood.

3. Remove the socket from the

assembly by turning the socket

counterclockwise until the tabs on

the socket align with the slots on

the assembly.

4. Remove the connector (A) and

pull the BI-FUNCTION lamp.

5. Connect the BI-FUNCTION lamp

to the cable and install the con-

nector (A).

6. Install the socket in the assembly

by aligning the tabs on the socket

with the slots in the assembly.

Push the socket into the assembly

and turn the socket clockwise.

If the headlamp (LED) does not

operate, have the vehicle checked by

an autorized retailer of Genesis

Branded products.

ODH073064L

7-79

Maintenance

Turn signal light

1. Turn off the engine.

2. Open the hood.

3. Remove the socket from the

assembly by turning the socket

counterclockwise until the tabs on

the socket align with the slots on

the assembly.

4. Remove the bulb from the socket

by pressing it in and rotating it

counterclockwise until the tabs on

the bulb align with the slots in the

socket. Pull the bulb out of the

socket.

5. Insert a new bulb by inserting it

into the socket and rotating it until

it locks into place.

6. Install the socket in the assembly

by aligning the tabs on the socket

with the slots in the assembly.

7. Push the socket into the assembly

and turn the socket clockwise.

If the turn signal light (LED) does not

operate, have the vehicle checked by

an authorized retailer of Genesis

Branded products.

Position and front fog lamp/

bulbs

If the LED lamp does not operate,

have the vehicle checked by an

authorized retailer of Genesis

Branded products.

Side repeater lamp replace-

ment

If the LED lamp does not operate,

have the vehicle checked by an

authorized retailer of Genesis

Branded products.

ODH073066L

■ Bulb type

ODH073040

7-80

Maintenance

Rear combination light bulb

replacement

(1) Stop/tail light

(2) Turn signal light

(3) Back-up light

(4) Side marker

(1) Stop/tail light

(2) Turn signal light

(3) Back-up light

(4) Side marker

Rear turn signal lamp

Type A

1. Open the trunk lid.

2. Open the service cover.

3. Remove the socket from the

assembly by turning the socket

counterclockwise until the tabs on

the socket align with the slots on

the assembly.

4. Remove the bulb from the socket

by pressing it in and rotating it

counterclockwise until the tabs on

the bulb align with the slots in the

socket. Pull the bulb out of the

socket.

ODH073041

■ Type A

ODH073041

■ Type B

ODH073067L

7-81

Maintenance

5. Insert a new bulb by inserting it

into the socket and rotating it until

it locks into place.

6. Install the socket in the assembly

by aligning the tabs on the socket

with the slots in the assembly.

Push the socket into the assembly

and turn the socket clockwise.

7. Install the service cover by putting

it into the service hole.

Type B

If the LED lamp does not operate,

have the vehicle checked by an

authorized retailer of Genesis

Branded products.

Back up lamp

Type A

1. Open the trunk.

2. Loosen the retaining screw of the

trunk lid cover and then remove

the cover.

3. Remove the socket from the

assembly by turning the socket

counter clockwise until the tabs on

the socket align with the slots on

the assembly.

4. Remove the bulb by pulling it

straight out.

5. Insert a new bulb by inserting it

into the socket and rotating it until

it locks into place.

6. Install the socket into the assem-

bly by aligning the tabs on the

socket with the slots in the assem-

bly. Push the socket into the

assembly and turn the socket

clockwise.

7. Reinstall the trunk lid cover by

pushing in the screw.

Type B

If the LED lamp does not operate,

have the vehicle checked by an

authorized retailer of Genesis

Branded products.

Stop and tail lamp

If the lamp does not operate, have

the vehicle checked by an authorized

retailer of Genesis Branded prod-

ucts.

ODH073068L

7-82

Maintenance

High mounted stop lamp

If the LED lamp does not operate,

have the vehicle checked by an

authorized retailer of Genesis

Branded products.

License plate light bulb

replacement

If the LED lamp does not operate,

have the vehicle checked by an

authorized retailer of Genesis

Branded products.

Interior light bulb replacement

If the interior lamp does not operate,

we recommend that you contact an

authorized retailer of Genesis

Branded products.

ODH073042

ODH073043

■ Luggage room lamp

■ Glove box lamp

ODH078044/ODH073045

7-83

Maintenance

AAPPPPEEAARRAANNCCEE CCAARREE

Exterior care

Exterior general caution

It is very important to follow the label

directions when using any chemical

cleaner or polish. Read all warning

and caution statements that appear

on the label.

Finish maintenance

Washing

To help protect your vehicle’s finish

from rust and deterioration, wash it

thoroughly and frequently at least

once a month with lukewarm or cold

water.

If you use your vehicle for off-road

driving, you should wash it after each

off-road trip. Pay special attention to

the removal of any accumulation of

salt, dirt, mud, and other foreign

materials. Make sure the drain holes

in the lower edges of the doors and

rocker panels are kept clear and

clean.

Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings,

industrial pollution and similar

deposits can damage your vehicle’s

finish if not removed immediately.

Even prompt washing with plain

water may not completely remove all

these deposits. A mild soap, safe for

use on painted surfaces, should be

used.

After washing, rinse the vehicle thor-

oughly with lukewarm or cold water.

Do not allow soap to dry on the fin-

ish.

After washing the vehicle, test

the brakes while driving slowly

to see if they have been affected

by water before getting on the

road. If braking performance is

impaired, dry the brakes by

applying them lightly while

maintaining a slow forward

speed.

WARNING

• Do not use strong soap,

chemical detergents or hot

water, and do not wash the

vehicle in direct sunlight or

when the body of the vehicle

is warm.

• Be careful when washing the

side windows of your vehicle.

Especially, with high-pressure

water, water may leak through

the windows and wet the inte-

rior.

• To prevent damage to the

plastic parts, do not clean

with chemical solvents or

strong detergents.

CAUTION

7-84

Maintenance

High-pressure washing

• When using high-pressure wash-

ers, make sure to maintain suffi-

cient distance from the vehicle.

Insufficient clearance or excessive

pressure can lead to component

damage or water penetration.

• Do not spray the camera, sensors

or its surrounding area directly with

a high pressure washer. Shock

applied from high pressure water

may cause the device to not oper-

ate normally.

• Do not bring the nozzle tip close to

boots (rubber or plastic covers)or

connectors as they may be dam-

aged if they come into contact with

high pressure water.

• Do not use any high-pressure noz-

zles, which induce either one-direct

water stream or water swirling.

Waxing

A good coat of wax is a barrier

between your paint and contaminate.

Keeping a good coat of wax on your

vehicle will help protect it.

Wax the vehicle when water will no

longer bead on the paint.

Always wash and dry the vehicle

before waxing. Use a good quality

liquid or paste wax, and follow the

manufacturer’s instructions. Wax all

metal trim to protect it and to main-

tain its luster.

Removing oil, tar, and similar materi-

als with a spot remover will usually

strip the wax from the finish. Be sure

to re-wax these areas even if the rest

of the vehicle does not yet need wax-

ing.

ODH077048

• Water washing in the engine

compartment including high

pressure water washing may

cause the failure of electrical

circuits located in the engine

compartment.

• Never allow water or other liq-

uids to come in contact with

electrical/electronic compo-

nents inside the vehicle as

this may damage them.

CAUTION

7-85

Maintenance

Finish damage repair

Deep scratches or stone chips in the

painted surface must be repaired

promptly. Exposed metal will quickly

rust and may develop into a major

repair expense.

✽✽

NOTICE

If your vehicle is damaged and

requires any metal repair or

replacement, be sure the body shop

applies anti-corrosion materials to

the parts repaired or replaced.

Bright-metal maintenance

• To remove road tar and insects,

use a tar remover, not a scraper or

other sharp object.

• To protect the surfaces of bright-

metal parts from corrosion, apply a

coating of wax or chrome preser-

vative and rub to a high luster.

• During winter weather or in coastal

areas, cover the bright metal parts

with a heavier coating of wax or

preservative. If necessary, coat the

parts with non-corrosive petroleum

jelly or other protective compound.

Underbody maintenance

Corrosive materials used for ice and

snow removal and dust control may

collect on the underbody. If these

materials are not removed, acceler-

ated rusting can occur on underbody

parts such as the fuel lines, frame,

floor pan and exhaust system, even

though they have been treated with

rust protection.

Thoroughly flush the vehicle under-

body and wheel openings with luke-

warm or cold water once a month,

after off-road driving and at the end

of each winter. Pay special attention

to these areas because it is difficult

to see all the mud and dirt. It will do

more harm than good to wet down

the road grime without removing it.

The lower edges of doors, rocker

panels, and frame members have

drain holes that should not be

allowed to clog with dirt; trapped

water in these areas can cause rust-

ing.

• Wiping dust or dirt off the

body with a dry cloth will

scratch the finish.

• Do not use steel wool, abra-

sive cleaners, or strong deter-

gents containing highly alka-

line or caustic agents on

chrome-plated or anodized

aluminum parts. This may

result in damage to the pro-

tective coating and cause dis-

coloration or paint deteriora-

tion.

CAUTION

7-86

Maintenance

Aluminum wheel maintenance

The aluminum wheels are coated

with a clear protective finish.

Corrosion protection

Protecting your vehicle from corro-

sion

By using the most advanced design

and construction practices to combat

corrosion, Genesis Branded Vehicle

produces cars of the highest quality.

However, this is only part of the job.

To achieve the long-term corrosion

resistance your vehicle can deliver,

the owner's cooperation and assis-

tance is also required.

Common causes of corrosion

The most common causes of corro-

sion on your vehicle are:

• Road salt, dirt and moisture that is

allowed to accumulate underneath

the vehicle.

• Removal of paint or protective

coatings by stones, gravel, abra-

sion or minor scrapes and dents

which leave unprotected metal

exposed to corrosion.

After washing the vehicle, test

the brakes while driving slowly

to see if they have been affected

by water. If braking performance

is impaired, dry the brakes by

applying them lightly while

maintaining a slow forward

speed.

WARNING

• Do not use abrasive cleaner,

polishing compound, solvent,

or wire brushes on aluminum

wheels.

• Clean the wheel when it has

cooled.

• Use only a mild soap or neu-

tral detergent, and rinse thor-

oughly with water. Also, clean

the wheels after driving on

salted roads.

• Do not wash the wheels with

high-speed car wash brushes.

• Do not use any cleaners con-

taining acid or alkaline deter-

gents.

CAUTION

7-87

Maintenance

High-corrosion areas

If you live in an area where your vehi-

cle is regularly exposed to corrosive

materials, corrosion protection is

particularly important. Some of the

common causes of accelerated cor-

rosion are road salts, dust control

chemicals, ocean air and industrial

pollution.

Moisture breeds corrosion

Moisture creates the conditions in

which corrosion is most likely to

occur. For example, corrosion is

accelerated by high humidity, partic-

ularly when temperatures are just

above freezing. In such conditions,

the corrosive material is kept in con-

tact with the car surfaces by moisture

that is slow to evaporate.

Mud is particularly corrosive

because it is slow to dry and holds

moisture in contact with the vehicle.

Although the mud appears to be dry,

it can still retain the moisture and

promote corrosion.

High temperatures can also acceler-

ate corrosion of parts that are not

properly ventilated so the moisture

can be dispersed. For all these rea-

sons, it is particularly important to

keep your vehicle clean and free of

mud or accumulations of other mate-

rials. This applies not only to the vis-

ible surfaces but particularly to the

underside of the vehicle.

To help prevent corrosion

Keep your car clean

The best way to prevent corrosion is

to keep your vehicle clean and free

of corrosive materials. Attention to

the underside of the vehicle is partic-

ularly important.

• If you live in a high-corrosion area

— where road salts are used, near

the ocean, areas with industrial

pollution, acid rain, etc.—, you

should take extra care to prevent

corrosion. In winter, hose off the

underside of your vehicle at least

once a month and be sure to clean

the underside thoroughly when

winter is over.

7-88

Maintenance

• When cleaning underneath the

vehicle, pay particular attention to

the components under the fenders

and other areas that are hidden

from view. Do a thorough job; just

dampening the accumulated mud

rather than washing it away will

accelerate corrosion rather than

prevent it. Water under high pres-

sure and steam are particularly

effective in removing accumulated

mud and corrosive materials.

• When cleaning lower door panels,

rocker panels and frame members,

be sure that drain holes are kept

open so that moisture can escape

and not be trapped inside to accel-

erate corrosion.

Keep your garage dry

Don't park your car in a damp, poor-

ly ventilated garage. This creates a

favorable environment for corrosion.

This is particularly true if you wash

your vehicle in the garage or drive it

into the garage when it is still wet or

covered with snow, ice or mud. Even

a heated garage can contribute to

corrosion unless it is well ventilated

so moisture is dispersed.

Keep paint and trim in good condi-

tion

Scratches or chips in the finish

should be covered with "touch-up"

paint as soon as possible to reduce

the possibility of corrosion. If bare

metal is showing through, the atten-

tion of a qualified body and paint

shop is recommended.

Bird droppings are highly corrosive

and may damage painted surfaces in

just a few hours. Always remove bird

droppings as soon as possible.

Interior care

Interior general precautions

Prevent caustic solutions such as

perfume and cosmetic oil, from con-

tacting the interior parts because

they may cause damage or discol-

oration. If they do contact the interior

parts, wipe them off immediately.

See the instructions for the proper

way to clean vinyl.

• Never allow water or other liq-

uids to come in contact with

electrical/electronic compo-

nents inside the vehicle as

this may damage them.

• When cleaning leather prod-

ucts (steering wheel, seats

etc.), use neutral detergents

or low alcohol content solu-

tions. If you use high alcohol

content solutions or

acid/alkaline detergents, the

color of the leather may fade

or the surface may get

stripped off.

CAUTION

7-89

Maintenance

Cleaning the upholstery and

interior trim

Vinyl (if equipped)

Remove dust and loose dirt from

vinyl with a whisk broom or vacuum

cleaner. Clean vinyl surfaces with a

vinyl cleaner.

Fabric (if equipped)

Remove dust and loose dirt from fab-

ric with a whisk broom or vacuum

cleaner. Clean with a mild soap solu-

tion recommended for upholstery or

carpets. Remove fresh spots immedi-

ately with a fabric spot cleaner. If

fresh spots do not receive immediate

attention, the fabric can be stained

and its color can be affected. Also, its

fire-resistant properties can be

reduced if the material is not properly

maintained.

Leather (if equipped)

• Feature of Seat Leather

- Leather is made from the outer

skin of an animal, which goes

through a special process to be

available for use. Since it is a nat-

ural object, each part differs in

thickness or density.

- Wrinkles may appear as a natural

result of stretching and shrinking

depending on the temperature

and humidity.

- The seat is made of stretchable

fabric to improve comfort.

- The parts contacting the body are

curved and the side supporting

area is high which provides driv-

ing comfort and stability.

- Wrinkles may appear naturally

from usage. It is not a fault of the

products

• Wrinkles or abrasions which

appear naturally from usage

are not covered by warranty.

• Belts with metallic acces-

sories, zippers or key inside

the back pocket may damage

the seat fabric.

• Make sure not to wet the seat.

It may change the nature of

natural leather.

• Jeans or clothes which could

bleach may contaminate the

surface of the seat covering

fabric.

CAUTION

Using anything but recom-

mended cleaners and proce-

dures may affect the fabric's

appearance and fire-resistant

properties.

CAUTION

7-90

Maintenance

• Caring for the leather seats

- Vacuum the seat periodically to

remove dust and sand on the

seat. It will prevent abrasion or

damage of the leather and main-

tain its quality.

- Wipe the natural leather seat

cover often with dry or soft cloth.

- Use of proper leather protective

may prevent abrasion of the

cover and helps maintain the

color. Be sure to read the instruc-

tions and consult a specialist

when using leather coating or

protective agent.

- Light colored (beige, cream

beige) leather is easily contami-

nated and the stain is noticeable.

Clean the seats frequently.

- Avoid wiping with wet cloth. It may

cause the surface to crack.

• Cleaning the leather seats

- Remove all contaminations

instantly. Refer to instructions

below for removal of each con-

taminant.

- Cosmetic products (sunscreen,

foundation, etc.)

Apply cleansing cream on a cloth

and wipe the contaminate spot.

Wipe off the cream with a wet cloth

and remove water with a dry cloth.

- Beverages (coffee, soft drink, etc.)

Apply a small amount of neutral

detergent and wipe until contami-

nations do not smear.

- Oil

Remove oil instantly with

absorbable cloth and wipe with

stain remover used only for natu-

ral leather.

- Chewing gum

Harden the gum with ice and

remove gradually.

Cleaning the seat belt webbing

Clean the belt webbing with any mild

soap solution recommended for

cleaning upholstery or carpet. Follow

the instructions provided with the

soap. Do not bleach or re-dye the

webbing because this may weaken

the seat belt.

Cleaning the interior window

glass

If the interior glass surfaces of the

vehicle become fogged (that is, cov-

ered with an oily, greasy or waxy

film), they should be cleaned with

glass cleaner. Follow the directions

on the glass cleaner container.

Do not scrape or scratch the

inside of the rear window. This

may result in damage to the rear

window defroster grid.

CAUTION

7-91

Maintenance

EEMMIISSSSIIOONN CCOONNTTRROOLL SSYYSSTTEEMM

The emission control system of your

vehicle is covered by a written limited

warranty. Please see the warranty

information contained in the Owner’s

Handbook & Warranty Information

booklet in your vehicle.

Your vehicle is equipped with an

emission control system to meet all

applicable emission regulations.

There are three emission control

systems, as follows.

(1) Crankcase emission control sys-

tem

(2) Evaporative emission control sys-

tem

(3) Exhaust emission control system

In order to assure the proper function

of the emission control systems, it is

recommended that you have your

vehicle inspected and maintained by

an authorized retailer of Genesis

Branded products in accordance

with the maintenance schedule in

this manual.

1. Crankcase emission control

system

The positive crankcase ventilation

system is employed to prevent air

pollution caused by blow-by gases

being emitted from the crankcase.

This system supplies fresh filtered air

to the crankcase through the air

intake hose. Inside the crankcase,

the fresh air mixes with blow-by

gases, which then pass through the

PCV valve into the induction system.

2. Evaporative emission con-

trol system including

Onboard Refueling Vapor

Recovery (ORVR)

The Evaporative Emission Control

System is designed to prevent fuel

vapors from escaping into the atmos-

phere. The ORVR system is

designed to allow the vapors from

the fuel tank to be loaded into a can-

ister while refueling at the gas sta-

tion, preventing the escape of fuel

vapors into the atmosphere.

For the Inspection and

Maintenance Test (With Electronic

Stability Control (ESC) system)

• To prevent the vehicle from

misfiring during dynamome-

ter testing, turn the Electronic

Stability Control (ESC) sys-

tem off by pressing the ESC

switch (ESC OFF light illumi-

nated).

• After dynamometer testing is

completed, turn the ESC sys-

tem back on by pressing the

ESC switch again.

CAUTION

7-92

Maintenance

Canister

Fuel vapors generated inside the fuel

tank are absorbed and stored in the

onboard canister. When the engine is

running, the fuel vapors absorbed in

the canister are drawn into the surge

tank through the purge control sole-

noid valve.

Purge Control Solenoid Valve

(PCSV)

The purge control solenoid valve is

controlled by the Engine Control

Module (ECM); when the engine

coolant temperature is low during

idling, the PCSV closes so that evap-

orated fuel is not taken into the

engine. After the engine warms-up

during ordinary driving, the PCSV

opens to introduce evaporated fuel to

the engine.

3. Exhaust emission control

system

The Exhaust Emission Control

System is a highly effective system

which controls exhaust emissions

while maintaining good vehicle per-

formance.

When the engine starts or fails to

start, excessive attempts to restart

the engine may cause damage to the

emission system.

Vehicle modifications

• This vehicle should not be modi-

fied. Modification of your vehicle

could affect its performance, safety

or durability and may even violate

governmental safety and emis-

sions regulations.

In addition, damage or performance

problems resulting from any modifi-

cation may not be covered under

warranty.

• If you use unauthorized electronic

devices, it may cause the vehicle to

operate abnormally, wire damage,

battery discharge and fire. For your

safety, do not use unauthorized

electronic devices.

Engine exhaust (carbon monox-

ide) precautions

• Carbon monoxide can be present

with other exhaust fumes. If you

smell exhaust fumes of any kind in

your vehicle, drive with all the win-

dows fully open. Have your vehicle

checked and repaired immediately.

Engine exhaust gases contain

carbon monoxide (CO). Though

colorless and odorless, it is

dangerous and could be lethal if

inhaled. Follow the instructions

on this page to avoid CO poi-

soning.

WARNING

7-93

Maintenance

• Do not operate the engine in con-

fined or closed areas (such as

garages) any more than what is

necessary to move the vehicle in or

out of the area.

• When the vehicle is stopped in an

open area for more than a short

time with the engine running,

adjust the ventilation system (as

needed) to draw outside air into the

vehicle.

• Never sit in a parked or stopped

vehicle for any extended time with

the engine running.

• When the engine stalls or fails to

start, excessive attempts to restart

the engine may cause damage to

the emission control system.

Operating precautions for cat-

alytic converters (if equipped)

The exhaust system and cat-

alytic converter are very hot

during and immediately after

the engine has been running. To

avoid SERIOUS INJURY or

DEATH:

• Do not park, idle, or drive the

vehicle over or near flamma-

ble objects, such as grass,

vegetation, paper, leaves, etc.

A hot exhaust system can

ignite flammable items under

your vehicle.

(Continued)

WARNING

CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65

WARNING

Engine exhaust and a wide vari-

ety of automobile components

and parts, including compo-

nents found in the interior fur-

nishings in a vehicle, contain or

emit chemicals known to the

State of California to cause can-

cer and birth defects and repro-

ductive harm. In addition, cer-

tain fluids contained in vehicles

and certain products of compo-

nent wear contain or emit chem-

icals known to the State of

California to cause cancer and

birth defects or other reproduc-

tive harm.

WARNING

7-94

Maintenance

Your vehicle is equipped with a cat-

alytic converter emission control

device.

To prevent damage to the catalytic

converter and to your vehicle, take

the following precautions:

• Use only UNLEADED FUEL for

gasoline engines.

• Do not operate the vehicle when

there are signs of engine malfunc-

tion, such as misfire or a noticeable

loss of performance.

• Do not misuse or abuse the

engine. Examples of misuse are

coasting with the engine off and

descending steep grades in gear

with the engine off.

• Do not operate the engine at high

idle speed for extended periods (5

minutes or more).

• Do not modify or tamper with any

part of the engine or emission con-

trol system. All inspections and

adjustments must be made by an

authorized retailer of Genesis

Branded products.

• Avoid driving with extremely low

fuel level. If you run out of gasoline,

it could cause the engine to misfire

and result in excessive loading of

the catalytic converter.

(Continued)

• Keep away from the exhaust

system and catalytic convert-

er or you may get burned.

Also, do not remove the heat

sink around the exhaust sys-

tem, do not seal the bottom of

the vehicle, and do not coat

the vehicle for corrosion con-

trol. It may present a fire risk

under certain conditions.

7-95

Maintenance

CCAALLIIFFOORRNNIIAA PPEERRCCHHLLOORRAATTEE NNOOTTIICCEE

Perchlorate Material-special handling may apply, See: www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.

Notice to California Vehicle Dismantlers:

Perchlorate containing materials, such as air bag inflators, seatbelt pretensioners and keyless remote entry batteries,

must be disposed of according to Title 22 California Code of Regulations Section 67384.10 (a).

888

Specifications & Consumer information

Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects

Dimensions..............................................................8-2

Engine......................................................................8-2

Bulb wattage...........................................................8-3

Tires and wheels....................................................8-4

Luggage volume .....................................................8-5

Air conditioning system ........................................8-5

Gross vehicle weight .............................................8-5

Recommended lubricants and capacities ...........8-6

Recommended SAE viscosity number..........................8-7

Vehicle identification number (VIN)....................8-8

Vehicle certification label.....................................8-8

Tire specification and pressure label .................8-9

Engine number .......................................................8-9

Refrigerant label ....................................................8-9

Consumer information.........................................8-10

Reporting safety defects....................................8-11

DDIIMMEENNSSIIOONNSS

8-2

Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects

Item in (mm)

Overall length 196.5 (4,990)

Overall width 74.4 (1,890)

Overall height 58.3 (1,480)

Front tread

245/45R18 64.09 (1,628)

245/40R19 63.78 (1,620)

Rear tread

245/45R18 65.31 (1,659)

275/35R19 64.29 (1,633)

Wheelbase 118.5 (3,010)

EENNGGIINNEE

Item Lambda 3.3 T-GDI Lambda 3.8 GDI Tau 5.0 GDI

Displacement

cu. in (cc)

203.94 (3,342) 230.54 (3,778) 307.3 (5,038)

Bore x Stroke

in. (mm)

3.62x3.3 (92x83.8) 3.78x3.42 (96x87) 3.78x3.42 (96x87)

Firing order

1-2-3-4-5-6 1-2-3-4-5-6 1-2-7-8-4-5-6-3

No. of cylinders

6, V-type 6, V-type 8, V-type

BBUULLBB WWAATTTTAAGGEE

8-3

Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects

Light Bulb Bulb type Wattage (W)

Front

Headlamp

Low

Type A D1S 35

Type B LED LED

High

Type A BI-FCN -

Type B LED LED

Turn signal lamp PY28 / LED 28 / LED

Position lamp LED LED

Daytime running lights LED LED

Fog lamp LED LED

Side repeater lamps (Outside mirror) LED LED

Rear

High mounted stop light LED LED

Rear combination lamp

Turn signal light 28/8 NA / LED 28 / LED

Stop and tail lights (Outside) LED LED

Stop and tail lights (Inside) LED LED

Back up light W16 / LED 16 / LED

License plate lights LED LED

Interior

Luggage lamp LED LED

Map lamp LED LED

Room lamp LED LED

Vanity mirror lamp LED LED

8-4

Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects

TTIIRREESS AANNDD WWHHEEEELLSS

When replacing tires, use the same size originally supplied with the vehicle.

Using tires of a different size can damage the related parts or not work properly.

CAUTION

✽✽

NOTICE

• It is permissible to add 3 psi to the standard tire pressure specification if colder temperatures are expected soon.

Tires typically loose 1psi (7kPa) for every 12°F temperature drop. If extreme temperature variations are expect-

ed, recheck your tire pressure as necessary to keep them properly inflated.

• An air pressure generally decreases, as you drive up to a high-altitude area above sea level. Thus, if you plan to

drive a high-altitude area, check the tire pressures in advance. If necessary, inflate them to a proper level. (Air

inflation per altitude : +2.4 psi/1 mile)

Item Tire size Wheel size

Inflation pressure kPa (psi)

Wheel lug nut

torque kgf·m

(lbf·ft, N.m)

Normal load Maximum load

Front Rear Front Rear

Full size tire (2WD)

245/45R18 8.0JX18 230 (33) 230 (33) 230 (33) 230 (33)

11~13

(79~94, 107~127)

245/40R19 8.5JX19 240 (35) - 240 (35) -

275/35R19 9.0JX19 - 260 (38) - 260 (38)

Full size tire (AWD)

245/45R18 8.0JX18 230 (33) 230 (33) 230 (33) 230 (33)

245/40R19 8.5JX19 240 (35) - 240 (35) -

275/35R19 9.0JX19 - 260 (38) - 260 (38)

Compact spare tire

(if equipped)

T135/80R18 4.0TX18 420 (60) 420 (60) 420 (60) 420 (60)

T135/70R19 4.0TX19 420 (60) 420 (60) 420 (60) 420 (60)

LLUUGGGGAAGGEE VVOOLLUUMMEE

8-5

Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects

ltem Lambda 3.3 T-GDI Lambda 3.8 GDI Tau 5.0 GDI

SAE cu ft (l)

15.3 (433)

AAIIRR CCOONNDDIITTIIOONNIINNGG SSYYSSTTEEMM

Item Weight of volume Classification

Refrigerant oz. (g)

22.2 ± 0.9 (630 ± 25) R-1234yf

Compressor lubricant oz. (cc)

3.5 ± 0.4 (100 ± 10) PAG (FD46XG)

Contact an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products for more details.

GGRROOSSSS VVEEHHIICCLLEE WWEEIIGGHHTT

Lambda 3.3 T-GDI Lambda 3.8 GDI Tau 5.0 GDI

2WD AWD 2WD AWD 2WD

AWD

19" 19" 18" 19" 18" 19" 19"

19"

5,490 (2,490) 5,644 (2,560) 5,240 (2,377) 5,326 (2,416) 5,395 (2,447) 5,481 (2,486) 5,512 (2,500) 5,666 (2,570)

lbs (kg)

Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects

To help achieve proper engine and powertrain performance and durability, use only lubricants of the proper quality.

The correct lubricants also help promote engine efficiency that results in improved fuel economy.

RREECCOOMMMMEENNDDEEDD LLUUBBRRIICCAANNTTSS AANNDD CCAAPPAACCIITTIIEESS

Lubricant Volume Classification

Engine oil *

(drain and refill)

Recommends

3.3 T-GDI

7.29 US qt. (6.9 l)

ACEA A5 *

3.8 GDI ACEA A5 *

5.0 GDI

2WD

8.45 US qt. (8.0 l)

API SM & ILSAC GF-4 (or above) *

AWD

9.72 US qt. (9.2 l)

Automatic transmission fluid

9.72 US qt. (9.2 l)

GS ATF SP-IV-RR,

Genesis/Hyundai ATF SP-IV-RR

or other brands meeting the above specification

approved by Genesis Customer Care

Coolant

3.3 T-GDI

10.4 US qt. (9.8 l)

Mixture of antifreeze and water (Ethylene glycol

base coolant for aluminum radiator)

3.8 GDI

8.88 US qt. (8.4 l)

5.0 GDI

2WD

12.57 US qt. (11.9 l)

AWD

11.94 US qt. (11.3 l)

Brake fluid

0.74~0.85 US qt. (0.7~0.8 l)

FMVSS116 DOT-3 or DOT-4

Front (AWD)/rear differential

oil

Front (AWD)

0.74 US qt. (0.7 l)

HYPOID GEAR OIL API GL-5 75W/85

(SK HK SYN GEAR OIL 75W/85 or equivalent)

Rear

1.48 US qt. (1.4 l)

Transfer case oil (AWD)

0.65 US qt. (0.62 l)

SHELL TF0870B

Fuel

20.34 US gal. (77 l)

Unleaded gasoline

Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on the next page.

Engine oils labeled Energy Conserving Oil are now available. Along with other additional benefits, they contribute to fuel economy by reduc-

ing the amount of fuel necessary to overcome engine friction. Often, these improvements are difficult to measure in everyday driving, but in

a year's time, they can offer significant cost and energy savings.

If the ACEA A5 engine oil is not available in your country, you are able to use ACEA B5 or API SN & ILSAC GF-5

If the ACEA A5 engine oil is not available in your country, you are able to use API SM & ILSAC GF-4 (or above) or API SL & ILSAC GF-3.

If the API SM & ILSAC GF-4 engine oil is not available in your country, you are able to use API SL & ILSAC GF-3.

8-6

8-7

Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects

Recommended SAE viscosity

number

Engine oil viscosity (thickness) has

an effect on fuel economy and cold

weather operating (engine start and

engine oil flowability). Lower viscosi-

ty engine oils can provide better fuel

economy and cold weather perform-

ance, however, higher viscosity

engine oils are required for satisfac-

tory lubrication in hot weather. Using

oils of any viscosity other than those

recommended could result in engine

damage.

Always be sure to clean the area

around any filler plug, drain

plug, or dipstick before check-

ing or draining any lubricant.

This is especially important in

dusty or sandy areas and when

the vehicle is used on unpaved

roads. Cleaning the plug and

dipstick areas will prevent dirt

and grit from entering the

engine and other mechanisms

that could be damaged.

CAUTION

Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers

Temperature

Engine Oil *

°C

°F

-30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50

-10 0 20 40 60 80 100 120

10W-30

5W-20, 5W-30

: For better fuel economy, it is recommended to use the engine oil of

a viscosity grade SAE 5W-20 (API SM & ILSAC GF-4 (or above)).

However, if the engine oil is not available in your country, select the

proper engine oil using the engine oil viscosity chart.

When choosing an oil, consider the range of temperature your vehicle will be

operated in before the next oil change. Proceed to select the recommended

oil viscosity from the chart.

Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers

Temperature

Engine Oil *

°C

(°F)

-30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50

-10 0 20 40 60 80 100 120

: For better fuel economy, it is recommended to use the engine oil of

a viscosity grade SAE 5W-30 (ACEA A5). However, if the engine oil

is not available in your country, select the proper engine oil using

the engine oil viscosity chart.

10W-30

5W-30

■■

Lambda 3.3 T-GDI / Lambda 3.8 GDI

■■

Tau 5.0 GDI

8-8

Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects

VVEEHHIICCLLEE CCEERRTTIIFFIICCAATTIIOONN

LLAABBEELL

The vehicle identification number

(VIN) is the number used in register-

ing your car and in all legal matters

pertaining to its ownership, etc.

The number is punched on the floor

under the passenger seat. To check

the number, open the cover.

The VIN is also on a plate attached

to the top of the dashboard. The

number on the plate can easily be

seen through the windshield from

outside.

The vehicle certification label

attached on the driver’s side center

pillar gives the Vehicle Identification

Number (VIN).

VVEEHHIICCLLEE IIDDEENNTTIIFFIICCAATTIIOONN NNUUMMBBEERR ((VVIINN))

ODH083004L

■ VIN label

ODH083001

■ Frame number

ODH083002

8-9

Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects

The tires supplied on your new vehi-

cle are chosen to provide the best

performance for normal driving.

The tire label located on the driver's

side center pillar gives the tire pres-

sures recommended for your car.

The engine number is stamped on

the engine block as shown in the

drawing.

The refrigerant label provides infor-

mation such as refrigerant type and

amount.

The label is located on the underside

of the hood.

EENNGGIINNEE NNUUMMBBEERR RREEFFRRIIGGEERRAANNTT LLAABBEELL

((IIFF EEQQUUIIPPPPEEDD))

TTIIRREE SSPPEECCIIFFIICCAATTIIOONN AANNDD

PPRREESSSSUURREE LLAABBEELL

ODH083005L

ODH087006L

ODH086007N

■ Lambda 3.3 T-GDI

ODH086003N

■ Tau 5.0 GDI

ODH088009N

■ Lambda 3.8 GDI

8-10

Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects

CCOONNSSUUMMEERR IINNFFOORRMMAATTIIOONN

Eastern Region:

Connecticut, Delaware,

Maine, Massachusetts, New

Hampshire, New Jersey, New York,

Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, Vermont.

Eastern Region

1122 Cranbury South River Road

Jamesburg, NJ 08831

844-340-9741

Southern Region:

Florida, Georgia, Maryland, North

Carolina, South Carolina, Virginia,

West Virginia.

Southern Region

3025 Chastain Meadows Parkway

Suite 100 Marietta, GA 30066

844-340-9741

South Central Region:

Alabama, Arkansas, Louisiana,

Mississippi, New Mexico, Oklahoma,

Tennessee, Texas.

South Central Region

1421 South Beltline Road, Suite 400

Coppell, TX 75019

844-340-9741

Central Region:

Illinois, Indiana, lowa, Kentucky,

Michigan, Minnesota, Nebraska,

North Dakota, South Dakota, Ohio,

Wisconsin, Kansas, Missouri.

Central Region

2 Trans Am Plaza Dr #500 Oakbrook

Terrace, IL 60181

844-340-9741

Western Region:

Alaska, Hawaii, Arizona, California,

Colorado, Idaho, Montana, Nevada,

Oregon, Utah, Washington,

Wyoming.

Western Region

10550 Talbert Avenue P.O.Box

20850 Fountain Valley, California

92728-0850

844-340-9741

This consumer information has been prepared in accordance with regulations issued by the National Highway Traffic

Safety Administration of the U.S. Department of Transportation.Your retailer of Genesis Branded products will help answer

any questions you may have as you read this information.

Genesis Branded Vehicles are designed and manufactured to meet or exceed all applicable safety standards.

For your safety, however, we strongly urge you to read and follow all directions in this Owner's Manual, particularly the

information under the headings "NOTICE", "CAUTION" and "WARNING".

If, after reading this manual, you have any questions regarding the operation of your vehicle, please contact your nearest

Genesis Customer Care Regional Office as listed in the following:

8-11

Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects

If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you should

immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addition to notifying Genesis

Customer Care.

If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group

of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved in individual prob-

lems between you, your dealer, or Genesis Customer Care.

To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153);

go to http://www.safercar.gov;

download the SaferCar mobile application;

or write to: Administrator, NHTSA.

1200 New Jersey Ave, SE.,

Washington, DC 20590.

You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http://www.safercar.gov.

RREEPPOORRTTIINNGG SSAAFFEETTYY DDEEFFEECCTTSS

Index

I-2

Accessing your vehicle .....................................................3-4

Immobilizer System .....................................................3-9

Smart key......................................................................3-4

Air bag ............................................................................2-46

Air bag warning labels ...............................................2-70

Air bag warning light .................................................2-52

Curtain air bags ..........................................................2-51

Driver's and passenger's front air bags.......................2-48

Occupant classification system (OCS).......................2-57

Side air bags ...............................................................2-49

SRS care .....................................................................2-68

Air cleaner.......................................................................7-33

Air conditioning system....................................................8-5

All Wheel Drive (AWD).................................................5-29

Antenna .............................................................................4-3

Anti-lock brake system (ABS) .......................................5-45

Appearance care..............................................................7-83

Exterior care ...............................................................7-83

Interior care ................................................................7-88

AUTO HOLD .................................................................5-41

Automatic climate control system ................................3-130

Automatic heating and air conditioning...................3-131

Manual heating and air conditioning .......................3-132

Automatic transmission (SBC) .......................................5-11

Automatic transmission operation..............................5-11

Good driving practices ...............................................5-17

Parking........................................................................5-17

Automatic transmission (SBW)......................................5-19

Automatic transmission operation..............................5-19

Good driving practices ...............................................5-27

LCD display messages ...............................................5-25

Parking........................................................................5-24

Battery.............................................................................7-38

Battery recharging ......................................................7-40

For best battery service ..............................................7-39

Reset features .............................................................7-42

Before driving ...................................................................5-4

Before entering the vehicle ..........................................5-4

Before starting ..............................................................5-4

Engine Start/Stop button ..............................................5-6

Blind-spot Collision Warning (BCW) system ................5-57

BCW(Blind-spot Collision Warning).........................5-58

Limitation of system ..................................................5-63

RCCW(Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning) .........5-60

Brake fluid ......................................................................7-30

Checking the brake fluid level ...................................7-30

Index

I-3

Braking system ...............................................................5-33

Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)..................................5-45

AUTO HOLD.............................................................5-41

Disc brakes wear indicator.........................................5-34

Electronic parking brake (EPB) .................................5-36

Electronic Stability Control (ESC).............................5-48

Foot parking brake .....................................................5-34

Good braking practices ..............................................5-52

Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC).................................5-52

Power brakes ..............................................................5-33

Vehicle Stability Management (VSM) .......................5-51

Bulb wattage .....................................................................8-3

California perchlorate notice ..........................................7-95

Child restraint system (CRS)..........................................2-35

Installing a child restraint system (CRS) ...................2-38

Selecting a child restraint system (CRS) ...................2-36

Climate control additional features...............................3-150

Cluster ionizer ..........................................................3-150

CO2 control auto air conditioner .............................3-151

Rear climate system ON/OFF ..................................3-151

Smart ventilation ......................................................3-150

Climate control air filter .................................................7-34

Filter inspection..........................................................7-34

Consumer information ....................................................8-10

Defroster .......................................................................3-149

Rear window defroster .............................................3-149

Dimensions .......................................................................8-2

Door locks.......................................................................3-11

Auto door lock/unlock features..................................3-14

Child-protector rear door locks ..................................3-14

Operating door locks from inside the vehicle............3-12

Operating door locks from outside the vehicle ..........3-11

Power Door Latch ......................................................3-12

Drive mode integrated control system............................5-54

Driver assist system ......................................................3-124

Parking Distance Warning (Reverse/Forward)

system....................................................................3-126

Rear view monitor....................................................3-124

Surround View Monitor (SVM) system...................3-125

Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system ....................5-104

Resetting the system.................................................5-106

System malfunction..................................................5-107

System setting and activation...................................5-104

System standby.........................................................5-106

Driver position memory system .....................................3-16

Easy access function ..................................................3-18

Resetting the driver's seat memory system ................3-17

Storing positions into memory...................................3-16

Index

I-4

Electronic Control Suspension(ECS) .............................5-53

Dynamic Stability damping control(DSDC)..............5-53

Emission control system .................................................7-91

Crankcase emission control system ...........................7-91

Evaporative emission control system including

Onboard Refueling Vapor Recovery (ORVR) ........7-91

Exhaust emission control system ...............................7-92

Engine ...............................................................................8-2

Engine compartment..................................................1-7, 7-3

Engine coolant ................................................................7-27

Changing engine coolant............................................7-29

Checking the engine coolant level .............................7-27

Engine number..................................................................8-9

Engine oil........................................................................7-24

Checking the engine oil and filter..............................7-25

Checking the engine oil level.....................................7-24

Explanation of scheduled maintenance items.................7-21

Exterior features..............................................................3-44

Fuel filler door............................................................3-55

Hood ...........................................................................3-44

Smart trunk.................................................................3-52

Trunk ..........................................................................3-45

Exterior overview ......................................................1-2, 1-3

Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) system ......5-65

FCA sensor .................................................................5-70

FCA warning message and system control ................5-67

Limitation of system ..................................................5-72

System malfunction....................................................5-71

System setting and activation.....................................5-65

Fuses ...............................................................................7-59

Engine compartment panel fuse replacement ............7-62

Fuse/Relay panel description .....................................7-64

Instrument panel fuse replacement.............................7-60

Gross vehicle weight.........................................................8-5

Hazard warning flasher.....................................................6-2

Head Up Display (HUD) ..............................................3-104

Index

E F

I-5

If the engine overheats......................................................6-7

If the engine will not start.................................................6-3

If the engine doesn't turn over or turns over slowly ....6-3

If the engine turns over normally but doesn't start ......6-3

If you have a flat tire ......................................................6-15

Changing tires ............................................................6-16

Jack and tools .............................................................6-15

Jack label ....................................................................6-21

Important safety precautions.............................................2-2

Air bag hazards ............................................................2-2

Always wear your seat belt ..........................................2-2

Control your speed .......................................................2-3

Driver distraction..........................................................2-2

Keep your vehicle in safe condition.............................2-3

Restrain all children .....................................................2-2

In case of an emergency while driving.............................6-2

If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing ..............6-2

If the engine stalls while driving..................................6-2

If you have a flat tire while driving .............................6-3

Instrument cluster ...........................................................3-59

Gauges ........................................................................3-61

Instrument Cluster Control.........................................3-60

LCD Display Control .................................................3-61

Instrument panel overview ........................................1-5, 1-6

Interior features.............................................................3-155

Bag hanger................................................................3-161

Clock ........................................................................3-160

Clothes hanger..........................................................3-160

Cup holder ................................................................3-155

Floor mat anchor(s) ..................................................3-161

Luggage net holder...................................................3-164

Power outlet..............................................................3-156

Rear curtain ..............................................................3-162

Side curtain...............................................................3-163

Sunvisor....................................................................3-156

USB Charger ............................................................3-157

Wireless Cellular Phone Charging System ..............3-158

Interior overview...............................................................1-4

Jump starting.....................................................................6-4

Push-starting.................................................................6-6

Index

I-6

Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system ...............................5-94

Limitation of the System..........................................5-102

LKA function change ...............................................5-101

LKA malfunction........................................................5-99

LKA operation............................................................5-95

LCD display....................................................................3-65

LCD Modes ................................................................3-65

User Settings Mode ....................................................3-68

Warning Messages......................................................3-76

Light..............................................................................3-107

Exterior lights...........................................................3-107

Interior lights ............................................................3-115

Welcome system .......................................................3-119

Light bulbs ......................................................................7-76

Headlamp, position lamp, turn signal lamp,

side marker and front fog lamp bulb replacement..7-76

High mounted stop lamp ............................................7-82

Interior light bulb replacement...................................7-82

License plate light bulb replacement .........................7-82

Rear combination light bulb replacement ..................7-80

Side repeater lamp replacement .................................7-79

Luggage volume ...............................................................8-5

Maintenance services........................................................7-6

Owner maintenance precautions ..................................7-6

Owner's responsibility ..................................................7-6

Mirrors ............................................................................3-22

Inside rearview mirror................................................3-22

Reverse parking aid function .....................................3-34

Side view mirrors .......................................................3-32

Multimedia system............................................................4-2

Antenna ........................................................................4-3

Audio / Video / Navigation system (AVN) ..................4-5

AUX, USB and iPod

port ..........................................4-2

Bluetooth

Wireless Technology hands-free................4-5

Steering wheel audio control........................................4-4

Owner maintenance ..........................................................7-7

Owner maintenance schedule.......................................7-8

Index

I-7

Panorama sunroof ...........................................................3-39

Closing the sunroof ....................................................3-41

Resetting the sunroof..................................................3-42

Sliding the sunroof .....................................................3-40

Sunshade.....................................................................3-40

Tilting the sunroof ......................................................3-41

Parking brake ..................................................................7-32

Checking the parking brake .......................................7-32

Recommended lubricants and capacities..........................8-6

Recommended SAE viscosity number.........................8-7

Refrigerant label ...............................................................8-9

Reporting safety defects..................................................8-11

Scheduled maintenance services.....................................7-10

Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions

(Lambda 3.3 Turbo-GDI)........................................7-19

Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions

(Lambda 3.8 GDI/Tau 5.0 GDI) .............................7-14

Normal Maintenance Schedule

(Lambda 3.3 Turbo-GDI)........................................7-16

Normal Maintenance Schedule

(Lambda 3.8 GDI/Tau 5.0 GDI) .............................7-11

Seat belts .........................................................................2-22

Additional seat belt safety precautions ......................2-32

Care of seat belts ........................................................2-34

Pre-Active Seat belt (PSB).........................................2-30

Seat belt restraint system............................................2-25

Seat belt safety precautions........................................2-22

Seat belt warning light ...............................................2-23

Seats ..................................................................................2-4

Front seats ....................................................................2-6

Headrest......................................................................2-14

Rear seats....................................................................2-11

Safety precautions ........................................................2-5

Seat warmers and air ventilation seats .......................2-18

Index

I-8

Smart Cruise Control with Stop & Go system ...............5-78

Limitations of the system...........................................5-89

Sensor to detect distance to the vehicle ahead...........5-87

Smart cruise control speed .........................................5-80

Smart cruise control vehicle-to-vehicle distance .......5-85

To Adjust the Sensitivity of Smart Cruise Control ....5-79

To convert to cruise control mode .............................5-80

Special driving conditions ............................................5-109

Driving at night ........................................................5-110

Driving in flooded areas ...........................................5-111

Driving in the rain ....................................................5-111

Hazardous driving conditions ..................................5-109

Rocking the vehicle..................................................5-109

Smooth cornering .....................................................5-110

Steering wheel.................................................................3-19

Electric power steering (EPS) ....................................3-19

Heated steering wheel ................................................3-20

Horn............................................................................3-21

Tilt steering/Telescope steering..................................3-19

Storage compartment ....................................................3-152

Cellular Phone Holder..............................................3-154

Center console storage .............................................3-152

Glove box .................................................................3-153

Sunglass holder ........................................................3-153

Theft-alarm system .........................................................3-15

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) .......................6-9

Changing a tire with TPMS .......................................6-13

Check tire pressure.......................................................6-9

Low tire pressure position and tire pressure telltale ..6-11

Low tire pressure telltale ............................................6-11

Tire pressure monitoring system ................................6-10

TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System)

malfunction indicator ..............................................6-12

Tire specification and pressure label ................................8-9

Tires and wheels ......................................................7-43, 8-4

All season tires ...........................................................7-56

Check tire inflation pressure ......................................7-45

Low aspect ratio tires .................................................7-57

Radial-ply tires ...........................................................7-57

Recommended cold tire inflation pressures ...............7-44

Snow tires...................................................................7-56

Summer tires ..............................................................7-56

Tire care......................................................................7-43

Tire maintenance ........................................................7-49

Tire replacement.........................................................7-47

Tire rotation ................................................................7-46

Tire sidewall labeling .................................................7-49

Tire terminology and definitions................................7-53

Tire traction ................................................................7-48

Wheel alignment and tire balance..............................7-47

Wheel replacement.....................................................7-48

Index

I-9

Towing ............................................................................6-22

Emergency towing......................................................6-24

Removable towing hook ............................................6-23

Towing service ...........................................................6-22

Trailer towing................................................................5-121

Trip computer..................................................................3-88

Vehicle certification label .................................................8-8

Vehicle identification number (VIN)................................8-8

Vehicle load limit ..........................................................5-116

Tire loading information label..................................5-117

Warning and indicator lights...........................................3-91

Indicator lights............................................................3-99

Warning lights ............................................................3-91

Washer fluid ....................................................................7-32

Checking the washer fluid level.................................7-32

Windows .........................................................................3-35

Power windows ..........................................................3-36

Windshield defrosting and defogging...........................3-145

Auto defogging system ON/OFF .............................3-148

Winter driving ...............................................................5-112

Snow or icy conditions.............................................5-112

Winter precaution .....................................................5-114

Wiper blades ...................................................................7-36

Blade inspection .........................................................7-36

Blade replacement ......................................................7-36

Wipers and washers ......................................................3-121

Windshield washers..................................................3-123

Windshield wipers ....................................................3-121

Index

Genesis 2019 Genesis G80 Sport 3.3T All-wheel Drive Sedan

Product's Documents

User Manual

Specifications

Genesis 2019 GENESIS G80 SPORT 3.3T Questions and Answers

#1 What's New for 2019?

#2 Interior, Infotainment, and Cargo?

#3 Warranty and Maintenance Coverage?

Related Products

Husqvarna R 320X AWD All-Wheel Drive Lawn Mower R 320X AWD PREUL NU INCLUDE MAS DE TIERE

HUSQVARNA AUTOMOWER 435X AWD Robotic Mower All-Wheel Drive for Efficiency and Ease of Use

Husqvarna R 216TC AWD Rider Mower All-Wheel Drive and Limited Edition Features for Superior Lawn Care R 216TC AWD LIMITED EDITION

Mammotion LUBA MINI AWD Robot Lawn Mower All-Wheel Drive, UltraSense AI, RTK Mapping for 0.37 Acre Slope Use LUBA MINI AWD 1500H

Mammotion LUBA 2 AWD Robot Lawn Mower 4G Connectivity, Precision Mapping, All-Wheel Drive for 80% Slope, Adjustable Height LUBA 2 AWD 3000X

Ryobi RY401210 40V HP Brushless Whisper Series 21. in Walk Behind Self-Propelled All Wheel Drive Mower 2 6.0 Ah Batteries & Charger